Release Highlights

R22 AMR

Information in this document is subject to change without notice.

No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means, for any purpose, without the express written
permission of TEMENOS HEADQUARTERS SA.

© 2021-2022 Temenos Headquarters SA - all rights reserved.

CONTENTS Analytics 4
Payments 30
Installation and Configuration Notes 92
Technical Notes 95
Regulatory Compliance 103
Financial Crime Mitigation 104
Financial Risk Management 115
Regulatory Compliance 116
Installation and Configuration Notes 132
Technical Notes 136
Temenos Infinity 141
Digital Banking 142
Microservices 191
Temenos Transact 222
Application Framework 223
Banking Framework 234
Corporate 254
Islamic Banking 264
Private Wealth 271
Regional Banking Solutions 290
Retail 376
Technology 408
Trade Finance 442
Treasury 450
Installation and Configuration Notes 455
Technical Notes 466
 Temenos Transact

Extensibility APIs 479

Wealth Suite 487
Installation and Configuration Notes 493
Temenos Banking Capabilities 495
Temenos Banking Capabilities 496

3
Analytics
 Analytics

Analytics

TDE-Designer » Stratified Sampling Component

in TDE
Available from: 202105
Stratified sampling component is introduced in TDE to perform stratum based
data sampling. The sampling groups the input data into non-overlapping unique
datasets called strata and divides each stratum into two datasets (that is, training
and testing datasets) respective to the user-defined range. Samples are selected
across strata following a pattern.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Stratified Sampling

DW Export » Advanced Settings Implementation

and Transaction Changes Capture using
System Variables
Available from: 202106

The DW.ADVANCED.SETTINGS application is introduced in Data Warehouse

(DW) module to configure the advanced features and settings.
The module uses the SYSTEM variable to capture the real-time transactions on
the DW work file in Transact, through WRITE and DELETE requests without
impacting the performance and irrespective of the cache or transaction
management being enabled.

5
Analytics

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Advanced Settings

TDE-Administrator, TDE-Designer and Analytics

Data Store » CSV Import and Default Value
Update
Available from: 202106
The Import CSV option is introduced in the Analytics Data Store (ADS) module
that allows the user to upload the CSV files of historical data and associate the
data flow component from the Admin UI.
The designer component for the Risk Model runs the End of Day (EOD)
calculations for various risk models and captures the default value of the given
portfolio at scheduled frequency during EOD calculations.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Risk Services - Audit Log
Risk Modelling
Importing CSV

TDE-Administrator, TDE-Designer » EOD

Process Supporting Sequential Execution and
Addition of Read ADS Component
Available from: 202106
The Analytics Data Store (ADS) module is enhanced to support the following

6
 Analytics

features:

l Triggering the jobs along with the EOD processes, as and when required.
l Addition of Read ADS designer component to read data from ADS target
database.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Managing EOD Process
Read ADS

Metadata Management » Data Dictionary in

Metadata Management
Available from: 202107
As a part of Metadata Management, business definition of table and column
entities of ods_table, ods_column, sds_table and sds_column types is tagged
against the Description attribute, available under Technical Properties section in
apache atlas.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Metadata Dictionary

TDE-Designer » TDE Supports AEH Consumer,

Producer and Kafka Producer Components
Available from: 202107
The AEH Consumer, AEH Producer and Kafka Producer components are
introduced in TDE.

7
Analytics

The AEH Consumer component reads the data from Azure Event Hub (AEH)
whereas, the AEH Producer and Kafka Producer components write the data to
AEH and Kafka, respectively in JSON and Avro formats. Also, the Kafka
Consumer component is enhanced to read data in JSON and Avro formats.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Other Components

TDE-Designer » TDE Supports Write CSV

Component
Available from: 202107
The Write CSV component is introduced in Temenos Data Platform to extract
CSV file(s) from input dataset allowing the user to:

l Select columns
l Provide file names
l Define number of files to be generated
l Change the column formats (data type and timestamp type)
l Transfer generated file to remote systems (FTP, SFTP and FTPS)

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Write CSV Component

Analytics Data Store » Datatype Mapping in

ADS
Available from: 202107
The Analytics Data Store (ADS) module is enhanced to support the following

8
 Analytics

functionalities:

l Datatype of the tables created in target Database are based on the source
and target data type mapping from MySQL database.
l A column can be made an identity column in target database based on the
metadata values.
l Based on the ‘tableType’ and ‘Stagingonly’ Metadata information, tables
are created in target database with all the provided constrains.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

ADS Datatype Mapping

Keycloak » Keycloak Integration with TDE

Available from: 202107

TDE now supports Keycloak authentication that allows single sign-on for Admin,
Designer, Deployer and Scheduler modules.
The modules such as TemenosMetaService (TMS) and Risk service that
expose REST endpoints to third party applications (like Semantic Query Layer
and IRIS) are also embedded to Keycloak features.
Users can reset the password using their mail ID and configure their password
policies.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Keycloak Integration with TDE

Extract Data Store

Available from: 202108
Extract Data Store (EDS) is a data extraction tool, introduced as part of Transact

9
Analytics

Data Hub (TDH), for any customer to export data from Transact.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Extract Data Store

Extract Data Store » EDS Deployment

Automation
Available from: 202108
EDS is now automated to configure and run model bank applications such as,
EOD GL Extracts and EOD Regulatory Extracts, through HTTP/REST requests
without logging in through a browser.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

EDS Deployment Automation

Extract Data Store » OOB Table Configuration

Available from: 202108

As a part of T365 global service requirement, a set of Transact applications are

added to configure data store as EOD GL Extracts and EOD Regulatory Extracts
columns in model bank. The raw data of the transact application are extracted
through Extract Data Store (EDS) process as CSV file, which acts as source
table for Regulatory and GL reporting. External systems consume this file
extract, and slice and dice the source data to generate the final reports.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

10
 Analytics

OOB Table Configuration

TDE – Administrator/TDE - Designer » Dynamic

Topic Fetch and Secured Kafka Cluster Support
Available from: 202108
To remove the dependency of predefined topics for both Online and ILP, TDE is
enhanced to dynamically fetch the streaming topic names from the Data Event
Streaming (DES) server that allows the user to configure topics in DES server.
In TDE, in addition to Designer Kafka components, the secured Kafka cluster
configuration feature is extended to for DES, Operational Data Store (ODS),
Snapshot Data Store (SDS) and Analytics Data Store (ADS). Also, the feature
provides the functionality to upload trust store and keystore certificates.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Dynamic Topic Fetch
Secured Kafka Cluster Support
Data Event Stream - K
Kafka_con
Kafka Producer

DW Export » DW Incremental Re-run

Available from: 202109
In DW, Incremental is an offline extraction mode that performs intra-day
extraction for the last business date using
DW.EXPORT.INCREMENTAL.WRK.FILE, which holds the records committed
during transaction. After extraction, the records from this work file are deleted

11
Analytics

and the record information is not available for re-run. A new work file,
DW.INCREMENTAL.BACKUP.WRK.FILE is now introduced, which retains the
records to be extracted for the last working day. This allows re-run of the
incremental service for the last business date.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Advanced Settings

DW Export » Enable/Disable RO Table

Selection
Available from: 202109
During the execution of the DW offline service, the selection of RO tables are
suppressed at a global level based on a record in the F.LOCKING table. A new
field, Override Readonly Setting is now introduced to override this global setting.
This allows selective extraction of the required RO tables or skip the extraction
of RO tables globally.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Advanced Settings

Keycloak Integration with TDE » Enable/Disable

Keycloak with TDE
Available from: 202109
Temenos Data Engineering (TDE) provides the single sign-on feature to log in
to the application, using Keycloak authentication server. It is now enhanced with
the feature to enable or disable Keycloak that allows clients to access the

12
 Analytics

application without using single sign-on. Here, signing in and out of browser
applications is handled by TDE itself and in case of a forgotten password, it
provides the functionality to reset or obtain a new password.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Enable/Disable Keycloak

TDE - Designer » Custom Data Flow

Available from: 202109
TDE is now extended to store metadata and data lineage at both, table and
column level for custom data flow. As part of custom data flow lineage, this
feature changes the table level lineage process name according to a meaningful
naming convention, creates column level lineage for all transformation
components available in designer module, splits the messages of entities and
sends them component-wise to avoid message limit error and synchronizes the
newly added components in Designer.

Along with table level lineage, lineage at column level helps to understand the
transformation changes or transformation applied over individual columns.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Custom Data Flow

Temenos Analytics Platform » Analytics

Corporate Content Package
Available from: 202109
The Corporate Analytics content package, already available in earlier releases,
includes the following enhanced features:

13
Analytics

1. This content package is fully integrated with the Analytics platform.

2. Dataset extracts data from the ADS.
3. MS SSRS-based Custom Reports have been retired.
4. SSAS Cube-based Pivot Reports have been retired. All Pivot Reports are
now based on dataset drawing data from ADS.
5. Dashboards have been enhanced by information tiles with new types of
charts e.g. heatmaps.
6. The content package installation can be now executed both in Windows
and in Linux OS.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Analytics Corporate Content Package

Temenos Analytics Platform » Analytics

Financial Content Package
Available from: 202109
The Financial Analytics content package, already available in earlier releases,
includes the following enhanced features:

1. This content package is fully integrated with the Analytics platform.

2. Dataset extracts data from the ADS.
3. MS SSRS-based Custom Reports have been retired.
4. SSAS Cube-based Pivot Reports have been retired. All Pivot Reports are
now based on dataset drawing data from ADS.
5. Dashboards have been enhanced by information tiles with new types of
charts e.g. heatmaps.
6. The content package installation can be now executed both in Windows
and in Linux OS.

14
 Analytics

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Analytics Financial Content Package

Temenos Analytics Platform » Analytics Retail

Content Package
Available from: 202109
The Retail Analytics content package, already available in earlier releases,
includes the following enhanced features:

1. This content package is fully integrated with the Analytics platform.

2. Dataset extracts data from the ADS.
3. MS SSRS-based Custom Reports have been retired.
4. SSAS Cube-based Pivot Reports have been retired. All Pivot Reports are
now based on dataset drawing data from ADS.
5. Dashboards have been enhanced by information tiles with new types of
charts e.g. heatmaps.
6. The content package installation can be now executed both in Windows
and in Linux OS.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Analytics Retail Content Package

Temenos Analytics Platform » Analytics US

Model Bank Content Package
Available from: 202109
The US Model Bank Analytics content package, already available in earlier
releases, includes the following enhanced features:

15
Analytics

1. This content package is fully integrated with the Analytics platform.

2. Dataset extracts data from the ADS.
3. MS SSRS-based Custom Reports have been retired.
4. SSAS Cube-based Pivot Reports have been retired. All Pivot Reports are
now based on dataset drawing data from ADS.
5. Dashboards have been enhanced by information tiles with new types of
charts e.g. heatmaps.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Analytics US Model Bank Content Package

Snapshot Data Store » CDP Compliance for

SDS
Available from: 202110
Customer Data Protection (CDP) module is now introduced in Snapshot Data
Store and it provides the tools and functionality to assist a financial institution’s
compliancy to the General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR). This feature
makes TDE compliant with CDP and provides Right of Erasure (right to be
forgotten) for it.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Customer Data Protection

16
 Analytics

Semantic Query Layer » Enrichment Changes in

SQL Framework
Available from: 202110
The SQL framework now supports,

l Date enrichment rule feature to design and evaluate the rules for APIs.
l Nested Condition in Condition Rule with multiple condition options.
l Field order input for response fields to identify in which order the schema
should be constructed.
l Datatype for extension field for evaluating the rule in expected format if
multiple rules are available in one extension field.
l Absolute operation in Calculation Rule to obtain absolute values.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Semantic Query Layer
IRIS Design Time

Temenos Analytics Platform » Analytics Web

Front End
Available from: 202110
Pre-existing dashboards have been enhanced with flexible navigation features
that allow users to resized and zoom in and out this content. Info Tiles, i.e. the
dashboard individual components, were also enhanced by adding the following
new types:

l Slicer: this type of chart is used to apply a dynamic filtering parameter on

any of the Information Tile within a Dashboard. The filter is applied by end
users.

17
Analytics

l Filter: this type of chart is used to apply a fixed filtering parameter on any of
the Information Tile within a Dashboard. This filter is applied by the
information tile and dashboard designer.
l Heatmap: this type of chart use colours to show data patterns and data
concentration at a glance. It consists of two categorical parameters
(allocated to the X and Y axes) and a numerical data series (used as a
data series).
l Treemap: this type of chart is used to capture the value of individual data
points within the structure of a hierarchy of parameters.
l Bubblechart: this type of chart is used to represent data patterns through a
bubble-shaped elements in diagram.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Analytics Web Front End

Add On » Analytics Customer Profitability

Available from: 202110
Customer Profitability, which was available in previous releases, is now
completely integrated within the TDE architecture:

l Intermediate calculation, configuration and input tables, which were

previously sitting in the InsightPricing and InsightStaging databases, have
now been moved to ADS. InsightPricing and InsightStaging are both now
retired.
l All output tables are now also hosted in ADS
l All Pricing SQL stored procedures have been re-written into TDE
dataflows that can be configured, managed and customized through TDE
Designer
l These dataflows can be executed as part of the EOD processes
l The content package installation can be now installed both in Windows
and in Linux OS. All Customer Profitability tables are stored under the

18
 Analytics

ADS database during deployment while the deployment of transformation

and streaming jobs have replaced the deployment of stored procedures.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Analytics Customer Profitability - Functional
Analytics Customer Profitability - Technical

Temenos Analytics Platform » Temenos

Analytics Architecture, Data Model and Dataflow
Available from: 202110
The End-Of-Day processes were introduced in R20 as a way to process
complex post-COB calculations in the Analytics Platform once the business date
is closed in Transact. Initially, only the out-of-the-box LCY conversion and
Rollover processes were available. Currently, additional processes can be
added. These additional EOD data flows can perform complex calculations
using ADS tables as source. They can be used for doing customer data
aggregations, monthly account/contract average balance calculations as well as
Customer Profitability or Risk calculations among others, if these add on
modules are also installed.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Temenos Analytics Architecture, Data Model and Dataflow

19
Analytics

TDE-Designer » Kubernetes Log Support for

TDE
Available from: 202111
TDE is now enhanced with Kubernetes driver logs that are displayed in the
Designer UI based on Kubernetes API call. It also allows to read Kubernetes
pod logs and delete the pods, upon deletion of Designer jobs, using namespace
and pod name. In addition, the Read HDFS component is enhanced with the
Browse option that allows to browse a file or directory and retains the selected
file or directory path as the base path.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Managing Logs
Deleting Jobs
Configuring Read HDFS

DW Export » Support for L3 Java API in DW

Available from: 202111
Hook fields in DW are now extended to support Java classes that implement the
super class of the hook component. Any Java method that implements the super
class of the hook component can be attached in the DW hook field if it has an
entry in EB.API with the METHOD source type. This enhancement enables the
hook fields to support both JBC routines and Java class methods.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Support for L3 Java API in DW

20
 Analytics

Transact Data Hub » Health API

Available from: 202112
Health API allows to get the status of Kubernetes pods by verifying the API. Its
Liveness and Readiness probes help to monitor the status of the containers and
recover them in case of any issues.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Health API

TDE Admin » External Application Support

Available from: 202112
Transact Data Hub (TDH) and Temenos Data Lake (TDL) are now enhanced to
support data processing from external applications. This provides the ability to
add external applications into the TDH/TDL product and stream data into them,
to make them available for downstream systems in the TDE platform. The data
from the external system is treated similar to Data Event Streaming and is
handled by the landing and ODS/SDS process.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

External Application Support

Risk Analytics Platform » Market Risk Model

Available from: 202201
Market Risk Model is a designer component that helps to run End of Day (EOD)
calculations for Analytics. This component involves parametric and historical

21
Analytics

Value at Risk (VaR) calculations at the holding and portfolio levels. You must
create a classification rule for the component, to use it in VaR calculations and
you can schedule it to run on an adhoc basis or a scheduled frequency (daily,
monthly, and quarterly). This feature provides flexibility for the end-user to
modify calculation parameters, perform intra-day calculations and near-real time
VaR calculations.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Market Risk Model

ODS/SDS » Include/Exclude Child Tables for

Data Loading
Available from: 202202
Operational Data Store (ODS) and Snapshot Data Store (SDS) now allow the
exclusion of child tables for data loading in the target database. Based on the
exclusion configuration, ODS and SDS process do not load the data in child
tables that are excluded. This avoids any unnecessary load for ODS and SDS
process, increases the performance and optimizes the storage.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Include/Exclude Child Table in ODS

Include/Exclude Child Table in SDS

22
 Analytics

Reconciliation » Reconciling Record Count and

RECIDs between Transact and ODS/SDS
Available from: 202202
TDE now allows the user to reconcile records between Transact and ODS/ SDS
and vice-versa at the count and RECID levels. This helps to ensure that all the
records from Transact are processed in ODS/SDS and vice-versa and identify
the missed RECIDs. It also provides the feature to exclude tables from
reconciliation.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Level 1 and Level 2 Reconciliation

DW Export » DW to Support Extraction of T type

Transact Applications
Available from: 202203
DW is now enhanced with the proper extraction or streaming of T type
applications regardless of the type of fields. For single columned T type
applications, multiple single values are extracted as a single value with multi
value marker delimited values and the field should be treated as a multi value
field during the generation of schema for T type applications in downstream
systems. The DW.T.TYPE.PROCESS.API process is deprecated and is no
longer in use.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

DW to Support Extraction of T type Transact Applications

23
Analytics

Reconciliation » Reconciling Record Count and

RECIDs between Transact and DES
Available from: 202203
Temenos Data Engineering (TDE) now allows the user to reconcile records
between Transact and DES and vice-versa at the count and RECID levels. This
helps to ensure that all the records from Transact are processed in DES and
vice-versa. It also identifies the missed RECIDs. The user can now view and
download the reconciliation reports.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Reconciling Record Count and RECIDs between Transact and
DES

Analytics » Quick Reports API Endpoints

Available from: 202204
Quick Reports can be configured to display an Analytics Data Service API
endpoint that can be used to retrieve Quick Report data and consume it through
other tools or applications for the further data exploration and analysis.
Particularly in a cloud hosting environment, where ADS data store may not be
available for direct access, Quick Report data APIs and RESTful web APIs can
be consumed as a data source, e.g. through Microsoft Power BI, or Quick Report
data can be downloaded as json file through APIs.

When retrieving data, query options can be used to set criteria for the data
needed, and the report columns that should be returned.
To sum up, Quick Reports' data API endpoints allows users to:

l Accesses Quick Report data through RESTful web API supported

OpenAPI
l Looks up and obtains Quick Report endpoint URI from web

24
 Analytics

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Analytics Web Front End

Analytics » Analytics API Gateway

Available from: 202204
A dataset query API endpoint that supports asynchronous string data streaming
was included as part of the Analytics Data Service in R22. The asynchronous
steam API alleviates memory demands on Analytics Data Service hosting
server. Consuming the asynchronous stream API requires a programming
language that builds an API client to support the asynchronous stream, or a tool
that can interact with the asynchronous steam API.
The Analytics API Gateway service was introduced to ease the client application
by storing query results in formatted files, which currently rely on json format
(other formats, such as csv support will be added in the future product
enhancements). Users can download these files through FTP service when API
Gateway is hosted in cloud, or directly from local file system when on-premises
hosting is used.
The Analytics API Gateway includes the following functionalities:

l As its name suggests, it serves as gateway that provides a single-entry

point not only for Analytics Data Service, but also for other components'
APIs, such like TDH APIs, if required.
l Minimizes the number of requests and network traffic by assembling
multiple query results into one response
l It reduces cross-cutting concerns by providing data transformation,
dynamic request dispatching to Analytics Data Service, and/or TDH API if
needs. It reuses existing authentication, and/or authorization provided by
Analytics Data Service when a user accesses those services that do not
implement authentication, or internal APIs.
l It improves Analytics Data Service’s resilience, as well as other services’,
by adding Circuit breaker, Retry, Timeout patterns to the gateway service.

25
Analytics

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Analytics API Services

Analytics » Analytics Web Connection Settings

Available from: 202204
The Connection Settings screen is a maintenance screen of the Analytics
application’s web UI, made available after the deployment of this application is
completed. It allows users to set up and manage the connection settings to all
services and databases used by the Analytics application, including both its web
interface and its API services, e.g. the connection strings to the Analytics Data
Store, to the Snapshot Data Store etc.
This screen includes the following functionalities:

l Allows users to maintain application services and database connections

through the Analytics web UI. This is especially useful when application is
hosted in Temenos Cloud where client doesn’t have direct access to
InsightSystem database, where all configuration settings for the Analytics
applications are stored.
l Allows users to self-manage settings and connections to those services
and databases that are hosted beyond Temenos Cloud.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Analytics Web Front End

26
 Analytics

Analytics » Application-level data access

security
Available from: 202204
This enables application-level data access or row-based security on the
Analytics web UI by filtering data using login username at the Dataset or Quick
Report definition level. However, it does not extend it to queries directly
executed in the Analytics Data Store or when Auth02 is applied.
The data level security enforced by a Dataset is also supported when any of the
following contents is built on the dataset:

l Quick Reports
l Information Tiles
l KPIs
l Pivot Reports

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Analytics Web Front End

TDE Designer » Performing Delete Operations

in RDBMS
Available from: 202204
Banks can now delete records in RDBMS based on the mapping of input table
column to target table. To enable this operation, delete components are
introduced for MySQL, MsSQL, Azure SQL, Oracle, PostgreSQL and NuoDB.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

27
Analytics

RDBMS Delete Components

Reconciliation » Scheduling Reconciliation

Process
Available from: 202204
Banks can now schedule the Reconciliation process to run at regular intervals
by setting a specific frequency (daily, weekly, and so on). When reconciliation is
scheduled, the process triggers a reconciliation pod which is containerized in
the TDE portal. Banks must configure the mailing parameters in the Mailer
Configuration tab to receive notifications regarding the scheduled
reconciliation job status from TDE.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Level 1 and Level 2 Reconciliation

TDE - Administrator » Optimizing TDH

Available from: 202204
Extract Data Store (EDS), Operational Data Store (ODS) and Snapshot Data
Store (SDS) processes are optimized to enhance the performance of Transact
Data Hub (TDH), improving its transaction per second (TPS). Also, banks can
now configure Spark parameters using the Spark Configuration tab for each
process.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Configure Spark Parameters

28
 Analytics

Metadata Management » Supporting Metastore

Database in any Database
Available from: 202204
In addition to MySQL database, banks can now create and manage Metastore
database in any target database such as Oracle, PostgreSQL, Azure SQL,
MSSQL or MySQL. The Object Relational Mapping (ORM) framework is
implemented in ODS, SDS, EDS and ADS modules for Metastore tables. All
operations on the Metastore tables are exposed as REST APIs.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Metastore – DB Agnostic

AWS Support for TDH/AWS Installation » AWS

Support for TDH
Available from: 202204
As part of Temenos Data Engineering, Transact Data Hub (TDH) products now
support Amazon Web Service (AWS) across all layers such as ODS, SDS, ADS
and EDS. Banks can deploy and provision TDH in its entirety with AWS
managed services.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

AWS Installation
AWS Support for TDH

29
Payments
 Payments

Payments
United Kingdom » CHAPS Clearing » Bank
Transfer
Available from: 202105
Complying with the ISO 20022 message standard adopted by CHAPS, the
SWIFT MT messages are replaced with the ISO20022 XML (pacs.009 format)
messages. This functionality allows banks, using the Temenos Payments Hub,
to handle the inward and outward interbank payments from CHAPS in
ISO20022 (pacs.009) format.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

CHAPS Clearing

United Kingdom » CHAPS Clearing » Customer

Transfer
Available from: 202105
Temenos Payments Hub handles the CHAPS ISO20022 XML messages for
outward and inward payments processing. This functionality allows banks to
process the inward and outward customer transfers messaging using the
ISO20022 (pacs.008) message format.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

CHAPS Clearing

31
Payments

Temenos Payments » Liquidity Transfer Advice

Available from: 202105
Temenos Payments can now receive and process Liquidity Transfer Advice
(LTA) from Account Holding Institution (AHI), such as Clearing or RTGS. The
received LTA undergoes a qualification process that determines the LTA as a
payment or as an advice. Once qualified as a payment, Temenos Payments
resolves the market account numbers received in the advice to internal accounts
of the bank, to which posting is made.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Liquidity Transfer Advice
Tasks for Liquidity Transfer Advice
Enquiries and Reports
LQ.LTA.QUALIFICATION
LQ.ACCOUNT.MAPPING

Payments Initiation » Cancelling Payment

Orders in AwaitFunds State
Available from: 202105

The PAYMENT.ORDER (PO) application is enhanced to allow users to cancel

payment orders that are in ‘AwaitFunds’ status.

Click here to understand the technical impact of this enhancement for

customisation and upgrades.

32
 Payments

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Revoking the Reservation
Cancelling Payment Orders in AwaitFunds State

Temenos Payments » Warehousing future dated

bulk payments and Cancelling Warehoused
Bulk Payments in FTBM
Available from: 202105
Temenos Payments is enhanced to perform the following functions:

l Warehousing bulk payments in Fund Transfer Bulk Master (FTBM) –

When a user uploads or creates a bulk payment from FTBM, the system
identifies the future dated bulk payments and warehouse the payments in
FTBM, if configured.
l Cancelling warehoused bulk payments in FTBM – The user can cancel a
bulk payment warehoused in FTBM. On cancellation, Bulk Status is
updated as ‘CancelWarehouse’ and the status of all the underlying orders
are updated as ‘Cancelled’. If funds are reserved, then the reservation is
reversed.

Click here to understand the technical impact of this enhancement for

customisation and upgrades.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Bulk Warehouse
Enabling Warehousing for Bulks
Cancelling Warehoused Bulk

33
Payments

Viewing or Cancelling Warehoused Bulk Payment

Authorising or Rejecting Warehoused Bulk Payment

Temenos Payments » Charging Debtor when a

Direct Debit or Cheque Debit is Rejected or
Returned
Available from: 202105
Temenos Payments is enhanced to charge the debtor when an incoming direct
debit or cheque is rejected or returned. A new conditional fee,
“ReturnRejectFeeForReceivedDirectDebitAndCheque” provides the ability to
deduct charges if an incoming DD or cheque debit is rejected or returned.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Fees Type and Condition
Features of Inward Cheque Clearing
Fees and Charges for DD

Temenos Payments » Ability to Configure

Interface Option for Indirect Participant
Available from: 202105
Temenos Payments now enables the banks to configure the message interface
at clearing level or at clearing correspondent level or loro/nostro account level.
This information is passed when the payment is emitted so that banks (local
implementation team (L3)) can add technical headers based on the configured
interface. Banks can also configure message interface at loro/nostro account

34
 Payments

level for Cross Border Payments and Reporting Plus (CBPR+) payments. This
information is passed to Delivery (DE) module so that the DE module can add
technical headers based on the configured interface. The exit API provision by
Temenos Payments enables banks (L3) to add technical headers on top of the
transformed data (payload) before sending the file to the network or clearing
interface.

Click here to understand the technical impact of this enhancement for

customisation and upgrades.
Click here to understand the installation and configuration updates for this
enhancement.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Configuring Message Interface in Clearing
Handling Message Interface in Clearing
Support of Configuration of Message Interface in Routing and
Settlement
Support of Configuration of Message Interface in International
Payments (SWIFT CBPR+ ISO20022)
Configuring Message Interface in Routing and Settlement
Configuring LORO NOSTRO in International Payments
(SWIFT CBPR+ ISO20022)
Handling Message Interface in Routing and Settlement

Handling Message Interface in International Payments (SWIFT

CBPR+ ISO20022)

35
Payments

Europe » Receiving Liquidity Transfer Advice as

camt.054 message from TARGET2
Available from: 202105
Temenos Payments can now receive and optionally book Liquidity Transfer
Advices (LTA) from TARGET2. LTAs received undergo a qualification process
that determines the LTA as a payment or an advice. Once qualified, Temenos
Payments resolves the market account numbers received in the advice to
internal accounts of the bank, unto which posting will be made. Processing of
LTA and posting them ensures that Nostro balances are made up-to-date for
Clearing and Settlement Mechanisms (CSM) Nostro or settlement accounts,
aiding effective liquidity management.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Types of Messages/ Liquidity Transfer Advice
Repairing the LTAs that failed to Process Successfully

Payment Initiation » Ability to Capture

Originating Source in FTBM
Available from: 202105
Temenos Payments is now enhanced to optionally capture the originating
source when a bulk payment is created in FT.BULK.MASTER (FTBM)
application or bulk file is uploaded in FTBM. Originating Source value can be
selected from Originating Source dropdown field in FTBM, which has
corresponding values defined in EB.LOOKUP.

Click here to understand the technical impact of this enhancement for

customisation and upgrades.

36
 Payments

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Capturing Bulk Payments Manually

Canada » Interac Instant Payment via Central1 »

Interac eTransfer
Available from: 202106
This functionality allows banks to process the Interac Instant messages in
ISO20022 standard in order to initiate deposit (credit) of funds to accounts,
confirm previous deposit (credit) instructions, initiate withdrawal (debit) of funds
from accounts, confirm previous withdrawal (debit) instructions, reverse previous
withdrawal (debit or credit) instructions and return previously withdrawn funds.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Interac Instant Payment via Central1

United Kingdom » CHAPS in ISO20022 (MX) »

Cover Processing
Available from: 202106

This functionality allows banks to receive and process incoming pacs.009COV

from CHAPS where the TPH bank is the creditor, to receive and process
MT202COV/pacs.009COV from SWIFT which will be redirected as
pacs.009COV via Clearing House Automated Payment System (CHAPS), to
initiate outgoing SWIFT cover payments (MT/MX) where the cover will be sent
as pacs.009COV via CHAPS, and to receive pacs.009COV from CHAPS and
redirect as a MT202COV via SWIFT.
Temenos Payments supports cover payments in the pacs.009 cover format.

37
Payments

Temenos Payments can receive a pacs.009 cover from CHAPS clearing, and
generate an outward or redirected cover in pacs.009 cover format to CHAPS
based on the configuration.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

CHAPS in ISO20022 (MX)

Sri Lanka » Cheque Clearing » CITS Incoming

File Validation
Available from: 202106
This functionality allows banks to handle the validation on the incoming clearing
file for incoming debit and incoming return received from Cheque Imaging and
Truncation System (CITS) clearing, on the record length (per transaction). The
length of every record received in the incoming debit file needs to be 80 chars
and, for the incoming return file, it needs to be 199 chars in length. If any record
length is not 80 or 199, then the entire file will be rejected and, the appropriate
error code and description will be logged in the system for that file.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Cheques Clearing

Temenos Payments » Handling FX When Credit

Account and Transaction Currencies of an
Inward Instant Payment are Different
Available from: 202106
Temenos Payments is now enhanced to skip the FX calculation, complete the

38
 Payments

payment, and inform the bank to perform FX posting if an Inward Instant payment
is received with credit account currency different from the Transaction currency.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Pre-Determined FX Payments

Payment Initiation » Liquidity Transfer Requests

Available from: 202106
Temenos Payments can now process and send LTRs to RTGS or Clearings. An
LTR can be captured either from the LTR PAYMENT.ORDER (PO) or the LTR
Order Entry GUI. After successfully capturing and processing the LTR payment,
Temenos Payments can generate the LTR payment message and send it to the
RTGS/Clearing System. Temenos Payments is enhanced to consume and
process the confirmation message sent by Clearing against the original LTR
payment message to indicate whether the LTR was accepted or rejected.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Manual Capture
Working with Payments Capture and Enquiry
Initiating Liquidity Transfer Request (LTR) Payment
Authorising, Deleting or Viewing the LTR Transactions
Pending and Process Payments

39
Payments

Temenos Payments » Ability to Generate

Confirmations in camt.054 Format
Available from: 202106
Temenos Payments is enhanced to generate debit or credit confirmations using
CBPR+ camt.054 format in addition to the existing MT900 or MT910 based
confirmations. This is configurable in client and bank conditions level. This
functionality provides the ability for banks to configure and send debit or credit
confirmations to its customers using CBPR+ camt.054 format through SWIFT.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Debit and Credit Confirmations
Client Condition for Notification
Bank Condition for Notification

Temenos Payments » Flexibility to Send

Warehoused Payments to Screening at COB
Available from: 202106
Temenos Payments provides the ability to indicate whether a payment in
warehouse should be sent for filtering at the end of the day when the processing
date is greater than the current business date. This help the banks to decide
whether future dated payments in warehouse needs to be released for filtering at
the end of the day.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Enabling Sanction Screening

40
 Payments

Releasing Warehoused Payments to Screening during COB

Europe » Retrieving Distinguished Name of the

Instructing and Instructed Parties in an
Outbound Payment Message
Available from: 202106
This functionality retrieves Distinguished Name (DN) of the instructing and
instructed parties in an outbound payment message from Banking Framework
table and passes it to the network through IF event for appending the DN in the
header of the outbound message. This is done on existing Target Instant
Payment Settlement payments processing feature supported in Temenos
Payments.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Inclusion of Distinguished Name
Configuring Target Instant Payment Settlement (TIPS)

Clearing Directory/Europe » Disclosure of

Maximum Amount in TIPS Directory
Available from: 202106

Temenos Payments can receive clearing directory from TIPS, save the same in
table, and use it to perform reachability check before releasing payments to
clearing. This functionality provides additional information such as maximum
amount accepted by other participant or participants in TIPS. This maximum
amount detail along with other details is included in the TIPS directory for each
authorised account user in TIPS (User BIC). Temenos Payments supports the

41
Payments

reachability check based on the threshold defined and helps in validating the
reachability of the counterparty bank.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Clearing Directory Upload
Reachability Key
Manual Upload of Directory Record
Viewing TIPS Clearing Directory Records

Payment Initiation/Temenos Payments »

Payments to Pre-validated Accounts
Available from: 202106
Temenos Payments now supports initiating the payments by skipping main
account validations and FX calculations during payment processing. The user
can initiate pre-validated payments, where the account validations are skipped
while processing the payment.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Payment Order Parameter
Business Validations
Configuring Payments Capture and Enquiry
Configuring Forex

Argentina » Recurrence Status Update

Available from: 202107
DEBIN (Debitio Inmediato) allows banks to transfer funds between customers

42
 Payments

with an immediate transfer. Unlike other means of payment, DEBIN is an

immediate online transfer by which the collector initiates the process and the
payer has to accept it. DEBIN admits payments in Argentinian pesos (ARS),
only between accounts of the same currency. DEBIN also has an expiry time
and the requests accepted by the payer after the expiry time will be rejected by
COELSA (Compensadora Electrónica SA).
This functionality allows banks to receive the 5013 response code from
COELSA when the DEBIN recurrence is active, available, or registered with the
Clearing. Temenos Payments Hub will receive the 5013 response code and will
update the Recurrence Status field as Active instead of Rejected in the
PPADBR.RECURRENCE.REGISTRATION application.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

DEBIN Registration Clearing

Canada » Interac Instant Payment via Central1 »

Interac eTransfer
Available from: 202107
Central1 is implementing ISO20022 standards for all Interac Instant messages.
So, Temenos Transact also supports Interac Instant in ISO20022 standard.
This functionality allows banks to process the ISO20022 PACS.008 credit
proposal message, the ISO20022 PACS.002 credit confirmation message, the
ISO20022 PACS.003 debit proposal message, the ISO20022 PACS.002 debit
proposal confirmation message, the ISO20022 PACS.007 reversal message
and the ISO20022 PACS.004 reversal message received from Central1. It also
allows banks to process the Heart Beat request to check the Bank Host System
is up and not offline.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

43
Payments

Interac Instant Payment via Central1

Europe » Handling Receipt of

Acknowledgement
Available from: 202107
Target Instant Payment Settlement (TIPS) payment processing in Temenos
Payments Hub (TPH) is now enhanced to handle the Receipt of
Acknowledgement message (admi.007) sent by ESMIG layer as a Technical
acknowledgement in TPH.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Introduction to Target Instant Payment Settlement (TIPS)

Temenos Payments » Liquidity Transfer

Requests
Available from: 202107
Temenos Payments can now process and send LTRs to RTGS or Clearings. An
LTR can be captured either from the LTR PAYMENT.ORDER (PO) or the LTR
Order Entry GUI. After successfully capturing and processing the LTR payment,
Temenos Payments can generate the LTR payment message and send it to the
RTGS/Clearing System. Temenos Payments is enhanced to consume and
process the confirmation message sent by Clearing against the original LTR
payment message to indicate whether the LTR was accepted or rejected.

Click here to understand the technical impact of this enhancement for

44
 Payments

customisation and upgrades.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Liquidity Transfer Requests
Tasks for Liquidity Transfer Requests
Enquiries and Reports

Europe » Supporting Liquidity Transfer

Requests in TARGET2
Available from: 202107
Temenos Payments can now process and send LTRs to TARGET2. An LTR
can be captured either from the PAYMENT.ORDER (PO) application or from the
Order Entry screen. After successfully capturing and processing the LTR
payment, Temenos Payments can generate the LTR payment message and
send it to the TARGET2. Temenos Payments is enhanced to consume and
process the confirmation message sent by the Clearing against the original LTR
payment message to indicate whether the LTR is accepted or rejected.

Click here to understand the technical impact of this enhancement for

customisation and upgrades.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Introduction to TARGET2 RTGS (ISO20022)
Working with TARGET2 RTGS (ISO20022)

45
Payments

Payments Initiation » Payment Initiation through

pain.001 v9
Available from: 202107
The Payment Initiation module is enhanced to support ISO pain.001v9 in
PAYMENT.ORDER (PO) application, Temenos Payments Hub (TPH), and Fund
Transfer Bulk Master (FTBM), and emit ISO pain.002v10 in the PO application
and TPH.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Bulk Payments
Payments Capture and Enquiry
Status Notifications

Temenos Payments/Europe » Allowing Re-

submission of Payment and Non-payment
Messages and Handling Payments Failing XSD
Validation
Available from: 202107
Temenos Payments has been enhanced to:

l Re-submit an outward MX payment from Technical Exception queue,

where the user can resend an outward payment that is waiting for
acknowledgement/DLN or received Nack/Negative DLN, using the
Technical Exception enquiry (SWIFTMX or RTGS).
l Park outward payment in a Technical Exception Queue for manual action
if the outward message fails XSD validation (at the end of payment
processing), the system generates ISO20022 format message as per the

46
 Payments

selected channel. If the generated message fails the schema validation

(XSD), the payment status is moved to Payment Failed XSD Validation
and displayed in the Technical Exception enquiry for the user to take
manual action.

Click here to understand the technical impact of this enhancement for

customisation and upgrades.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Resubmission based on Technical Acknowledgements for
International Payments
Configuring Delivery (DE) for Technical Acknowledgement
Processing for International Payments
SWIFT CBPR+ Payments with Negative Technical
Acknowledgement for International Payments
Resubmission based on Technical Acknowledgements for
TARGET2 Clearing
Configuring Delivery (DE) for Technical Acknowledgement
Processing for TARGET2 Clearing
SWIFT CBPR+ Payments with Negative Technical
Acknowledgement for TARGET2 Clearing

Temenos Payments » Sending and Receiving

Return Messages to SWIFT in ISO Format
Available from: 202107
Temenos Payments is enhanced to support SWIFT CBPR+ return processing
for both serial and cover payments using pacs.004 message format.

47
Payments

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Rejecting or Returning SWIFT Payments Manually
Outbound Code Word Generation
Initiating Return for Completed Credit Transfers
Authorising Return for Completed Credit Transfers
Returning or Reversing Incoming SWIFT Returns

Europe » Fees and Charges for Interest

Compensation
Available from: 202107
This functionality is based on SEPA Credit Transfer Rule book 2021 changes.
Temenos Payments has been enhanced to include the fees and/or charges for
interest compensation details while sending and receiving the response to an
enquiry message.

Click here to understand the technical impact of this enhancement for

customisation and upgrades.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Introduction to SEPA Credit Transfer
Working with SEPA Credit Transfer
Rejecting Unmatched Inward camt.087 Claims – Indirect
Participant
Accepting or Rejecting Unprocessed Inward camt.087 Claims -
IP
Authorising or Deleting the Inward camt.087 Transactions

48
 Payments

View the Incoming camt.087 Message for IP Payments

Temenos Payments » SWIFT Rulebook 2021

Compliance for Outward and Incoming
Customer Payments
Available from: 202107
Complying with the SR 2021 changes, below enhancements are deployed in
this release.

l Initiating outward customer payments: The Order Entry application and

Temenos Payments does not process the payments if it is not in par with
the SR 2021 changes.
l Sending credit confirmation for the incoming customer payment: Temenos
Payments sends MT910 to ordering bank in a pre-defined format.

Click here to understand the technical impact of this enhancement for

customisation and upgrades.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Entering Payment Details

Temenos Payments/Europe » Checking

Acceptance Days for Cancellation Requests
Available from: 202107
Temenos Payments is enhanced to perform acceptance days check based on
the code word while sending and receiving cancellation requests. The change

49
Payments

logic is applicable for both bank initiated (recalls) and customer initiated (RFRO)
cancellation requests.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Configuring Number of Allowed Days for Return
Return and Reject Codes for SEPA EBA
Return and Reject Codes for SEPA Credit Transfer
Return and Reject Codes for TIPS

Tunisia » Clearing
Available from: 202108

The Clearing House in Tunisia (SIBTEL) has introduced the e-clearing system.
The e-clearing system is part of the modernisation of the Tunisian banking
system. It aims to reduce recovery times by means of reliable, secure, efficient
and fast electronic clearing.
This functionality allows banks to capture and validate the cheque collection
request for the cheques that are being presented for the first time (code 30) and
also for the cheques that are being represented (code 31, 32, 33).

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Clearing

Europe » Outward File Naming Convention

Available from: 202108
Temenos Payments Hub (TPH) is enhanced to allow the banks to generate
outward files (pacs.008, pacs.004, camt.056, camt.029) for Inter Giro2 (IG2)

50
 Payments

without the session ID as part of the file name. The existing

PPHIG2.GENERATE.PHYSICAL.FILENAME Application Program Interface
(API) is modified to remove the session ID from the file format.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Outward File Naming Convention
Generating Outward File Name

Temenos Payments » Partial Funds Reservation

Available from: 202108
Temenos Payments can be configured to support partial funds reservation. The
reserved partial funds are retained even if the corresponding cheque transaction
is rejected and the partial funds are re-used for processing a new re-presented
cheque transaction.

Click here to understand the installation and configuration updates for this
enhancement.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Partial Funds Reservation

Enabling Partial Funds Reservation

Repairing Payment with Insufficient Funds

51
Payments

Payment Initiation » Displaying Base Currency

of Exchange Rate
Available from: 202108
Temenos Payments is now enhanced to display the base currency of the
exchange rate used in cross-currency payments and display the same whenever
the payment order is validated.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Payment Capture Based on Instructed Amount
Capturing an International Payment Order

Europe » Supporting Continuous Gross

Settlement Model
Available from: 202108
Temenos Payments Hub (TPH) can now receive and process LNR (only
camt.054) from STEP2-CGS and consider it as LTA. The received LTAs
undergo a qualification process that determines the LTA as a payment or an
advice. After qualification, TPH resolves the market account numbers received
in the advice to internal accounts of the bank to which posting is made.
Processing and posting of the LTA ensures that Nostro balances are made up-
to-date for CSM Nostro or settlement accounts, aiding effective liquidity
management.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Supporting Continuous Gross Settlement Model in SEPA

52
 Payments

Direct Debit
Supporting Continuous Gross Settlement Model in SEPA
Credit Transfer
Clearing Return Code
Supporting pain.002 Version 2 in TPH
Viewing LNR File Received in TPH for SEPA Direct Debit
Viewing LNR File Received in TPH for SEPA Credit Transfer

Europe » Processing camt.087 Message

Received from or Sent to IP
Available from: 202108
Temenos Payments is now enhanced to send and receive Request to Modify
Value Date (camt.087) message for the payments received from or sent to IP.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

SEPA Credit Transfer

Europe/Temenos Payments » Aligning

Attributes and Date Sets for SEPA Credit
Transfers and Instant Payment
Available from: 202108
This enhancement enables Temenos Payments Hub (TPH) to implement SEPA
2021 rule book changes pertaining to status request message scheme,
alignment of recall and Recall Requested by Originator (RFRO) attributes (and
its response) and also to implement changes in datasets pertaining to SEPA

53
Payments

Credit Transfers and Instant Payment related messages.

Click here to understand the technical impact of this enhancement for

customisation and upgrades.
Click here to understand the installation and configuration updates for this
enhancement.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Recalling a EBA INST Payment
Initiating Customer Credit Transfers
Validating Cancellation and Investigation Messages in
Enquiries or Versions
Compliance of Clearings to Common Scheme

Europe » Receiving and Processing Payment

Messages from Multi-addressee Participants
Available from: 202108
Temenos Payments can now send payment messages to TARGET2 as a multi-
addressee participant bank as well as receive and process payment messages
from TARGET2 as multi-addressees.

Click here to understand the technical impact of this enhancement for

customisation and upgrades.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

TARGET2 RTGS (ISO20022)

54
 Payments

Europe » Compliance with TARGET2 UDFS 2.0

Rule Book
Available from: 202108
Temenos Payments Solution is now enhanced to comply with the latest
schema’s for the payment messages. Updated schema’s are published for the
TARGET2 ISO20022 RTGS messages with incremental changes.

Click here to understand the technical impact of this enhancement for

customisation and upgrades.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

TARGET2 Clearing (ISO20022)

Temenos Payments » SWIFT GPI Universal

Confirmation
Available from: 202108
Temenos Payments is now enhanced to support the following features:

l When Temenos Payments (as an intermediary Global Payments Initiative

(GPI) bank) sends confirmation status (ACSP – pending with G000/G001)
to the tracker for a redirected message sent on a non-SWIFT leg, Tag 21 of
the MT199 or MT299 status confirmation is mapped from tag 20 or
instruction id of the outgoing message (FTNumber) and not from tag 20
instruction id of the incoming message (SendersReferenceIncoming).
l When Temenos Payments receives pacs.008 messages from the Payment
Market Infrastructure (PMI) with instruction identification greater than 16
characters, Temenos Payments maps the first 15 characters as received
and adds a plus (+) sign in tag 21 in outgoing MT199 or MT299.

55
Payments

l When Temenos Payments sends the MT299 status confirmation to the

tracker (for all the status), the instruction id of the underlying credit transfer
(pacs.008 or MT103) is mapped in field 79 line 5. Temenos Payments also
stores the instruction id of the underlying credit transfer received in an
incoming MT299 in the GPI tracker table to use in the GPI enquiries in
Temenos Payments.
l If the transaction amount is greater than 15 digits in the payment received
from PMI, Temenos Payments does not generate MT199 or MT299
confirmation status sent to tracker.
l For redirected payments, when the status code is ACSP with G000 and
G001 reason codes, the date and time element (tag 72 Line 1) in MT199 or
MT299 is mapped as the date and time at which the payment was sent or
transferred to the bank or financial Institution.
l If the user manually rejects the payment from various queues by selecting
error reason code, Temenos Payments additionally checks if the reason
code is in the SWIFT MT199 reject code list, else MS03 is mapped.

This enhancement enables the banks to send confirmation MT199 or 299

(including Universal Confirmations) to the tracker for CBPR+ pacs.008 received
through SWIFTNet in addition to MT103.

Click here to understand the installation and configuration updates for this
enhancement.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

SWIFT Universal Confirmations

SWIFT GPI Annual Rulebook Changes - 2021 Changes

56
 Payments

Argentina » Mismo Titular for Outgoing

Transfers
Available from: 202109
This functionality allows banks to send and receive immediate transfers to or
from COELSA (Clearing House in Argentina). Temenos Payments Hub will
capture the beneficiary legal Id (CUIT/CUIL) received in the response from
clearing in the payment order. Once all the beneficiary CUIT/CUIL Id’s are
captured, the system will calculate the Mismotitular value based on the creditor
and debtor legal Id’s match. The Mismotitular value will be updated in the
outgoing immediate message. The Mismotitular value will be always numeric.
The value will be either 0, 1, or 2.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Instant Clearing

Europe » Processing Request to Status Update

(pacs.028) Message Received from or Sent to IP
Available from: 202109
Temenos Payments Hub (TPH) is now enhanced to adhere to Single Euro
Payments Area (SEPA) rulebook changes for 2019 proposed by European
Payment Council (EPC) and European Banking Authority (EBA). TPH is now
enhanced to receive SEPA Request to Status Update (pacs.028) enquiry
messages from clearing and forward to Indirect Participants (IP) and vice-versa,
when the customer is not available in the books of processing bank.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

57
Payments

Requesting for Status Update (pacs.028)

Indirect Participant of SEPA Credit Transfer
Handling Inward Request for Status Update from and to IP
View the Incoming Request for Status update – Non-Claim
Receipt
View the Incoming Request for Status update – Modification of
value date
View the Incoming Request for Status update – Cancellation

Temenos Payments » Return of Customer and

Bank Transfer Including Cover (pacs.004)
Available from: 202109
Temenos Payments is now enhanced to support the incremental changes in
message format, usage guidelines, and schema, published as part of Q1 2021
specifications for Return of Customer and Bank Transfer including cover
(pacs.004) CBPR+ messages.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Returning or Rejecting a Received International Payment

Working with International Payments (SWIFT CBPR+

ISO20022)

58
 Payments

Temenos Payments » Supporting Incremental

Changes in Message Format, Usage Guidelines
and Schema
Available from: 202109
Temenos Payments is now enhanced to support the incremental changes in
message format, usage guidelines, and schema, published as part of Q1 2021
specifications for the following CBPR+ messages:

l Customer Transfer (pacs.008 and pacs.008 Straight Through Processing

(STP))
l Bank Transfer and Cover (pacs.009 and pacs.009 COV)
l Payment Status Report (pacs.002)
l Notice to Receive (camt.057) – Outward
l Customer Debit or Credit Notification (camt.054) – Outward

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Channel Validation

Temenos Payments » Swift CBPR+ Bank

Transfer Advice (pacs.009ADV)
Available from: 202111

Temenos Payment Hub (TPH) is enhanced to support a Swift CBPR+ bank

transfer payment settled with cover. The payment announcement is sent as a
pre-advice (pacs.009AD) and the cover payment is sent as bank payment
(pacs.009).
TPH already supports technical ack or nack processing of a payment settled
with cover, which is now enhanced for processing of technical ack or nack for a
bank transfer settled with cover.

59
Payments

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Swift CBPR+-Bank Transfer advice (pacs.009ADV)

Temenos Payments » SWIFT gpi

Available from: 202111
TPH (Temenos Payment Hub) is enhanced to support SWIFT XML ISO-based
Tracker messages along with existing MT messages for the confirmations and
alerts. The processing of these XML messages is like existing MT confirmations.

l Non-GPI banks can send the universal confirmations to tracker using

trck.001.
l GPI banks can now send confirmation to tracker using trck.001 (for
customer payments and cover). Banks can receive the confirmations from
tracker using trck.002.
l Banks can receive the alerts from tracker using trck.003.
l Banks can configure SWIFT XML Format (trck) only if PPSWMX module is
installed along with PPSGPI module.
NOTE: For universal confirmations, PPSGPI is not required.
l When sending or receiving confirmations or alerts, the details are stored in
system (PI.GPI.Tracker)
l The acknowledgment messages for outgoing message Trck.001 from
SWIFT are received by DE and pass to TPH response queue. TPH then
processes and update audit trail in the related transaction. In case of
negative acknowledgement, system displays it in SWIFT ISO Technical
exception enquiry. The only option from enquiry is ignore.
l The list of the Reject reason codes to be used by gpi customers is
extended to CBPR+ codes for new ISO Tracker confirmations. TPH is
enhanced to support the extended list while sending the reject reason
codes in Trck.001 payment status update to the tracker.
l System reports only charges deduction by the processing bank in the
outgoing trck.001 message as recommended by SWIFT.

60
 Payments

l TPH processes the customer payment pacs.008 having G005 service level
code as gpi payment (like G001).
l TPH sends pacs.002 (based on Relationship Management Application
(RMA)), if PPSWMX module is installed in following scenarios:
o When bank user manually accepts a gSRP request from the manual
action queue for a payment waiting for cover.
o When a MT299/trck.002 is received with RJCT status by the gpi
instructed bank and the payment has not reached final status.

Click here to understand the technical impact of this enhancement for

customisation and upgrades.
Click here to understand the installation and configuration updates for this
enhancement.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

ISO based Tracker Confirmation Messages
Working with Tracker Confirmation Messages

Temenos Payments » Balance Check and

Reservation for Fixing Rate
Available from: 202111
If the Day’s FX rate is not available, Temenos Payments can now reserve funds
based on the availability before parking the payment in the Awaiting Rate Fix
status, if configured.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Balance check and Reservation for fixing rate – Product

61
Payments

Determination
Balance check and Reservation for fixing rate – Funds
Reservation
Balance check and Reservation for fixing rate – Forex

United Kingdom » Cover Processing

MT012 and MT019 are the sender notification (SWIFT successfully received the
original message) and abort notification (message transmission aborted at
SWIFT.) respectively. MT019/MT012 has been replaced by pacs.002
(ACSC/RJCT).
This functionality allows TPH banks to receive a payment status report
(pacs.002) in response to pacs.008, pacs.009cov or pacs.009 and pacs.004.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

CHAPS in ISO20022 (MX)

United Kingdom » Return Processing

Available from: 202112

This functionality allows banks to process outward returns to Clearing House

Automated Payment System (CHAPS) and inward returns from CHAPS in
International Organisation for Standardisation (ISO) 20022 message format.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

CHAPS in ISO20022 (MX)

62
 Payments

Clearing Directory/Europe » Uploading and

Maintaining TIPS Directory and Processing
Reconciliation Reports for TIPS Received
through EBAINST
Available from: 202112
TPH is now enhanced with the following features:
Upload and Maintenance of TIPS Directory from EBAINST
TPH can automatically upload Routing Table File (RTF) containing the
TARGET2 Instant Payment Settlement System (TIPS) participants published by
RT1, whenever it is received in a designated folder. It can also be manually
uploaded through Temenos Transact. TPH provides the ability to add, delete, or
edit a TIPS participant record from the TIPSRTF directory through Temenos
Transact.
Processing Reconciliation Reports for TIPS Received through EBAINST
TPH can now,

l Receive and map DRR sent to or received from TIPS through EBA RT1
Clearing, which contains the information related to transactions exchanged
with TIPS, in addition to the existing report containing EBA RT1
transactions.
l Receive RSF file for TIPS (through EBA RT1), in addition to the existing
RSF file received for EBA RT1. The DRR Enquiry format also displays
details of payments made to TIPS participants through EBA RT1. RSF
enquiry displays all the data such as, settlement with EBA RT1, TIPS
DCA, and TIPS Technical account as per the selection criteria.

These data received and mapped are displayed in a report format through an
enquiry.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

63
Payments

Introduction to Clearing Directory

Working with SEPA Instant Clearing
Tasks for Clearing Directory

Payments Orders » Capturing Additional

Information during Debit Collection Initiation and
Perform Reachability Check
Available from: 202112
The Debit Collection Order (DB) application is enhanced with the following
features:

l The user can now capture detailed information relating to Debtor

Identification and Address, Creditor Identification and Address, External
codes, and other payment information at the time of collection initiation.
The information captured are mapped to the payment system (TPH) which
in turn get mapped to the outward message.
l Reachability check is enabled at the time of debit collection initiation
through parameterisation in Debit Collection (DB) application.
Reachability check is performed using generic Reachability check
framework.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Checking Reachability

64
 Payments

Temenos Payments » TARGET2 Co-

management
Available from: 202112
Temenos Payments is now enhanced with the Co-management functionality,
where a co-manager bank can now receive Liquidity Transfer Advices (LTA) on
behalf of its co-managee. The co-manager can use this LTA to update co-
managee’s Nostro accounts to manage liquidity operations. Processing of LTA
on behalf of the co-managee and posting them ensures that their Nostro
balances are up to date, thereby aiding effective liquidity management.
The Liquidity Co-Management feature is available with license codes LQ and
PPTGMX.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

T2 Co-Management in Europe
T2 Co-Management in LTA

Temenos Payments » SWIFT 2021 MT-

Transforming 50k to 50F for outgoing MT
Messages
Available from: 202112

Temenos Payments has now enhanced the ability of POA to support generating
59F in the outgoing MT message based on the user input in the payment. Even
if the user does not impose, TPH can now generate 50F in the outgoing MT
message based on the configurable parameter and if the required details are
present in customer table.
Temenos Payments is now enhanced to allow:

65
Payments

l PO application to generate 59F (structured address of the beneficiary) in

the outgoing MT message, if the user selects an option to generate
structured address details.
l TPH to generate 50F (structured address of the ordering customer) in the
outgoing MT message, if the required details are present in the Customer
table.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Structured Address for Ordering Customer
Beneficiary Details

Europe » Processing Liquidity Transfer

Requests to EBA Instant Payment Clearing
Available from: 202112
Temenos Payments Hub (TPH) can now process Liquidity Transfer Requests
(LTR) to EBA RT1 Instructing Party. The user can capture the LTR either from
the PAYMENT.ORDER (PO) application or from the ORDER.ENTRY (OE)
screen. After capturing and processing of the LTR, TPH can generate and send
the LTR payment message to EBA RT1 Instructing Party.
TPH is enhanced to consume and process the confirmation message sent by
EBA RT1 against the original LTR to indicate whether the LTR was accepted or
rejected. The feature is available with LQ and PPIEBA license codes under
TPH.

Click here to understand the technical impact of this enhancement for

customisation and upgrades.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

66
 Payments

Types of Payment and Messages

Working with SEPA Instant Clearing

Temenos Payments » Swift gpi Inquires in PO &

TPH to Support Trck Messages
Available from: 202112
TPH (Temenos Payment Hub) is enhanced to support the extended model with
SWIFT XML ISO-based Tracker messages and the related enquiries that list
payments along with the gpi details. Channel enquiry can display additional GPI
summary details. Banks can view the details of confirmations if sent or received
as SWIFT XML ISO based message for both Financial Information (FIN) and
CBPR+payments in existing channel or TPH or PO enquiries.
GPI Confirmation & GPI Details changes can be viewed in,

l Pending and processed payments Enquiry

l Track GPI Payments

The new functionality in TPH enquiries is given below:

l SWIFT XML ISO based confirmation messages that are sent to tracker or
received from tracker are displayed in GPI confirmation list.
l New columns are introduced in GPI confirmation enquiry list to display
fields in SWIFT XML ISO based messages.
l The detailed view of confirmation details is shown as a new section in the
GPI confirmation enquiry list.
l Design of displaying party details is changed (each party displayed as a
row in the list) in GPI details screen.
l Additional parties in the SWIFT ISO payment chain are now displayed in
GPI details screen.
l The roles for each party in the payment chain in GPI details screen can be
renamed.

The new functionality in Payment Order (PO) enquiries is given below:

67
Payments

l SWIFT XML ISO based confirmation messages that are received from
tracker are displayed in GPI confirmation list.
l Additional columns in the GPI confirmation enquiry list are introduced to
display fields in SWIFT XML ISO based messages.
l The detailed view of confirmation details is shown as a new section in the
GPI confirmation enquiry list.

Click here to understand the technical impact of this enhancement for

customisation and upgrades.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Swift gpi Inquires in PO & TPH to support trck messages

India » NEFT Clearing

Available from: 202201
National Electronic Funds Transfer (NEFT) is an electronic funds transfer
system maintained by the Reserve Bank of India (RBI). NEFT enables bank
customers in India to transfer funds between any two NEFT enabled bank
accounts on a one-to-one basis. It is done via electronic messages. A customer
can initiate NEFT transfers 24/7 and are settled in half-hourly batches every day
between 00:30 am and 00:00 am all through the year. There is no limit, either
minimum or maximum, on the amount of funds that can be transferred using
NEFT.
This functionality allows banks to process incoming and outgoing NEFT credit
transfers, returns and the related messages.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

NEFT Clearing

68
 Payments

India » RTGS Clearing

Available from: 202201
RTGS stands for Real Time Gross Settlement, which can be explained as a
system where there is continuous and real-time settlement of fund-transfers,
individually on a transaction by transaction basis (without netting). India clearing
RTGS is for high-value transactions. The minimum amount is Rs 2 lakh per
transaction.
This functionality allows banks to manage incoming and outgoing RTGS
transfers and related messages.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

RTGS Clearing

Request to Pay » RTP Proxy Resolution

Available from: 202201

Temenos Payments RtP Framework now supports:

l Registering Proxy Id
l Resolving proxy of a requestor and payer during RTP initiation and
reception respectively

Banks can now use the proxy identifier to initiate an RTP request instead of
using an account number or an IBAN. The recipient (payer) can also be
identified by a proxy instead of account number or IBAN.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

RTP Proxy Resolution
Working with RTP

69
Payments

Temenos Payments » Sending RJCT Status to

Tracker
Available from: 202201
Temenos Payments (enabled with gpi) is now enhanced to send the RJCT
confirmation status (MT199/trck.001) to the tracker when pacs.002 is received
from a non-SWIFT PMI.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Tracking of Payments

Temenos Payments/Payment Initiation » Auto-

populate AA Charges during Payment Initiation
Available from: 202201
When the user initiates a transaction through the PAYEMNT.ORDER (PO)
application or ORDER.ENTRY (OE) screen, Temenos Payments Hub (TPH)
can retrieve and map each AA activity and/or activity restriction charges for an
AA account, and display the same on the initiation page. The user can now view
the individual AA activity or activity restriction charges on an AA account related
to the payment during payment initiation.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Account Activity Charges
Enable or Disable Account Activity Charges
Payment Initiation with Payment and Account Activity Charges
Payment Capture and Enquiry

70
 Payments

Temenos Payments » Processing Incoming

Swift CBPR+ Bank Transfer Pre-advice
(pacs.009 ADV)
Available from: 202201
Temenos Payment can now receive and process incoming CBPR+ pacs.009
ADV message from SWIFT and it now supports the processing of business
acknowledgements (ACK or NACK) and payment return for a bank transfer
settled with pre-advice (cover).

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Cover Processing
Working with International Payments (SWIFT CBPR+
ISO20022)

United Kingdom » Pay UK Request to Pay

Available from: 202201
The Request to Pay (RtP) framework in Temenos Payments now supports
PayUK RtP scheme. The payee and payer can now initiate or receive RtP
messages using their registered Primary Identifier (PID), and exchange RtP
messages and responses in the PayUK RtP ecosystem.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

United Kingdom
Tasks for Pay UK Request to Pay
Enquiries and Reports

71
Payments

Europe » Processing Liquidity Transfer Advices

(LTA) from RT1-TIPS Instructing Party Service
Available from: 202201
Temenos Payments can now receive and process Liquidity Transfer Advices
(LTAs) from RT1-TIPS Instructing Party Service.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Liquidity Transfer Advice

India » NEFT Clearing

Available from: 202202
This functionality allows banks to process incoming and outgoing NEFT credit
transfers, returns and the related messages.
On reception of N04 and 972 message, TPH will store the details in the
PP.CLR.REPORTS.FILE application.
If a payment is initiated on a weekend or public holiday, the payment will be
processed with the processing date as the next available business day. The
debit value date and credit value date of the payment will be imposed as the
date the payment was initiated.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

NEFT Clearing

72
 Payments

India » RTGS Clearing

Available from: 202202
This functionality allows banks to manage incoming and outgoing RTGS
transfers and related messages.
For every pacs.008, pacs.009 and pacs.004 sent to clearing, the system will
receive a response messages from clearing. In case of a positive response, the
system will mark the payment as complete. If the response received is negative,
the system will automatically reverse the postings.
For an inward payment, TPH will receive a pacs.008 or pacs.004 message. All
inward transfers will be processed in the STP mode.
For an inward pacs.009 interbank transfer request from clearing, the payment
should be Non- STP and the payment will be moved to the repair queue.
The payment initiated as pain.001 will be sent as a pacs.008 and all the
validations will be done before converting the payment to pacs.008.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

RTGS Clearing

Request to Pay » Confirmation Response for

RtP Message
Available from: 202202

Request to Pay (RtP) framework is now enhanced to provide a configurable

option to send confirmation response from the payer bank to the payee
(requestor) bank either immediately following a payer’s approval or upon
payment completion.

73
Payments

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Configuring Schema Defined Rules

Request to Pay » Recalling RTP Requests

Available from: 202202
The Request to Pay (RTP) framework of Temenos Payments is now enhanced
to allow the payee or requestor to initiate a recall request for an RTP that is
awaiting a payer response. The payer’s RTP framework processes the Recall
requests automatically and sends the response containing approval or rejection
of the recall request to the payee or requestor bank.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Recall of RtP Request
Configuring Recall Message Types
Working with Request to Pay (RtP)

Temenos Payments » Separate Booking

Transaction Code for Charges and Taxes
Available from: 202202
Temenos Payments can now process payments and link each collected charge
and its associated tax with separate transaction codes. In case of multiple
charges being collected for a payment, each of the charges and the tax on the
charge can have their own transaction code, thereby providing a detailed
description of each charge and the tax on the customer’s account statement.

74
 Payments

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Fees and Billing
Posting

Europe » Handling camt.050 and camt.025 for

Target Instant Payment Settlement (TIPS)
Clearing
Available from: 202202
Temenos Payments is enhanced to:

l Capture Liquidity Transfer Requests (LTR) from both Payment Order (PO)
and Order Entry (OE) to be sent to Target Instant Payment Settlement
(TIPS) clearing.
l Generate outgoing LTR to be sent to TIPS clearing.
l Process incoming response messages received from TIPS clearing
against the original LTR message.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

LTR for TIPS
Capturing TIPS LTR

Europe » Liquidity Transfer Advices from TIPS

Clearing
Available from: 202202
Temenos Payments can now receive and process Liquidity Transfer Advices

75
Payments

(LTA) from Target Instant Payment Settlement (TIPS) clearing. The received
LTA undergoes a process to determine if it qualifies a payment booking. If
qualified as a payment, Temenos Payments resolves the market account
numbers received in the advice to internal accounts of the bank, till the payment
is done. Processing of LTAs’ helps the banks liquidity management team in
better management of the bank’s liquidity position with TIPS.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

LTA from TIPS Clearing
Viewing LTA Payments

Payment Initiation » Reserving Funds with the

Charges in Payment Order
Available from: 202202
Payment Order is now enhanced to reserve funds along with the payment
charges, from the debit main account by configuring a parameter in payment
order business product.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Reserving funds with Charges

Argentina » Capture the Legal Id (CUIL, CUIT or

CDI) of Ordering Customers
Available from: 202203
Complying with the Argentinian regulation, the CUIT (Single Tax Identification
Code), CUIL (Unified Labour Identification Code) or CDI (Identification Code) of

76
 Payments

the ordering customers has to be available for a customer, for all types of
payments.
This functionality allows banks to capture the CUIT, CUIL or CDI of the ordering
customer for COELSA CT (Credit Transfer) or DD (Direct Debit) payments, and
store the value in the POR.SUPPLEMENTARY.INFO application.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

CT & DD (ACH) Clearing

Australia » NPP (National Payments Platform)

Clearing
Available from: 202203
The New Payment Platform (NPP) is a 24/7 instant payment scheme in
Australia, in the Australian dollar (AUD) currency. Cuscal is one of the major
direct participants of NPP. Cuscal clients, the indirect participants connect to
NPP using the Cuscal API services.
This functionality allows banks to process NPP instant payment transfers
between indirect participants and Cuscal.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

NPP Payments

Hong Kong » HKICL Cheque Clearing

Available from: 202203
The cheque clearing system in Hong Kong is operated by Hong Kong Interbank
Clearing Limited (HKICL) and overseen by the Hong Kong Monetary Authority

77
Payments

(HKMA). Cheques presented to HKICL on day D are sorted and dispatched to

drawee banks overnight. The drawee banks will process the cheques and return
unpaid items to HKICL on the next business day (day D+1). The interbank
settlement will be executed on day D+1 on a batch run basis except those items
which are cleared on Friday will be settled on Monday morning.
This functionality provides the ability to receive, map and process an inward
individual or corporate cheque and return a received inward individual or
corporate cheque, map inward auto cheques, receive, map and process a
cashier’s order and return a received inward cashier’s order and initiate account
postings and settlement entries.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

HKICL Cheque Clearing

India » NEFT Clearing

Available from: 202203
This functionality allows banks to process incoming and outgoing NEFT credit
transfers, returns and the related messages.
For every N06 outward message sent out, the sending bank will receive an
acknowledgement N10 message from the beneficiary bank confirming the
beneficiary customer’s account has been credited.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

NEFT Clearing

78
 Payments

India » RTGS Clearing

Available from: 202203
This functionality allows banks to manage incoming and outgoing RTGS
transfers and related messages.
If a payment is initiated on a weekend or public holiday, the payment will be
processed with the processing date as the next available business day
(Temenos Transact date). The debit value date and credit value date of the
payment will be imposed as the date the payment was initiated.
No outward messages will be sent to the Structured Financial Messaging
System (SFMS) system between the receipt of the End of Day (EOD) messages
and the Start of Day (SOD) message. The payments generated during this
interval will be moved to the warehouse queue and will be processed with next
value date.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

RTGS Clearing

Payment Initiation/Temenos Payments » FX

Utilisation for Cross-currency Payments
Available from: 202203
In the following scenarios, Temenos Payments validates the FX contract ID to
check whether sufficient balance to cover the payment amount is available and
returns the exchange rate to be imposed for processing. Temenos Payments
also updates the FX contract utilisation:

l The user initiates a cross-currency payment with FX contract ID from the

PAYMENT.ORDER (PO) and PP.ORDER.ENTRY (OE) applications.
l Temenos Payments processes a pain.001 or MT101 message received
with an FX contract ID.

79
Payments

l The user amends the value of the Fx Contract Id field and re-submits an
inward or outward cross-currency payment from the repair queue.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Forex Contract Utilisation in Payment Initiation
Cross-Currency Payment Capture with Forex (FX)
Forex Contract Utilisation in Temenos Payments

Request To Pay » Supporting Time based RtP

Expiry and Rejection due to Timeout from
Clearing
Available from: 202203
Temenos RtP framework is now enhanced to include the time component in the
expiry date with the following features:

l Payee or requestor can provide the expiry time component during RtP
initiation.
l Payee or requestor can indicate whether the RtP request requires
immediate approval from the payer.
l The RtP framework can expire an RtP upon the receipt of rejection
message from clearing house due to timeout of the payer response.

Click here to understand the installation and configuration updates for this
enhancement.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Configuring Scheme Defined Rule

80
 Payments

Request To Pay » Investigating RtP Messages

Available from: 202203
Temenos Request to Pay (RtP) is now enhanced to automatically initiate an RtP
investigation message based on the configured timeout period and the current
status of the RtP request. The payer bank can receive the investigation
message, process it automatically, and respond to the payee bank. The payer’s
response to the investigation message is the response sent to the RtP request.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Investigating RtP Messages
Configuring Scheme Defined Rules
Viewing RtP Investigation Requests
View Investigated RTPs
Investigations Received

Temenos Payments » Nostro Quotas in

Payments
Available from: 202203
Temenos Payments can now define Quotas when there are more than one
Nostro Correspondent present per currency. When the routing channel is
determined to be PREF in R & S, Temenos Payments can choose a Nostro
correspondent based on the pre-defined criteria that is set in
PP.PREFERREDCORRESPONDENT.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

81
Payments

Nostro Quotas in Payments

Request To Pay » Reachability Check in RtP

Available from: 202203
Temenos RtP framework is enhanced to do the reachability check for the
outward RtP messages. Banks can now check whether the payer RtP system is
reachable or not before sending the RtP by enabling the Reachability Check
field in the RF.RTP.SCHEME application. The reachability of the payer RtP
system is defined by the routing file shared by the clearing.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Reachability Check in RtP

Germany » German Bundesbank RPSSCL

Clearing
Available from: 202204
This functionality allows banks to manage any new rulebook regulatory changes
published by the clearing in the Temenos Payments Hub (TPH). New
configuration records have been released to support the RPS SEPA Clearer
(RPSSCL) changes.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

German Bundesbank RPSSCL Clearing

82
 Payments

Hong Kong » E-Cheque Settlement Entries and

Inward Return File Processing
Available from: 202204
A cheque is an established and common payment instrument in Hong Kong.
Because of the increasing popularity of internet banking, Hong Kong Monetary
Authority (HKMA) and the banking sector plan to introduce e-cheque as an
alternative payment method. E-cheque is an electronic counterpart of a paper
cheque. It will be issued by a paying bank according to a payer’s instruction and
presented in the format and manner specified in the Clearing House Rules of
Hong Kong Interbank Clearing Limited (HKICL).
This functionality allows banks to process the outgoing e-cheques from HKICL.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

HKICL Cheque Clearing

India » NEFT Clearing

Available from: 202204

This functionality allows banks to manage the Clearing Directory by providing

the the ability to upload the participant directory for India NEFT processing
service and to check the reachability for the participants from TPH. Also, for the
outgoing payments, clearing can send reject payments as N03 (single/bulk).
When receiving the N03 message, the original transaction will be reversed and
a new settlement transaction will be created and updated to the completed
status.
In case of a negative response for a N10 message, the user is able to
regenerate the N10 message.
TPH receives N02s for a batch in a single session. Each N02 has multiple CT
payments. TPH receives the N04 EOB report message from clearing for the

83
Payments

entire N02s received for that batch. On reception of the N04 EOB, the system
will check to see for which batch the N04 is received. The system will identify
the corresponding record and cross check the total amount and count of the
entire CT in N04 with the total amount and count of batch. If there is a mismatch,
all the payments in the corresponding batch will not be processed and remain in
the 235 status.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

NEFT Clearing

India » RTGS Clearing

Available from: 202204

This functionality allows banks to manage the Clearing Directory by providing

the the ability to upload the participant directory for India NEFT processing
service and to check the reachability for the participants from TPH. Also, banks
are able to process the clearing status report message from clearing (pacs.002),
process beneficiary bank credit confirmation (camt.059) messages and process
outward payment returns pacs 004 for incoming pacs 008 and pacs009.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

RTGS Clearing

Netherlands » Equens Instant 2021 Rule Book

Changes
Available from: 202204
This functionality allows banks to process an inward and outward bank
cancellation request with reason code as FRAD within 13 months from the

84
 Payments

execution date of the original instant credit transfer. The Additional Information
tag of camt.029 instant recall negative response has been updated to mandatory
and the multiplicity has been increased to 13. A new purpose code (RRTP) has
been published in the Equens rule book to link RTPs with instant payments.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Equens Instant 2021 Rule Book Changes

Netherlands » Equens SEPA 2021 CT-DD Rule

Book Changes
Available from: 202204
This functionality covers the SEPA 2021 Rule Book updates for Equens CT and
DD. New configurations have been released as part of this functionality.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Equens SEPA 2021 CT-DD Rule Book Changes

Temenos Payments » Compliance with Q3 2021

SWIFT CBPR+ Specification for External Codes,
and Payment Reject and Return Reason Codes
Available from: 202204

In compliance with Q3 2021 SWIFT CBPR+ specifications, Temenos Payments

is now enhanced with the following features:

l The following records in the PI.ISO.EXTERNAL.CODE table are

updated with the codes available in ExternalCodeSets_2Q2021_v2.xlsx

85
Payments

l Service Level Code

l Local Instrument Code
l Category Purpose Code
l Transaction Purpose Code
l Organisation Other Identification Scheme Code
l Private Other Identification Scheme Code
l Clearing System Identification
l Referred Document Type Identification
l Records with ‘SWIFTMX’ Clearing ID and ‘RT’ Clearing Transaction Type
in the PP.CLEARING.RETURNCODE table are updated as per the latest
return reason codes.
l Records with ‘SWIFTMX’ Clearing ID and ‘RJ’ Clearing Transaction Type
in the PP.CLEARING.RETURNCODE table are updated as per the latest
reject reason codes.
l The PP-FINTOISO record in the PI.ERROR.REASON.CODE table is
updated as per the latest MT to MX return reason code mapping.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Pre-configured SWIFT MX Return and Reject Reason Codes
Pre-configured ISO External Codes

Temenos Payments » Receiving and Mapping

Inbound CBPR+ pain.001 through SWIFT
Channel
Available from: 202204

Temenos Payment is now enhanced to:

l Receive pain.001.001.09 message from the Initiating Party or the

Forwarding Agent through the Delivery module, perform XSD validation,
and map the message to payment instruction in the system

86
 Payments

l Process the payment received through pain.001 as a book transfer or

outgoing customer transfer routed through the determined channel (such
as TARGET2 MX, CBPR+ or SWIFT and so on)

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Initiation using pain.001
Viewing SWIFT CBPR+ pain.001

United Kingdom/Request to Pay » Connecting

Payer Bank’s End-user Application Provider
(EAP) to External Repository
Available from: 202204
Temenos Request to Pay (RtP) framework is now enhanced to support the
payer bank acting as an End-user Application Provider (EAP) to,

l Fetch RtP requests for the payer from an established Pay UK Repository
Service Provider (RSP)
l Send the payer’s RtP response, due date extension requests, and notes to
the RSP
l Update the information for RtPs available in Temenos data store from the
RSP

Additionally, the payer bank is provided with an option to configure whether

payer’s proxy details should be resolved at scheme level.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Supported Clearings
Registering RTP Proxy ID and its Resolution

87
Payments

API based Communication

Proxy Resolution
Pay UK - Request to Pay (RSP) API based Communication
Pay UK - Request to Pay (RSP) Proxy Resolution
PayUK – Request to Pay (EAP)

Temenos Payments » Enhancing Customer

Grouping for Client Agreements and Charges
Available from: 202204
Temenos Payments is now enhanced to group customers. Customers can now
be grouped using any or all customers attributes present in the system. These
groups can be linked to Client Agreement and Client Charge configurations.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Enabling Customer Grouping in Static Data
Enabling Customer Grouping in Fees and Billing
Enabling Customer Grouping in Client Conditions
Configuring Customer Groups in Fees and Billing
Configuring Customer Groups in Client Conditions
Payment Processing with Enabled Customer Grouping in Fees
and Billing
Payment Processing with Enabled Customer Grouping in
Client Conditions

88
 Payments

Temenos Payments » Processing Outgoing

SWIFT ISO MX/RTGS Messages with
Supported Characters Defined by SWIFT and
Clearing
Available from: 202204
The Temenos Payment Solution has been enhanced with the following new
features:

l Ability to send payment messages with only the allowed characters

specified by CBPR+.
l Ability to overcome the complexity of exchanging language-based
characters in the payment messages.
l Ability to prevent the restricted characters from exchanging between the
banks.
l Ability to receive the payment with escape characters and convert it with
the corresponding replacement character.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Supported Characters in ISO Message
Configuring Supported Character in ISO Messages
Supported Character and the Conversion for Outgoing
Payments
Character Conversion
Supported Characters for ISO Message in TARGET2

89
Payments

Temenos Payments/Europe » TPH supports

Financial Institutions DD (pacs.010) for
TARGET2
Available from: 202204
Temenos Payments Hub is now enhanced to support Financial Institutions (FI)
Direct Debit (DD) message flow, specifically from and to TARGET2 RTGS. As
part of MT to MX transition, most major clearing houses are replacing MT204
(Financial Markets DD messages) with equivalent MX DD messages
(pacs.010). This enhancement makes sure that Temenos Payments supports
processing of such inward and outward FI direct debits (Clearing specific
pacs.010 messages), specifically from and to TARGET2 RTGS. Banks can now
send a Financial Institution Direct Debit (pacs.010) message to another bank
directly or through a correspondent to the debtor agent.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Financial Institutions DD
Financial Institutions DD in T2

Temenos Payments » Processing Incoming

Cancellation Request Message Received from
SWIFT CBPR+
Available from: 202204
Temenos Payment is now enhanced to:

l Receive and process incoming CBPR+ cancellation requests (camt.056)

from SWIFT

90
 Payments

l Send outgoing CBPR+ Resolution of Investigation message (camt.029) as

a response for the cancellation request to SWIFT
l Send Reject (pacs.002) or Return (pacs.004) as a response for the
cancellation request in addition to the Resolution of Investigation
(camt.029) message

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Processing Inward Cancellation Request
Manual R-Processing
Investigations and Enquiries

Payments Repair » Supporting Analysis of ISO

Messages Repaired by Generic TPR
Available from: 202204
Payments Repair Learn now supports the following features:

l Generic TPR version with standard rules for MT and ISO messages.
l Analyse the non-STP ISO messages repaired by TPR.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Standard Return Codes for Standard Rules

Payments Repair Learn

91
Installation and
Configuration
Notes
 Payments

Payments

Temenos Payments » Ability to Configure

Interface Option for Indirect Participant
Available from: 202105
Technical configuration is required to enable the Java Exit API.

Temenos Payments » Partial Funds Reservation

Available from: 202108

Ensure that the AC, RC, and CQ modules are available. Read the respective
module for more information.

Europe/Temenos Payments » Aligning

Attributes and Date Sets for SEPA Credit
Transfers and Instant Payment
Available from: 202108
For STEP2, EBAINST, RPSSCL records, set the SchemeCompliance field of
the PP.Clearing table as EPC.

Temenos Payments » SWIFT GPI Universal

Confirmation
Available from: 202108
Configure the 2021 changes in the SWIFT.PARAMETER table to enable the new
mapping changes.

93
Payments

Temenos Payments » SWIFT gpi

Available from: 202111
Perform the following configuration in the PAYMENT.ORDER.PARAMETER
record for the confirmations to be sent as XML (trck.001).

Request To Pay » Supporting Time based RtP

Expiry and Rejection due to Timeout from
Clearing
Available from: 202203

Configure the time zone in the COMPANY table to get the date and time in
specified time zone. If not configured, the system uses the UTC date and time.

94
Technical Notes
 Payments

Payments
Temenos Payments » Warehousing Future
Dated Bulk Payments and Cancelling
Warehoused Bulk Payments in FTBM
Available from: 202105

l To support warehouse and cancel future dated bulk payments features of

FTBM, Temenos Payments is enhanced with new statuses:
WAREHOUSED and CANCELWAREHOUSE.
l The existing PAYMENT.BULK.MASTER service is modified to pickup the
records that are in the WAREHOUSED status and move them to
WAITACK status. This job is attached to online stage of COB to ensure
that the warehoused records are processed on daily basis. This also
moves the record from WAITEXEC to WAITACK in COB everyday.

Payments Initiation » Cancelling Payment

Orders in AwaitFunds State
Available from: 202105

l The Internal Status field is added in the VERSION

(PAYMENT.ORDER,PI.API.GENERIC.3.0.0) as an output result.
l It has API change with new version order-paymentOrders-service-v2.3.0-
swagger.json
l For cancellation of the payment, the PaymentOrder.CancelOrder and
PaymentOrder.checkAmendmentAllowed routines are modified.

96
Payments

Temenos Payments » Ability to Configure

Interface Option for Indirect Participant
Available from: 202105
Exit API to enable technical headers is called only for the last transaction of a
bulk and it does not have access to other transactions of the same bulk.
MessageInterface value configured in the PP.CLEARINGCORRESPONDENT
table is not considered as the DE carrier and the value is not passed to the DE
Header API. However, MessageInterface values configured in PP.CLEARING,
PP.CONTRACT and PP.LORO.NOSTRO.ACCOUNT are passed as carrier to the
DE Header API

Payments Initiation » Ability to Capture

Originating Source in FTBM
Available from: 202105

l The new field Originating Source is introduced in FT.BULK.MASTER

table. The field name Source is changed to Capture Type.
l The Source field is added in the enquiry
(PI.API.PAYMENT.ORDERS.2.1.0) as selection criteria and also as output
result. It has API change with new version order-paymentOrders-
service-v2.3.0-swagger.json.
l The cancellation reason description is displayed instead of cancellation
reason code in FT.API.BULK.PAYMENTS.1.0.0.enquiry.

Temenos Payments » Liquidity Transfer

Requests
Available from: 202107
Add the below properties in DE_SWIFTOutward_OutwardIntegrity.properties file
available in xsd path.
TGTCLM-LAU-Required=FALSE

97
 Payments

TGTCLM-LAU-Compliance=MXKEYSTORE
TGTCLM-BAH-Compliance=
TGTCLM-APIName=
TGTCLM-IntegrityRequired=true

Europe » Supporting Liquidity Transfer

Requests in TARGET2
Available from: 202107
Add the below properties in DE_SWIFTOutward_OutwardIntegrity.properties file
available in xsd path.
TGTCLM-LAU-Required=FALSE
TGTCLM-LAU-Compliance=MXKEYSTORE
TGTCLM-BAH-Compliance=
TGTCLM-APIName=
TGTCLM-IntegrityRequired=true

Temenos Payments/Europe » Allowing Re-

submission of Payment and Non-payment
Messages and Handling Payments Failing XSD
Validation
Available from: 202107
A new API (PP.V.RESUBMIT.ACK.NACK.MSG) is added to re-submit the
payment messages from the Exception inquiry. This API handles the processing
of the payment at the TPH side. Once re-submitted, the TPH updates the audit
trail of the payment, and the payment status gets updated depending on the
current status of the payment and POR.SUPPLEMENTARY.INFO_
ResponseDetails (Payment or Cover responses) are deleted depending on the
characteristics of the payment. This API is attached in DE.O.HEADER (Auth

98
Payments

Routine) version created for re-submission (under exception inquiry).

A new status code – 404 is introduced for Payment Failed XSD Validation in
PP.STATUS.CODE.

Europe » Fees and Charges for Interest

Compensation
Available from: 202107
The effective date of the SEPA Credit Transfer Rule Book 2021 changes, to
support sending and receiving with fee and/or charges for interest compensation
details in response to an enquiry message is configured in the
TPS.INTERNAL.CONFIGS table with the EPC-SEPA Id.

Temenos Payments » SWIFT Rulebook 2021

Compliance for Outward and Incoming
Customer Payments
Available from: 202107
2021 value is updated in the SWIFT.PARAMETER record to enable the 2021
Rulebook validation

Europe » Receiving and Processing Payment

Messages from Multi-addressee Participants
Available from: 202108
Introduced the Settlement Bic Or Ncc field in the existing clearing transaction
type associated multi-value group. Banks must configure the settlement BIC in
the first occurrence of the multi-value group of clearing transaction type or if the
bank wants to set, the same settlement Bic for all the transaction type then banks
can add a new multi-value group and set ‘ALL’ in clearing transaction type and
define the BIC in Settlement Bic Or Nic field.
The following are the two IF exit point attribute values through which the local

99
 Payments

clearing or L3 team can fetch the multi BIC sender or receiver values.

l CORE_Settlement_BIC_NCC_Sender
l CORE_Settlement_BIC_NCC_Receiver

Europe/Temenos Payments » Aligning

Attributes and Date Sets for SEPA Credit
Transfers and Instant Payment
Available from: 202108
Rule book 2021 changes for Single Euro Payments Area (SEPA) and SEPA
Instant are applicable based on the effective date configured in the
TPS.INTERNAL.CONFIGS table for the EPC-SEPA and EPSC-SEPAINST
records.

Europe » Compliance with TARGET2 UDFS 2.0

Rule Book
Available from: 202108
When inward pacs.004 is received from TARGET2, with reason description as
multi-valued and store as an existing single value field in the
POR.TRANSACTION table, the length of the ReasonDescription field is
increased to 256. The multi valued reason descriptions are stored in the same
single valued field with “$$$$” as delimiter.

Temenos Payments » SWIFT gpi

Available from: 202111
The track incoming and outgoing flow is effective only from Nov 1 2021, the
functionality is restricted with the configuration below.
A record with ID as SWIFTMX.TRCK and with field values as shown below must
be created in the TPS.INTERNAL.CONFIGS table.
The XML option in the GPI.COMMS field of PAYMENT.ORDER.PARAMETER is

100
Payments

available only from the effective date configured in the record below.

NOTE: The date here is configured as 15 Apr 2021, for unit testing purpose.

Europe » Processing Liquidity Transfer

Requests to EBA Instant Payment Clearing
Available from: 202112
Before processing LTR message for EBA Instant Clearing, ensure camt.050 and
camt.025 XSLT and XSD are available in the appropriate location.

Temenos Payments » Swift gpi Inquires in PO &

TPH to Support Trck Messages
Available from: 202112
The XML option in the GpiCommsfield of PAYMENT.ORDER.PARAMETER is
available only from the effective date configured in the record below.

101
 Payments

The date here is configured as 15 Apr 2021, for unit testing purpose.

102
Regulatory
Compliance
Regulatory Compliance

Financial Crime Mitigation

Knowledge Manager » Suspicious Activity and

Currency Transaction Reports
Available from: 202105
The Knowledge Manger module is enhanced to generate Suspicious Activity
Report and Currency Transaction Report as per Financial Crimes Enforcement
Network’s expectations. This functionality enables banks to either enter the
requested data directly in a web interface or upload the generated XML report(s)
through an upload interface.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Suspicious Activity and Currency Transaction Reports

Profile/Suspicious Activity Prevention » Interface

and Visual Charts
Available from: 202105

The Batch and Real time Alert Managers of the Profile and Suspicious Activity
Prevention (SAP) modules are enhanced with additional fields, which allows the
user to view and add pre-configured dashboard charts based on customer
transaction and other parameters used. This functionality also enables to add
custom report charts in the dashboard and share the dashboard charts with other
users and enables the user to see the ordering/beneficiary customer’s risk
values in Profile and SAP Alert Evaluation page.

104
 Regulatory Compliance

The topics related to this feature are given below:

SAP Interface and Visual Charts
Profile Interface and Visual Charts

KC+ » APIs for CIF, Forms, and Alert Detailst

Available from: 202105
KC+ is now enhanced with the following three new GET APIs:

l Get Customer Information – This API is used to get general customer

information based on customer ID.
l Get Questionnaires – This API is used to fetch details related to submitted
forms or questionnaires.
l Get Customer and Profile Alert Information – This API is used to fetch the
information on customer alerts and profile alerts.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

APIs

KC+ » Screen Scanword (VScan)

Available from: 202105
The new functionality of Screen Scanword (VScan) are given below:

l Introduced additional 13 parameters in the Parmdyn file

l Allows to customise screening methods
l Updates in defile or param file to customize handling of words matching in
screening process

105
Regulatory Compliance

l Able to provide customised values in each parameter to modify how

screening handles the text matching
l Able to define screening text matching methods to raise a hit

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Screen Scanword

Basics » Assign Alerts Based on Role

Available from: 202108
The FCM Profile/SAP rule base now provides additional attributes under the
message filter that allows to create multiple rule conditions.

Click here to understand the installation and configuration updates for this
enhancement.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Assign Alerts Based on Role

Basics » Webservice Customer Scan API

Available from: 202108
CIF Loader is enhanced with the webservice customer scan API, which is used
to scan individual or batch files and discard the generated hits based on the pre-
evaluation policies. This API is also used to add and update the customer in the
database.

106
 Regulatory Compliance

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Webservice Customer Scan API

Knowledge Manager » Suspicious Activity

Report
Available from: 202109
Financial Crime Mitigation (FCM) now generates a Suspicious Activity Report
(SAR) that has a FinCEN-compatible user interface and output. It helps banks to
generate and submit reports in a standardized format and download them as
XML files. Banks can create a SAR report from the case page and edit it any
time before filing it to FinCEN system.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Suspicious Activity Report

Foundation » Data Event Streaming (DES)

Available from: 202109

Data Event Streaming (DES), now introduced in FCM, is a highly scalable,

elastic, distributed and fault-tolerant application to stream entity events coming
from Transact or other systems. It is a cloud-native application that helps to
deliver messages or streaming solutions with negligible impact on event source
system and guarantees delivery (events are not lost).

The topic related to this feature is given below:

107
Regulatory Compliance

Data Event Streaming (DES)

Screen » New Functions in AAE to Reduce

False Positive Hits
Available from: 202110
The Screen Auto Alert Evaluation (AAE) rule is enhanced with
AreaFromSwiftField and MorphologyMismatch functions that provide more
flexibility to set up targeted AAE rules in transaction screening to reduce false
positive hits. These functions support enhanced free text parsing and
morphology mismatch and are used to auto-evaluate and discard more false
positive hits detected in transactions.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Enhanced Free Text Parsing

Knowledge Manager » Currency Transaction

Report and Questionable Activity Report
Available from: 202110
The Suspicious Activity Report (SAR) page is now enhanced to generate
Currency Transaction Report (CTR) as per the US Financial Crimes
Enforcement Network (FinCEN) regulation. CTR is a report that U.S. financial
institutions are required to file with FinCEN for each deposit, withdrawal,
exchange of currency, other payment, or transfer, by, through, or to the financial
institution which involves a transaction in currency of more than $10,000. FCM
provides financial institutions the ability to download CTR as an XML file and
edit it.

108
 Regulatory Compliance

Questionable Activity Report (QAR) functionality allows users to report any

suspicious activity instantly by using the QAR Case Creation API to generate a
case from third-party systems. It also provides the ability to generate a SAR
report from the case page. If a user wants to take a case further or report it to
FinCEN as a suspicious activity after it has been completed, a SAR report can
be generated from the case investigations page.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Currency Transaction Report (CTR)
Questionable Activity Report

KC+ » Fraud Detection on Customer Update

Available from: 202112
The Fraud Detection feature is enhanced to perform fraud check when the
customer information is updated in the core banking system. To enable this
feature you must configure individual components; so when a case is created
automatically, the Case Investigation page displays the reason of the case
creation.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Fraud Detection on Customer Update

Knowledge Manager » Account Groups

Available from: 202112
The Knowledge Manager module is enhanced with the Account Groups feature
that allows banks to group a list of accounts to generate an alert when amount is

109
Regulatory Compliance

debited from or credited to the specific accounts. The created account groups
are used as parameters in different rule conditions in the Profile or SAP module
(both SAP and Real Time) to generate alerts. This helps to monitor the
transactions of suspicious accounts.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Account Groups

Profile » Profile Rule Enhancement

Available from: 202112
The Profile module is enhanced with the Is Name Not Match operator that allows
you to create a rule to generate an alert when the beneficiary’s name involved in
the transaction does not match with the real account holder’s name. This helps
to check whether the mentioned beneficiary is the actual owner of the account.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Working with Real Time Rule Manager

KC+ » Fraud Check for Customer Onboarding

Forms
Available from: 202201
Initially, the fraud check feature was enabled for both customer onboarding
forms and Enhanced Due Diligence (EDD) forms during creation or import, by
default. Now, FCM allows you to decide whether fraud check is required for a
specific customer onboarding form. To enable this feature, the Fraudcheck
Required check box is introduced in the Forms Designer page. You can enable

110
 Regulatory Compliance

fraud check while creating a new form or importing an existing form.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Working with Fraud Detection

Common Features » Providing Access Based on

Case Name
Available from: 202201
FCM Case Manager now allows users to assign access to cases based on the
case type names. Users with Supervisor role can provide access to user profiles
based on case names, using the Cases.caseTypeName interface rule. In
addition, a comment box is introduced in the Case Investigations page, to allow
a compliance user provide comments for changes in case status.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Working with Case Manager

Watchlist Management » Section 314(a) List

Import
Available from: 202201
Section 314(a) of the Act authorizes the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network
(FinCEN) to provide financial institutions a Section 314(a) list, which contains
the names of the individuals or entities suspected of criminal activities. A batch
and shell script file introduced in the FCM Watchlist Manager helps to import the
Section 314(a) list as a CSV file from FinCEN, screen customer records against

111
Regulatory Compliance

it and trigger alerts in the Customer Information File (CIF) Alert Manager. The
Watchlist Manager maintains the imported information as a public list.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Importing 314(a) Watchlist

KC+ » Party Relationship File Import

Available from: 202201
The PARTY.RELATIONSHIP table in Transact stores the relationship details
among customers, which can now be extracted from Transact and uploaded into
FCM. The Manage Customers menu displays the customer relationships in a
separate panel. Banks can use relationship details of the customers and/or
entities with each other to perform the risk scoring activity.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Party Relationship File Import

CIF Alert Management » Route Handler

Configuration
Available from: 202203

FCM interface is enhanced with a route handler to route the messages to

respective queues. The route configuration can be done in Interface Json
configuration file. Based on the configuration, alert is routed to respective
queues.
The duplicate customer hits/alerts are also disregarded since the customer

112
 Regulatory Compliance

messages are routed to the CIF scan queue (CIF alert manager).

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Route Handler Configuration

FCM Integration Guide » Updating Customer

Status Flag
Available from: 202203
The Screen module introduced a new preference, which when enabled, it
updates the customer status based on the customer onboarding alert evaluation.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Updating Customer Status Flag

FCM Install Guides » Apache Tomcat

Application Server Support
Available from: 202203
In addition to application servers such as jboss, websphere, etc., the user can
now install the FCM system in Apache tomcat application server as well.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Installing FCM in Apache Tomcat

113
Regulatory Compliance

Foundation » Activating Pre-evaluation Checks

at Watchlist Level
Available from: 202204
Banks can now activate CIF batch screening pre-evaluation, which is a set of
checks done by the FCM system to discard confirmed false hits, for a single or
list of watchlists. Five new preferences are introduced in the Screen module to
identify the watchlists for which the per-evaluation checks must be performed.
This helps to discard confirmed false hits without discarding hits that may be
confirmed matches.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Watchlist Filter for Pre-evaluation Checks

Transaction Alert Management » Reopen Alerts

for Revaluation
Available from: 202204
In Fraud Alert Manager, you can now reopen an alert if it is evaluated incorrectly
or if you want to change the evaluation decision. After you reopen it, you can
evaluate it properly, and add notes and upload documents (if necessary) to it.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Reopen Alerts for Revaluation

114
 Regulatory Compliance

Financial Risk Management

Market Risk Modelling

Available from: 202204
Market Risk Modelling module is built on Transact Data Hub and Analytics
platform. This module provides users with advanced market risk modelling
capability on a scalable platform. It includes:

l Near-real time data interface with Temenos Transact.

l Intraday Value at Risk (VaR) calculations at the holding and portfolio level
using Scheduler.
l Standard out-of-box dashboards and reports.
l Flexible portfolio structuring for market risk assessment.
l Calculation of VaR using Historical and Parametric models for linear
instruments.
l Yield curve modelling.
l Interactive visualizer for VaR simulation and back-testing.
l Interactive visualizer for yield curve simulation.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Market Risk Modelling

115
Regulatory Compliance

Regulatory Compliance

Qualified Intermediary » Managing Tender and

Merger Events in the US Tax Database
Available from: 202105
Certain tenders and mergers on US securities for which tax is withheld by the
custodian are subject to section 302, and the customer can claim a refund by
submitting a signed S302 form. The custodian initiates the refund based on the
status of the customer. As these events are also subject to tax withholding, the
Qualified Intermediary (QI) must report the information corresponding to tenders
and merger events

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Updating the Database for Tender or Merger Events
Tasks for US Tax Database
Enquiries and Reports

PSD2 Payments » Identifying PSD2 Payments

Initiated through Third-Party Providers
Available from: 202106
Temenos Transact now identifies payments initiated through Third-Party
Providers (TPP). In the PX module, any payment created by a PSD2 Payment
Initiation API is automatically identified as being initiated through a Third-Party
Provider (TPP).

116
 Regulatory Compliance

The topic related to this feature is given below:

API Mapping

CRS Client Identification » Automated Creation

of CRS Records for all Customers
Available from: 202107
This functionality provides the user with the necessary tools to be able to
correctly identify CRS Reportable customers and complete the due diligence
process as required by the CRS Regulation. The RT.REGULATORY.RULES
table is enhanced to configure exclusion criteria for different types of customers
to be excluded from the creation of the CRS.CUST.SUPP.INFO record before
indicia assessment.

Click here to understand the technical impact of this enhancement for

customisation and upgrades.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Configuring Due Diligence
Working with Due Diligence

CRS Indicia Details – Current and History

CRS.CLIENT.TYPE

117
Regulatory Compliance

FATCA Client Identification » Automated

Creation of FATCA Records for all Customers
Available from: 202107
This functionality provides the user with the necessary tools to correctly identify
FATCA Reportable customers as required by the FATCA Regulation. The
RT.REGULATORY.RULES table is enhanced to configure exclusion criteria for
different types of customers to be excluded from the creation of the
FATCA.CUSTOMER.SUPPLEMENTARY.INFO record before indicia
assessment.

Click here to understand the technical impact of this enhancement for

customisation and upgrades.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Configuring FATCA Client Classification
Working with FATCA Client Classification
FATCA Indicia Details – Current and History

Recognition of Fees » Moving Loans to Charge-

Off
Available from: 202107
This functionality supports the accounting of charge-off that relates to the
recognition of an allowance for loan loss when the loan is in non-performing
status. Banks can also increase or decrease the earlier charged-off amount
based on the reviews or procurement of additional information relating to the
loan.

118
 Regulatory Compliance

Click here to understand the installation and configuration updates for this
enhancement.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Accounting for IFRS Charge-off on Non-Performing Loans
IFRS.ACCRUAL.PARAM

Recognition of Fees » Recovery from Charge-off

Available from: 202107
This functionality supports the accounting of recoveries for IFRS charge-off.
When banks recover the dues on charged-off loans, they are treated as
recoveries that represent collections on amounts that were charged-off.

Click here to understand the installation and configuration updates for this
enhancement.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Accounting for Recovery on IFRS Charge-off on Non-
Performing Loans

PSD2 Account Information » PSD2 Permissions

Validations through Spotlight
Available from: 202108
When a Third-Party Provider (TPP) makes an account information request,

119
Regulatory Compliance

Temenos Transact validates whether the user who gave consent still has
access to view the details of the requested account(s) in their online permissions
managed in Spotlight. This functionality provides support for PSD2 in an Infinity
architecture.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Permissions Validation
Account Consent Management

IFRS9 Accounting » Interest Adjustment on Net

Carrying Amount and Curing of Interest
Available from: 202108
This functionality enables the interest adjustment on the net carrying amount in
proportion to the actual interest raised by the application relating to the period
the contract moves to stage 3. It also covers the curing of interest when the
status of the contract moves from stage 3 to either stage 2 or stage 1.

Click here to understand the technical impact of this enhancement for

customisation and upgrades.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Interest Adjustment on Net Carrying Amount
Collective Impairment
Individual Impairment
IFRS.ACCT.METHODS
IFRS.POSTING.DETAILS

120
 Regulatory Compliance

IFRS9 Accounting » IFRS Balance Sheet and

Income Statement
Available from: 202108
This functionality allows banks to generate a detailed and summarised balance
sheet, profit or loss, and other comprehensive income based on the business
model and risk stage.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

IFRS Balance Sheet and Income Statement
IFRS.PARAMETER

CRS Client Identification » Indicia Tracking and

Self-Certification Form
Available from: 202109
This functionality allows banks to monitor the status of the self-certificate form,
apply the relevant indicia rule, track the indicia summary and compute the
reportable jurisdiction of the customer.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Indicia Tracking Corresponding to Self-certification

121
Regulatory Compliance

PSD2 Account Information/PSD2 Payments »

Housekeeping Service to Clear Unprocessed
PSD2 Requests
Available from: 202110
The PSD2 Account Information (PZ) and PSD2 Payments (PX) modules are
enhanced to clear unprocessed PSD2 payment and consent requests after a
defined timeframe, using a housekeeping service. This functionality reduces the
risk of PSD2 requests being processed accidentally and provides an automated
mechanism to clear unprocessed PSD2 requests.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Housekeeping Service
PZ.PARAMETER
Retention Period
Introduction to PSD2 Payment Initiation

Qualified Intermediary » Support 871(M) of IRS

Derivative Contracts
Available from: 202110
This functionality records tax withheld on dividend-equivalent for derivative
instruments to support section 871(M) of IRS, referencing US equity instruments
along with the relevant underlying transaction information recorded in the US tax
database.

122
 Regulatory Compliance

The topics related to this feature are given below:

RT.REGULATORY.RULES
Updating the Database for IRS 871(M) Transactions
Inquiring of IRS 871(M) Reporting Information
QI 871M Synthetic Derivative Contract Details

Definition of Default Rules » Classifying an

Obligor as Retail or Non - Retail
Available from: 202111
The Definition of Default Rules (RX) module is introduced in Temenos Transact
to allow banks to identify the default of an obligor according to the rules
prescribed by a regulator (European Banking Authority), which is required for
regulatory capital requirement calculations.

Click here to understand the installation and configuration updates for this
enhancement.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Classifying an Obligor as Retail or Non-Retail

CRS Reporting/CRS Client Identification »

Resubmission of the CRS File for Specific
Accounts
Available from: 202112

123
Regulatory Compliance

This functionality supports the ability to re-submit the CRS XML file for a specific
set of accounts.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Configuring XML Report Generation
CRS.CLIENT.TYPE
CRS.BASE.MANUAL.UPDATE
Resubmission of the CRS XML File for a Specific Set of
Corrected Accounts

FATCA Reporting/FATCA Client Identification »

Resubmission of the FATCA File for Specific
Accounts
Available from: 202112

This functionality supports the ability to re-submit the FATCA XML file for a
specific set of accounts.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Configuring FATCA Reports

FATCA.XML.REQUEST
FATCA.TAX.BASE
Resubmission of the FATCA XML File for a Specific Set of
Corrected Accounts

124
 Regulatory Compliance

PSD2 Payments » Updating the Initiation

Process and Workflows for PSD2 Payments
Available from: 202112
This functionality provides updates to the PSD2 Payment Initiation workflows
for:

l Single Payments through Payment Order

l Recurring Payments through Standing Order
l Bulk Payments through Funds Transfer Bulk Master and Payment Order

When a payment initiation request is received from a regulated TPP, a payment

record is created in unauthorised status. Depending on the user login, user
confirmation or cancellation and additional validation checks, the PSD2
Payment workflows are updated.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Payment Initiation Updates

PSD2 Payments » PSD2 PRETA Deprecation

Available from: 202201
The previously provided functionality that enabled a local interface to the
external Open Banking Directory (known as PRETA) has been made obsolete.

FATCA Client Identification » Capturing Multiple

GIINs and Structural Validation
Available from: 202201

125
Regulatory Compliance

This functionality allows a user to capture multiple GIIN numbers when multiple
numbers are provided by customers and supports the correct GIIN format and
protects against user input error.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Multiple GIIN Capture and Structural Validation

Definition of Default Rules » Unlikeliness to Pay

Criterion
Available from: 202201
This functionality enables banks to set an obligor as default based on the
identified unlikeliness to pay automatic indicators such as substantial exposure
at default and manual indicators such as non-accrued interest status, increase in
credit risk and legal issues.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Unlikeliness to Pay Criterion

Recognition of Fees » Takeover of IFRS charge-

off
Available from: 202201
This functionality enhances the migration process to build the product with
reporting property along with the charge-off and recovery balances from the
legacy system on non-performing contracts and to account them as non-
contingent balances using IFRS charge off.

126
 Regulatory Compliance

The benefits of this functionality are:

l Banks can takeover the charge-off and recovery balances for IFRS charge-
off from legacy system.
l Balances can be accounted based on the accounting requirements of
Non-Refundable Fees and Cost as per FAS91 requirements.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Takeover of IFRS Charge-off

Definition of Default Rules » Days Past Due

Criterion
Available from: 202201
This functionality supports the identification and monitoring of the default status
of an obligor using the DPD criterion. The ability to determine and track the
changes in the past due amount, performing materiality threshold test and
monitoring the days past due count to identify the default of an obligor is the
essence of the functionality.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Days Past Due Criterion

Qualified Intermediary » Applying Effective-

dated Attributes for Back-dated Transactions
Available from: 202201
This functionality provides the ability to maintain correct customer static

127
Regulatory Compliance

information along with the income and tax information required for reporting as
per IRS regulations.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

QI.CUSTOMER.SUPPLEMENTRY.INFO
QI Tax Re-computation and Reporting Data Corrections for
Back-dated Transactions

Customer Data Protection » Excluding Erased

Customer Records from Customer Enquiries
Available from: 202202
Temenos provides an erasure process to anonymise customer data after bank-
defined time frames. The functionality provides the ability to identify these
erased customer records, exclude them from customer-related enquiries and not
return anonymous results in the outputs.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Identifying Erased Customer Records

Legal Entity Identifier »Third Party LEI Validation

Available from: 202202
Banks can validate a third-party LEI (not necessarily a customer of a bank) who
is involved in the transaction scoped under MiFID II to be validated as part of the
LEI check.

128
 Regulatory Compliance

Click here to understand the technical impact of this enhancement for

customisation and upgrades.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Third Party LEI Validation

Definition of Default Rules » Monitoring

Probation Period to Assess Obligor’s Behavior
Available from: 202202
The functionality allows banks to apply and monitor the probation period before
an obligor is moved from default to non-default status. This is required to make
sure that the bank has sufficient time to assess or monitor a defaulted obligor’s
behavior over a specified period, before the obligor’s status returns to non-
default.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Application of Probation Period

PSD2 Account Information » Berlin Group

Support for API Responses - Multi Currency
Accounts
Available from: 202203
As a part of Berlin Group Standard, Transact supports returning PSD2 AIS

129
Regulatory Compliance

responses for multi-currency accounts.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Introduction to PSD2 Account Information
Account Consent Management

PSD2 Account Information » PSD2 - Tokenised

Account IDs
Available from: 202203
Banks can configure tokenised account IDs used by TPPs during consent
creation and in the GET Account Information APIs, as a part of the Berlin Group
Standard.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Introduction to PSD2 Account Information
Account Consent Management

Account Switching Service » Recording

Information on Received Rerouted Payments
Available from: 202204
The Bank Switching Service helps the account holder switch their payment to a
new bank. The bank alerts the customer when the switch is to expire. As part of
the alert, a statement on the rerouted payments or collection is included to help
the account holder review such payments and advise the parties to start using
the new IBAN account.

130
 Regulatory Compliance

Click here to understand the technical impact of this enhancement for

customisation and upgrades.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Manage Account Switch Details

Definition of Default Rules » Identifying Default

of Obligors using Contagion Rules
Available from: 202204
The Default through Contagion feature is introduced in the Definition of Default
Rules module to handle the identification of default of obligors related to a
defaulted obligor using contagion rules. Contagion rules are applied on obligors
who are first assessed to establish their default status.

Click here to understand the installation and configuration updates for this
enhancement.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Default through Contagion

131
Installation and
Configuration
Notes
 Regulatory Compliance

Financial Crime Mitigation

Basics » Assign Alerts Based on Role

Upgrade with FCM’s 202108 package.

133
Regulatory Compliance

Regulatory Compliance

Recognition of Fees » Moving Loans to Charge-

Off
Available from: 202107
The charge-off and recovery feature will be enabled only if RN licensing is
available.

Recognition of Fees » Recovery from Charge-off

Available from: 202107
The charge-off and recovery feature will be enabled only if RN licensing is
available.

Customer Data Protection » Archival of CDP

Request Capture and Data Erased Today
Records
Available from: 202109
For the records that are marked as completed in
CZ.CDP.REQUEST.CAPTURE to be moved to $HIS for further archival, a key
word HIS.MVMT needs to be mentioned in the DATA field of the job in one of
the BATCH records mentioned below.

BATCH RECORD JOB NAME

CZ.ERASURE.PROCESS CZ.CUS.PRE.ERASURE.PROCESS

CDP.BUILD.PORTABLE.RESULT CZ.CDP.ACCESSIBILITY.PRE.PROCESS

134
 Regulatory Compliance

CDP.BUILD.ACCESS.RESULT CZ.CDP.ACCESSIBILITY.PRE.PROCESS

With the above set up in one of the batch records, all type of requests captures
are moved to $HIS and if this is not set up, the records will continue to remain in
the LIVE table.
This is a one-time configuration and removal of the HIS.MVMT flag later will not
stop the records from being moved to $HIS.

Definition of Default Rules » Classifying an

Obligor as Retail or Non - Retail
Available from: 202111
RX is the new licensed product code for Definition of Default Rules.

Customer Data Protection » Erasure between

Transact and TAP
Available from: 202112
To emit the erased data from Temenos Transact to a third party or downstream
system through IF (Integration Framework) events, an on-demand IF event for
the CZ.CDP.DATA.ERASED.TODAY live table needs to be configured.

Definition of Default Rules » Identifying Default

of Obligors using Contagion Rules
Available from: 202204
The following configuration is required for the functionality to work:

l Install the PV, OX and RX modules to enable the DOD functionality.

l Install the JX module to enable the Extend IO JO Contagion field and
Threshold option in the Contagion Rule field.

135
Technical Notes
 Regulatory Compliance

Regulatory Compliance

IAS39 » IAS System-wide Jobs for COB

Efficiency
Available from: 202106
The IAS jobs, IAS.SCHED.PROCESSING, IAS.UPDATE.HEDGES,
IAS.MATURE.CONTRACTS and IAS.STATIC.CHANGES are merged to run as
an IAS.EOD.PROCESSING job. These jobs select and process records from
IAS.CONTRACT.BALANCES under different conditions. The
IAS.SCHED.PROCESSING, IAS.UPDATE.HEDGES,
IAS.MATURE.CONTRACTS and IAS.STATIC.CHANGES jobs are considered
and executed as actions of the IAS.EOD.PROCESSING job. Each action is
performed for the records only when the criteria for the action is fulfilled (For
example, frequency set in parameter is matched or group change in contract).

CRS Client Identification » Automated Creation

of CRS Records for all Customers
Available from: 202107
The following sample rule APIs are released for indicia identifications:

l RT.GET.TRUSTEE.INDICIA – A sample API to check trustee indicia for a

customer.
l RT.CHECK.MAILING.PREFERENCES – A sample API to check the
mailing preferences defined in DE.CUSTOMER.PREFERENCES for CRS
indicia identification.
l RT.CHECK.ACCOUNT.PREFERENCES – A sample API to check
account-level mailing preferences for CRS indicia processing.
l RT.CHECK.PORTFOLIO.PREFERENCES – A sample API to check
portfolio-level mailing preferences for CRS indicia processing.

137
Regulatory Compliance

l RT.PERFORM.CUST.PREF.CHECK – A sample API to check the

DE.CUSTOMER.PREFERENCES record for CRS Indicia processing.

FATCA Client Identification » Automated

Creation of FATCA Records for all Customers
Available from: 202107
The following sample rule APIs are released for indicia identifications:

l RT.CHECK.MAILING.PREFERENCES – A sample API to check the

mailing preferences defined in DE.CUSTOMER.PREFERENCES for
FATCA indicia identification.
l RT.CHECK.ACCOUNT.PREFERENCES – A sample API to check the
account-level mailing preferences for FATCA indicia processing.
l RT.CHECK.PORTFOLIO.PREFERENCES – A sample API to check the
portfolio-level mailing preferences for FATCA indicia processing.
l RT.PERFORM.CUST.PREF.CHECK – A sample API to check the
DE.CUSTOMER.PREFERENCES record for FATCA Indicia processing.

IFRS9 Accounting » Interest Adjustment on Net

Carrying Amount and Curing of Interest
Available from: 202108
For releases prior to 202108, the system generated a one-off adjustment to
interest income that related to the whole year, which adjusted interest that was
not yet recognised to P&L and therefore affected the P&L statements.
Clients upgrading to 202108 should run the one-time service,
IFRS.IMP.INT.ADJ.SERVICE. This service adjusts the impair interest amount as
per formula by taking ‘t’ as the number of days between the date of impairment
and date on which ECL was last posted.

138
 Regulatory Compliance

Legal Entity Identifier » Third Party LEI

Validation
Available from: 202202
A sample API, LE.SAMPLE.THIRD.PTY.IDENTIFIER, is available within LE to
determine the type of the third-party field value. This API is attached to the
THIRD.PTY.ID.API field in LE.ELIGIBILITY.PARAM to identify the type of
validation needs to be executed when a third party is involved.
The arguments of this API are,

l ThirdPartyId (INOUT, mandatory) – The third-party reference ID sent to the

API and returned with either the Customer Number or the LE Identifier
l Application (IN, optional) – The application for which the third-party API is
used.
l ThirdPartyField (INOUT, optional) – The third-party field for which the API
logic is applied.
l TpIndication (OUT, mandatory) – Returns one of the below values after
performing the logic.
o CUS - Customer
o LEI - LE Identifier (where the customer reference is not available)
o NA - Any other values (where no check is required)

l Reserved one (reserved arguments for future use)

l Reserved two (reserved arguments for future use)

Account Switching Service » Recording

Information on Received Rerouted Payments
Available from: 202204
The PP.PROGRAM.CHARACTERISTIC table needs to be set up with the
appropriate characteristics to update the ACSWIT.REROUTED.PAY.INFO table

139
Regulatory Compliance

during payment execution in the payments hub. Subsequently, the

PP.STATUS.ACTION table needs to be set up with the respective action
(program) to be executed for the status codes of the payment.

140
Temenos Infinity
 Temenos Infinity

Digital Banking

Infinity Retail Banking

Infinity Retail Banking is used to manage retail banking features such as
accounts, transfer money, find ATMs and branches, deposit checks, and more
from any channel.

What's New: 202107

The following features have been introduced in Infinity Retail Banking.
Infinity Retail Banking is used to manage retail banking features such as
accounts, transfer money, find ATMs and branches, deposit checks, and more
from any channel. The following features have been introduced in Infinity Retail
Banking.

l Dashboard and Account Servicing

l Service Request Dashboard: Service Request Dashboard displays
the history of service requests submitted by users through Digital
Banking along with the request status. Few examples of service
requests are Activate Card, Cheque Book Request, Update Phone
Number, Add New Address, Statement Preference, and so on. A list
of a user's Service Requests is fetched by the Service Request
Microservice. Users can look for any service request by searching
the Reference ID, Status, Service Request Name, or for a certain
period.
l Manage Account Access – Third Parties
l This enhancement is to add Consent Management feature as
part of Settings in the responsive web channel across all three
breakpoints (Mobile, Desktop, and Tablet).
l Enabled PSD2 Account access settings in responsive web
channel across three breakpoints - Mobile, Desktop, and
Tablet.
UI Flow: Settings > Manage Account Access > From Third

Temenos Infinity 142

Temenos Infinity

Parties. A user can,

l View the list of third-parties for which the user has given
the consent.
l View the account/s that are given access to each third-
party.
l View the expiry date of the access for each third-party.
l Revoke the access for any third-party.

l Payment
l Download Report option: For each transfer under Transfers tab in
Manage Transactions screen, the Download Report option is
displayed. When a user clicks this option, the application will
download the report that holds the details of the transfer.
l Display of Override messages – EU Transfer and Payment Flows:
When a user inputs a transfer or payment in Infinity, it is validated in
Transact. As part of this payment validation, Transact can generate
one or more override messages. In Transact, each override can be
configured to be shown as an error message or informational
message on the Infinity Customer app.
l A few cases on how this reflects in Infinity based on override
settings in Transact is given below:

Override 1 Override 2 Override 2 What is shown on Which screen are the

Type Type Type Infinity messages on

Both 1 & 2 as error

Error Error - Payment Input
messages

Both 1 & 2 as info

Message Message - Payment Review
messages

Only 1 as error
Error Message - Payment Input
message

All 3 as error
Error Error Error Payment Input
messages

All 3 as info
Message Message Message Payment Review
messages

Error Error Error Only 1 & 2 as error Payment Input

143 Temenos Infinity

 Temenos Infinity

messages

l As shown in the table, in case of Transact returning overrides with mixed

configurations, the ones with error configuration takes precedence and are
displayed on the UI. There is no case where Infinity displays both error and
info messages.
l Only a maximum of three error messages or three info messages can be
displayed on the UI.
l For the payments where one or more error messages are displayed, the
user cannot proceed with the payment flow. Whereas, for the payments
where one or more info messages are displayed, the user can proceed to
submit the payment.
l Until this change, Infinity displayed customized info (alert) messages for a
few overrides. This customization was at Infinity level. With the introduction
of the override feature, the customizations will be removed, and the display
of info/error messages depends on the configuration in Transact. The
override IDs for those cases where customized messages were displayed
are shown below:
l AC-OVERDRAFT.ON.ACCOUNT
l PI-UNAUTH.OVERDRAFT
l PI-CUT.OFF.TIME.BREACHED
l PI-CHNG.CUT.OFF.PRODUCT

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Infinity Retail Banking

Infinity SME Banking

Infinity SME Banking is used to meet the needs of business owners of small and
medium business establishments with a set of features that allow for efficient
management of business finances across any device.

Temenos Infinity 144

Temenos Infinity

What's New: 202107

The following features have been introduced in Infinity SME Banking.

l Approvals Enhancements
l Signatory/Approver Groups based Approval Matrix: Customers
can now choose from the two modes of Approval Matrix - User-
Based or Signatory-Group based. Approval Matrix has been
enhanced to support the usage of Signatory/Approver groups in
setting rules for monetary and non-monetary feature actions. When
the rule is applied on a particular transaction, any member of the
signatory group can be used to fulfill the criteria of the approval rule
that is referencing the group instead of specific users. In the
Signatory-Group based approval matrix, the rule setting supports
complex conditions which allow logical operators AND and OR and
their logical combinations where each condition in the rule consists
of two parts,
l Number of approvals required.
l Signatory Groups from where the approvals are required.
l Approver and Requestor Dashboard Enhancements to Support
Signatory-Group Based Approvals: The approval history
information contains Signatory Group information as well. The view
pending approvals from users list displays the names of users in the
Signatory Group from whom an approval is pending. The Pending
Approver list is divided into respective sections in case multiple
authorizations (Max/Transaction, Daily and Weekly) are breached.
l Ability to Setup and Manage Signatory/Approver Groups:
Signatory Groups are used to group users with same signatory
power. Signatory Groups can be created for each level of hierarchy
within an organization. For each customer, the business
administrator can create multiple Signatory or Approver Groups and
add users who have approval permissions to these groups. A
signatory group is assigned to a customer and online banking users
(external users) are then referenced in these Signatory Groups. The
Signatory Groups can be accessed and customized through a

145 Temenos Infinity

 Temenos Infinity

dedicated menu in the self-service channel. From here, groups can

be created or deleted, and individual users can be added or removed
from groups.
l Bulk Payment Dashboard Enhancements
l User can filter the uploaded file based on date range (6 months, 3
months and Today) from upload status tab.
l Selection of Single or Multiple mode of processing based on user
entitlement.
l Selection of adding beneficiary to the template or file based on user
entitlement.
l Amount format validation while capturing the individual payment
record in bulk file.
l Handling of override message in bulk payment flow.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Infinity SME Banking

Infinity Spotlight
Infinity Spotlight application is used to set up and maintain customer and
employee-related information and to configure the behavior of digital banking
applications associated with this information.

What's New: 202107

The following features have been introduced in Infinity Spotlight:

l Product Specific Features and Actions

l For Phase-1, developed the capability to link features and actions to
a product definition stores in the Marketing Catalog Microservice
within Spotlight.

Temenos Infinity 146

Temenos Infinity

l Under the banking products section for a specific product, the

Spotlight administrator can associate features and actions for the
specific product which eventually will be used to dictate the
entitlements of the user in future releases.
l The Spotlight administrator can add or manage individual features
and actions capability of a product.
l Employee Management
l For Phase-1, removed the redirection to Keycloak screen when
clicked on user.
l Retained the old screen to view the user list and edit under
employee management → users.
l The following new fields are added to the edit screen:
l Line of Business
l Reporting Manager
l User Type

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Infinity Spotlight

What's New:202110
The following features have been introduced in Infinity Spotlight:

l Priority Secure Message: The feature is an additional enhancement done

on the Existing Secure Message module and enables the bank user to
send a Secure Message on priority to a customer. The feature is available
as a Banner for customers when they sign in to the Web channel and as a
pop-up on the mobile native channel.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

147 Temenos Infinity

 Temenos Infinity

Infinity Spotlight

What's New:202204
The following features have been introduced in Infinity Spotlight:

l Enhancements to Per Transaction, Daily, and Weekly limit validations for a

Feature Action in Master Data Management.
l SCA related items
l Spotlight - Device Management
l End user bound device will be listed as part of single customer
view and bank staff can perform operation such as
suspend/unsuspend/revoke.
l Bank staff can do master reset for the end user.
l Spotlight with Generic Framework Integration
l Vendor agnostic solution for any authentication vendor can be
integrated.
l Dynamically configuration is driven to control the
communication during enrolment and device management.
l Three users profile reset.

l SCA Scenarios - Active/InActive: SCA scenarios to control the step-

up authentication for given features action.
l SCA scenarios - Risk score: SCA scenarios to control the step-up
authentication for given features action driven through risk score
mechanism.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Infinity Spotlight

Temenos Infinity 148

Temenos Infinity

Infinity Components
Infinity components are the building blocks of the digital banking application.
These are self-contained entities that represent a business module such as
accounts, transaction details, and beneficiary management. They support
dynamic and responsive user interfaces across multiple channels – mobile,
tablets, and desktops.

What's New: 202107

This release introduces a new architecture for building the components. The
new architecture reduces the development effort, provides a centralized data
formatting and validating framework, and makes the components easier to
upgrade. The contents of the following components are modified to support the
new architecture:

l Add Payee
l Transaction List
l Unified Transfer Flow- Acknowledgment on Responsive Web
l Unified Transfer Flow- Acknowledgment on Mobile Native
l Unified Transfer Flow- Confirmation on Responsive Web
l Unified Transfer Flow- Transfer Type on Responsive Web
l Unified Transfer Flow- Transfer Type on Mobile Native
l Unified Transfer Flow- Make a Transfer on Mobile Native

The following components are introduced in this release:

l P2P Activation & Deactivation Component on Responsive Web

l P2P Activation & Deactivation Component on Mobile Native
l Unified Transfer Flow- Unified Transfer on Responsive Web

Infinity Component also provides the following business use cases that has
been developed using multiple components.

l P2P Activation & Deactivation for Online Banking

l P2P Activation & Deactivation for Mobile Banking

149 Temenos Infinity

 Temenos Infinity

l Unified Transfer Flow for Online Banking

l Unified Transfer Flow for Mobile Banking

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Infinity Components

Infinity Wealth
This Infinity release brings a new business solution: Temenos Infinity Wealth.
Temenos Infinity Wealth is a digital investment solution that provides a complete
digital customer experience for servicing wealth products from retail and mass
affluent customers up to High-Net Worth Individuals. The solution offers a next-
generation investment experience that allows financial institutions to engage
with investors easily and conveniently in the digital age. Investors can access
their investment products wherever they are, react fast to market changes and be
in complete control of their portfolio using self-service capabilities and real-time
data. The solution supports financial institutions to digitalize their wealth
management service, and at the same time enables banks to confidently access
the affluent market and convert savers to investors by digitally servicing long-
term investment products at low cost.

What's New: 202107

The key features of this first delivery include:

l All features are integrated with the Triple A Plus (TAP) system.
l Transactions for positions: Displays the list of transactions performed for
an instrument for the selected period.
l Instrument details per asset type: Displays the data points for an
instrument depending on the asset class to which it belongs.
l New IRIS header for Infinity and the impact on override processing:
Overrides and errors are handled in Infinity based on the configuration.

Temenos Infinity 150

Temenos Infinity

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Infinity Wealth

Infinity Origination
Enables banks and credit union members to open deposit accounts with a
seamless process across multiple channels and submit retail and business loan
requests quickly.

What's New: 202108

The key features include:
Retail Origination

l Initiating Retail Origination application – Co-applicants (Prospects)

l Enhancement to support adding more than one co-applicant for
deposit products.
l Support adding multiple co-applicants for lending products.
l Enhancement of co-application information screen to add/edit/delete
co-applicant.
l Enhancement to capture co-applicant’s personal details, ID and
address details, income and employment details, and verification
details for all added co-applicants.
l Addition of new screen in Retail Origination - Income and
Employment (Lite version)
l This screen captures the income and employment details of
applicant/co-applicant.
l The screen is configurable – enabled or disabled for a product. By
default, the feature is enabled for all lending products – overdraft,
personal loan, and credit card.

151 Temenos Infinity

 Temenos Infinity

l User administration – Onboarding

l Prospect is created in lead entity in Origination Data microservice
(ODMS). Party is created post application submission.
l Forget Password feature on origination for existing customer with
already set credentials.
l Forget Password feature on origination for prospects.
l Block authentication for a prospect with an approved application.
l Triggering email alert: Welcome email/email when a user tries to
reset the credentials.
l Create/Update contracts for co-applicants.
l SSO configuration (Online Banking and Origination).
l Personal Loan Simulation/Personal Loan Origination for existing
customers and new prospects
l Enhanced product dashboard to display personal loan product and
product groups, product features, short description, and benefits from
MCMS.
l Enhanced product selection to display personal loan product and
product groups, product features, short description, and benefits from
MCMS.
l Integration with loan simulator for simulation of monthly payment
amount based on requested loan amount and repayment term (on
dashboard and product selection page).
l New screen to capture personal loan product details.
l Only single product selection is supported in an application.
l Overdraft Account Creation Origination for existing customers and
new prospects
l Enhanced product dashboard to display personal loan product and
product groups, product features, short description, and benefits from
MCMS.
l Enhanced product selection to display personal loan product and
product groups, product features, short description, and benefits from
MCMS.
l New screen to capture overdraft account product details.
l Only single product selection is supported in an application.

Temenos Infinity 152

Temenos Infinity

l Enhancement of Credit Card feature to process Origination

application as Lending product
l Only single product selection is supported in an application.
l Post application submission Infinity Assist solution is used to
manage the application and corresponding tasks by the bank
employees like other lending products.
l Addition of Additional Questions screen to collect additional
Information
l Existing Customer Action Framework of Open/Submitted/Skipped
Questions is leveraged.
l This section can be used by L2/L3 teams to ask additional questions
even before submitting the application.
l Upload Documents
l Single/Multiple document upload against an application.
l Ability to upload specific documents based on application data.
l Store/Retrieve documents from Document Storage MS; Document
Storage MS in turn is integrated to Document Management System
(DMS).
l Summary before submission: Review details before application
submission with options to navigate back to previous screens and make
changes to the captured details.
l Right to Left (RTL) and Arabic language support
l Supported in Infinity Origination app, Infinity Workspace, and Infinity
Assist app.
l Display app static content in Arabic language.
l Display app dynamic content in Arabic language.
l Support Arabic localizations and multi-language support.
l Enhancement and re-alignment of roadmap: Verification of main and
co-applicants and additional questions modules come after the summary
page.
l Enhance Customer Action Post Application Submission
l Renamed Customer Action as Additional Information.
l Enhanced cards to support documents upload.

153 Temenos Infinity

 Temenos Infinity

l Supports different formats/types of questions/actions.

l All these enhancements are applicable to Additional Questions.
l Resume lending application: In the resume lending application flow,
when an existing customer resumes the application, the system pre-
populates the data entered in the income and employment section.
l SFDC Integration for Origination of Deposit, Account, and Lending
applications
l Exposed APIs for integration of Infinity Origination, Infinity Assist,
Infinity Workspace, and Spotlight with SFDC.
l SFDC Integration for Onboarding, Deposit and Lending application
submission and processing application in Infinity Assist Infinity
Workspace, and Account creation in core banking system.
l SFDC Integration for Arabic language support.
l Resume a self-service journey in SFDC assisted channel via deep
link.
l Resume a SFDC assisted retail lending application in self-service.
l Send application status to SFDC on various status events and
fulfillment.
l Expose a Withdraw Opportunity API for withdrawing the application
from SFDC side.
l SSO configuration from SFDC and Infinity Assist/Workspace.
l Infinity Workspace Enhancements - Back-office application for Retail
Onboarding and Deposit/Account creation
l Enhancements in application management
l Simplified and easier navigation from the application listing to
the detailed screens.
l Highlight and identify discrepant data for an existing customer,
when the data submitted in the application is different from the
one on record - Party MS/Transact system.
l Edit Customer Actions - questions asked through Additional
Information on behalf of the end-customer; Additional
Questions section can be updated by the bank employees by
visiting the Infinity Onboarding app using CSR Assist feature.

Temenos Infinity 154

Temenos Infinity

l Documents management
l View uploaded files/documents (and related meta-data)
through Origination client app.
l Ability to upload files/documents from Document
Tab/Manual Review Task and Customer Action task.
l Single/Multiple documents can be uploaded for an
application.
l Claim/Release/Withdraw application capability is
available.
l Add notes to the application.

l Enhancement in task management

l Simplified and easier navigation from the listing to the detailed
screens
l Tasks for bank user to review and edit the application.
l Claim/Release task capability is available.
l Ability to create custom tasks with required attributes at design-
time in Process Automation Manager (PAM).
l User roles and permission
l Role based permissions to access applications and tasks.
l Role based permissions to release applications and tasks
claimed by other users.

l Configuration
l Support for Arabic language.
l Support for RTL Layouts: Support for internationalization and
localization (multi-language support).

SME Origination

l Product Selection
l Integration with Marketing Catalog Microservice (MCMS) for
displaying the Product Groups, Products (within the group), Product
features, Short description, and Benefits.
l Integration with loan simulator for simulation of monthly payment
amount based on requested loan amount and repayment term.
l Multi-feature selection support.

155 Temenos Infinity

 Temenos Infinity

l Company Information
l Supporting all types of businesses.
l Capturing business Information.
l Capturing related companies’ details.
l Capturing multiple business addresses.
l Capturing financial information.
l Signatory Information
l Multiple signatory addition
l Individual ID and address information (iterative)
l Business Loans
l Unsecured lending is supported.
l Single facility is supported.
l Integration with loan simulator for simulation.
l New screen to capture loan details.
l Overdraft Loans
l Unsecured lending is supported.
l Single Facility is supported.
l New screen to capture loan details.
l Evidence/Document upload
l Evidential requirement subject to data entered and application
purpose.
l Documentation is archived for reuse, stored as a system of record.
l Save and Resume: Capability for save and resume the application post
personal info of the application raiser is captured.
l Addition of Additional Questions screen to collect Information
l Existing customer action framework of Open/Submitted/Skipped
Questions is leveraged.
l This section can be used by L2/L3 teams to ask additional questions
even before submitting the application.
l Summary before submission: Review details before application
submission with options to navigate back to previous screen and make
changes to the details captured.

Temenos Infinity 156

Temenos Infinity

l Infinity Workspace Features - Back-office application for SME

Onboarding Journey
l Application management
l Display of entire application data.
l SME onboarding applications are listed for manual review
automatically.
l Display of Applicant(s) Information.
l Claim/Release/Withdraw application capability.
l Documents management
l View uploaded files/documents (and related meta-data)
through Origination client app.
l Ability to upload single/multiple files/documents against
an application from Document Tab/Manual Review Task.

l Add notes to application.

l Highlight and identify discrepant data for an existing customer,
when the data submitted in the application is different from the
one on record.
l Task management
l Tasks for bank user to review the application.
l Edit application data by bank user.
l Decision Tasks - Approve /Reject
l Claim/Release Tasks capability
l Ability to create custom tasks with required attributes at design-
time in Process Automation Manager (PAM).
l Fulfillment: Integration with core system for account/customer
creation.
l User roles and permission
l Creation of multiple roles in Spotlight.
l Role based task assignment.
l Task and server-side workflow management: Post submission
workflow bank user - Creation of tasks

157 Temenos Infinity

 Temenos Infinity

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Retail Origination
SME Origination

What's New: 202110

The key features include:
Retail Origination
Retail Origination - Onboarding Journey

l Retail Origination (Self Service) App - Onboarding

l Enhanced Infinity Origination App Roadmap for Onboarding
Journeys
l Personal Information
l Product Selection
l Co-Applicant
l Documents
l Summary
l Verification
l Additional Questions
l Submit Application
l Additional Information
l Funding (Deposits)
l Document Checklist: Capability to upload documents based on
Document Checklist defined in DMN per product and introduction of
separate section as Documents in the Origination app (in the
previous release, document upload was done in Additional Question
step).

Temenos Infinity 158

Temenos Infinity

l Infinity Assist - Back Office Application for Retail Onboarding Journey

l Introduced Stages for Onboarding Journeys
l Submitted
l Verification
l Decision
l Closing
l Complete
l Introduction of Queues
l Introduced queue concept for back office staff to handle
applications more effectively.
l Different Queues can be defined based on various attributes
and DMN rules.
l Out-of-the-box, different queues are defined at application and
task levels, and journey wise (onboarding, product wise, region
wise) band separate escalation queue is defined for tracking
tasks pending overdue as per SLA for each task.
l Application/Tasks are auto assigned to respective configured
queue.
l Users can be granted with required permissions to various
queues and based on the access to the queue, can claim
application, and work on the application.
l Post submission, the application is automatically assigned to
the respective queue based on the queue criteria.
l Migration of T&C to Consent MS: All T&C, Disclaimer, and Consents
in origination are collected, stored, and managed (changed/deleted)
in Consent MS.
l Enhanced dashboards for Relationship Manager to view queue wise
Applications and Tasks with provision to see Recently Viewed
applications (requests).
l Enhanced Task Capabilities
l Release of claimed task and moving again to a queue so that
any other user can claim and work on that task. When the task
is released, queue assignment DMN Rules are triggered, and
the task is assigned to the appropriate queue accordingly.

159 Temenos Infinity

 Temenos Infinity

l Assignment rules are defined in DMN and can be configured.

l Escalation rules can be set in DMN which are configurable by
which, overdue tasks can be moved to Overdue Queues that
are visible to supervisors to take appropriate action such as
reassignment.
l Tasks can also be released back to a queue from an
individual's worklist for other users to claim them and
subsequently, work on them.
l Migration of Infinity Workspace Application to Infinity Assist: With this
migration, Infinity Assist becomes the single back office app for bank
users to process onboarding and lending applications. This ease
handling multi-facility (products) in single application. Currently multi-
facility is supported only for Accounts and Deposit Products. Key
advantages of migration:
l Single app for all back office processing activities for
onboarding, accounts, deposits and Lending products.
l The application screens and sections are displayed based on
the signed in user's role and permission granted.
l More granular permissions at section level can be given to
control the data that a user can see and what actions the user
can perform.
l Introduction of stages for onboarding applications resulting in
easy configuration of tasks (stage-wise), status management,
and notification.
l Assignment of applications to queues based on configurable
DMN rules.
l Reassignment of application from one user to another by a
supervisor.

Retail Origination - Lending Journey

l Retail Origination (Self Service) App - Lending

l Enhanced Infinity Origination Roadmap for Lending (Overdraft,
Personal Loan, Credit Card) Journeys
l Product Selection Dashboard
l Personal ID and Address Information

Temenos Infinity 160

Temenos Infinity

l Product Selection
l Income and Employment Details
l Co-Applicant
l Document
l Summary
l Verification
l Additional Questions
l Submit Application
l Document Checklist: Capability to upload documents based on
Document Checklist defined in DMN per product and
introduction of separate section as Documents in the
Origination app (in the previous release, document upload was
done in Additional Question step).
l Infinity Assist - Back Office Application for Retail Lending Journey
l Introduction of Credit Packaging Stage
l Introduction of new stage where all the third-party
integrations required for processing the loan can be
triggered under Credit Packaging stage.
l The following stages are applicable for all lending
products:
l Submitted
l Prescreening
l Credit Packaging
l Underwriting
l Closing
l Complete

l Introduction of Automated (STP) Process (Straight-through Process)

for all Retail Lending Applications
l Post submission, the application is processed automatically for
lending journeys.
l Configure Automated Lending Process rules like Trigger STP
only when application has existing Party/Parties and there is
no change in their PII data.

161 Temenos Infinity

 Temenos Infinity

l Application auto assigned to Supervisor Relationship Manager

(no manual application claim required).
l No manual intervention until offer letter generation or failure in
processing automated tasks.
l The conditions for automating a journey made rule based as to
which clients can customize in PAM.
l Support failure of automated tasks and creation of manual tasks
during each task under each stage. Manual task is created and
assigned automatically to queue on failure of auto tasks.
l Introduced DMN Rules for Credit Score Card calculation and
Execute Decision Engine Rules for each product based on which,
application is auto-processed (auto approve, auto decline) or sent for
manual review.
l Introduction of Approval Matrix
l Approval matrix can be set product and amount wise and can
be configured by the bank.
l In case of decision engine output – Manual Review, the
decision task is created based on the approval matrix.
l Introduction of Queues
l Introduced queue concept for back office staff to handle
applications more effectively.
l Different Queues can be defined based on various attributes
and DMN rules.
l Out-of-the-box, different queues are defined at application and
task levels, and journey wise (onboarding, product wise, region
wise) band separate escalation queue is defined for tracking
tasks pending overdue as per SLA for each task.
l Application/Tasks are auto assigned to respective configured
queue.
l Users can be granted with required permissions to various
queues and based on the access to the queue, can claim
application, and work on the application.
l Post submission, the application is automatically assigned to
the respective queue based on the queue criteria.

Temenos Infinity 162

Temenos Infinity

l Enhanced dashboards for Relationship Manager to view queue wise

Application and Tasks with provision to see Recently Viewed
applications (requests).
l Enhanced Task Capabilities
l Release of claimed task and moving again to a queue so that
any other user can claim and work on that task. When the task
is released, queue assignment DMN Rules are triggered, and
the task is assigned to the appropriate queue accordingly.
l Assignment rules are defined in DMN and can be configured.
l Escalation rules can be set in DMN and configurable by which
overdue tasks can be moved to Overdue Queues that are
visible to supervisors to take appropriate action such as
reassignment.

l Introduction of Customer Actions

l This feature enables to auto trigger or manually trigger actions
to customer to submit additional information, where customer
can resume application on Infinity Origination app/URL and
can act on the pending actions initiated for the application.
l Auto-triggering customer actions at defined stage/completion of
task (when the facility is approved, offer letter is sent directly to
the customer triggering customer action for the customer to
accept/reject the offer and submit the signed offer letter
digitally).
l In any stage during processing of loan, bank user (RM) can
trigger customer action requesting for additional
information/document with the help of predefined customer
actions.
l Sending email notification to customer once customer action is
initiated by RM or auto triggered by the system.
l Sending email notification to bank user (respective RM) when
customer completes the pending customer action.
l Upload offer document again through customer actions.
l Role based restrictions for customer actions.
l Waiving customer actions.

163 Temenos Infinity

 Temenos Infinity

l Supporting Retriggering of Third-party Integrations to Fetch Reports

l Ability to Retrigger to get OFAC, blacklist, and bureau check
report for each party.
l Ability to Retrigger to get third-party reports during any stage
starting from Prescreening until the Closing stage using adhoc
task.
l Redefined Offer Acceptance/Rejection Process: Offer letter can be
generated in online and offline modes.
l Online Mode: Customer must accept/reject the offer through
auto triggered customer actions. If customer accepts offer,
customer can upload the signed offer letter through document
upload customer action. Based on the offer acceptance, trigger
another customer action for the customer to submit
disbursement account details.
l Offline Mode: After the offer letter is generated, a task is created
for the RM to download the offer letter and get customer
acceptance/rejection and wet signature from customer
physically.

SME Origination
SME Origination - Onboarding Journey

l SME Origination (Self Service) App - Onboarding

l Document Checklist
l Capability to generate a Dynamic Document Checklist based
on application attributes like Product applied, Company Type
and more.
l Creation of DMN rules to generate Dynamic Document
Checklist.
l Capability to upload documents based on Document Checklist
defined at product level under separate document section.
l The DMN framework can be easily configured based on new
attributes and are fully customizable.
l Enhanced Infinity Origination App Roadmap for Onboarding
Journeys

Temenos Infinity 164

Temenos Infinity

l Basic Information
l Company Information
l Product Selection
l Related Parties
l Documents
l Summary
l Additional Features
l Submit Application
l Additional Information

l Infinity Assist - Back Office Application for SME Onboarding Journey

l Migration of Infinity Workspace Application to Infinity Assist
l Infinity Assist becomes the single back office app for bank
users to process onboarding and lending applications.
l Introduction of stages for onboarding applications
resulting in easy configuration of tasks (stage-wise),
status management, and notification.
l Assignment of applications to queues based on
configurable DMN rules.
l Reassignment of application from one user to another by
a supervisor.
l The application screens and sections are displayed
based on the signed in user's role and permission
granted.
l More granular permissions at section level can be given
to control the data that a user can see and what actions
the user can perform.
l Introduction of Stages for Onboarding Journeys
l Submitted
l Verification
l Decision
l Closing
l Complete

165 Temenos Infinity

 Temenos Infinity

l Enhanced Dashboard
l Enhanced dashboards for Relationship Manager to view
queue-wise Applications and Tasks.
l Provision to view to see Recently Viewed applications
(requests).
l Introduction of Queues
l Introduced queue concept for back office staff to handle
applications more effectively.
l Different Queues can be defined based on various
attributes and DMN rules.
l Out-of-the-box, different queues are defined at application
and task levels, and journey wise (onboarding, product
wise, region wise) band separate escalation queue is
defined for tracking tasks pending overdue as per SLA for
each task.
l Application/Tasks are auto assigned to respective
configured queue.
l Users can be granted with required permissions to
various queues and based on the access to the queue,
can claim application, and work on the application.
l Post submission, the application is automatically
assigned to the respective queue based on the queue
criteria.
l Migration of T&C to Consent MS: All T&C, Disclaimer, and
Consents in origination are collected, stored, and managed
(changed/deleted) in Consent MS.

SME Origination - Lending Journey

l SME Origination (Self Service) App - Lending

l Introduction of SME Credit Cards
l Capability to apply company credit cards by owners, partners,
and directors.
l Single facility is supported.
l New screen to capture card holder details.

Temenos Infinity 166

Temenos Infinity

l Document Checklist
l Capability to generate a Dynamic Document Checklist based on
application attributes like product applied, company type and more.
l Creation of DMN rules to generate Dynamic Document Checklist.
l Capability to upload documents based on Document Checklist
defined at product level under separate document section.
l The DMN framework can be configured based on new attributes and
is fully customizable.
l Enhanced Infinity Origination App Roadmap for Lending Journeys
l Basic Information
l Company Information
l Product Selection
l Related Parties
l Documents
l Summary
l Additional Questions
l Submit Application
l Additional Information.
l Infinity Assist - Back Office Application for SME Lending Journey
l Introduction of Credit Packaging Stage
l Introduction of new stage where all the third-party integrations
required for processing the loan can be triggered under Credit
Packaging stage.
l The following stages are applicable for all lending products:
l Submitted
l Prescreening
l Credit Packaging
l Underwriting
l Closing
l Completed
l Introduction of Automated STP Process (Straight-through Process)
for all SME Lending Applications
l Post submission, the application is processed automatically for
lending journeys.

167 Temenos Infinity

 Temenos Infinity

l Configure Automated Lending Process rules like Trigger STP

only when application has existing Party/Parties and there is
no change in their PII data.
l Application is auto assigned to Supervisor Relationship
Manager (no manual application claim required).
l No manual intervention until offer letter generation or failure in
processing automated tasks.
l The conditions for automating a journey made rule based as to
which clients can customize in PAM.
l Supporting Negative flow or Problem Loan Management
l To handle failure of automated tasks and creating a manual
task during each stage.
l The manual tasks are created and assigned automatically to
queue on failure of auto tasks.

l Automated Score Based Decision

l Introduction of Credit Score Cards which can be configured
product/facility wise in DMN.
l Introduction of Decision Engine Rules which can be configured
product/facility wise in DMN.
l The Decision Engine output for facility:
l Auto Approved
l Manual Review
l Auto Declined

l Introduction of Approval Matrix

l Approval matrix can be set product and amount wise and can be
configured by the bank.
l In case of decision engine output – Manual Review, the decision
task is created based on the approval matrix.
l Introduction of Customer Actions
l This feature enables to auto trigger or manually trigger actions to
customer to submit additional information, where customer can
resume application on Infinity Origination app/URL and can act on
the pending actions initiated for the application.

Temenos Infinity 168

Temenos Infinity

l Auto-triggering customer actions at defined stage/completion of task

(when the facility is approved, offer letter is sent directly to the
customer triggering customer action for the customer to accept/reject
the offer and submit the signed offer letter digitally).
l In any stage during processing of loan, bank user (RM) can trigger
customer action requesting for additional information/document with
the help of predefined customer actions.
l Sending email notification to customer once customer action is
initiated by RM or auto triggered by the system.
l Sending email notification to bank user (respective RM) when
customer completes the pending customer action.
l Upload offer document again through customer actions.
l Role based restrictions for customer actions.
l Waiving customer actions.
l Redefined Offer Acceptance/Rejection Process: Offer letter can be
generated in online and offline modes.
l Online Mode: Customer must accept/reject the offer through auto
triggered customer actions. If customer accepts offer, customer can
upload the signed offer letter through document upload customer
action. Based on the offer acceptance, trigger another customer
action for the customer to submit disbursement account details.
l Offline Mode: After the offer letter is generated, a task is created for
the RM to download the offer letter and get customer
acceptance/rejection and wet signature from customer physically.
l Introduction of Enhanced Dashboard
l Enhanced dashboards for RM to view requests, tasks, and queues.
l View Recently Viewed Requests.
l Recent Activities to display the movement of task status.
l Enhanced Task Capabilities
l Release of claimed task and moving back to queue based on
assignment rules so that other users can claim and work on the task.
l Assignment rules can be defined in DMN and can be configured.

169 Temenos Infinity

 Temenos Infinity

l Escalation rules can be set in DMN and configurable by which

overdue tasks can be moved to Overdue Queues that are visible to
supervisors to take appropriate action such as reassignment.
l Enable Retriggering of Third-party Integrations to Fetch Reports
l Ability to Retrigger to get OFAC, blacklist, and bureau check report
for each party.
l Ability to Retrigger to get third-party reports during any stage starting
from Prescreening until the Closing stage using adhoc task.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Retail Origination
SME Origination

What's New: 202201

The key features include:
Retail Origination

l Mortgage journey
l Enhanced Income and Employment section in Origination and Assist
applications.
l Collateral details
l Mortgage loan calculator
l Funding position in Origination and Assist apps.
l Micro apps conversion for Origination application.
l BSG and US-SaaS feedback enhancements in Origination application.
l Spill over enhancements in Retail journeys such as,
l Supporting update multiple address and narrative via Entity
Overview section of Infinity Assist app.
l Individual PAM services for data migration of origination to
Origination Processing MS.

Temenos Infinity 170

Temenos Infinity

l Individual customer creation services for each entity for enhanced

error handling.

SME Origination

l Automated credit risk assessments.

l Enhancements to Origination application.
l Temporary Password mail/SMS to be sent on click on Save and
leave.
l Temporary Password email/SMS to be sent on timeout.
l Add Additional Company can be done from related company
information page.
l Infinity Assist
l Changes for showing Risk scores on Entity Overview and Facility
Overview screens.
l Ability to Add Address for non-verified party in Entity Overview.
l Ability to Add/Edit/Delete Narratives in Entity Overview for non-
verified party.
l Task Management - Deep-linking for a Task via URL.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Retail Origination
SME Origination

What's New: 202204

The key features include:
Retail Origination

l Infinity Retail Origination App

l Introduced Mortgage Loan Product so that customers can apply for
Mortgage Loan digitally without visiting the bank branch.

171 Temenos Infinity

 Temenos Infinity

l Added Mortgage Loan on the Landing Page and Mortgage

Purpose "First Time Buyer" on the Dashboard.
l Added Mortgage loan eligibility calculator which allows user to
compute the maximum loan amount one can avail based on the
information provided.
l Ability to provide consent and start application as Prospect
customer or existing customer.
l Provision to capture Personal Information.
l Enhanced Financial Information (Income and Employment)
screen to collect financial data.
l Added Mortgage - Property Details screen to capture Mortgage
property details.
l Added Mortgage - Funding Position screen to capture
Source/use (Inflow/Outflow) of Funds to Purchase Mortgage
Loan.
l Added Mortgage Composition screen to structure (single/multi
part) Mortgage Loan as per personal need.
l Enhanced Document Checklist screen to collect Mortgage
specific documents.
l Enhanced Summary screen to review Mortgage details before
submitting the application.
l Submit the Application.
l Notify customer on successful submission of Mortgage Loan
application.
l Enhanced Co-applicant screens with invite feature to allow
existing customer to be added to the application.
l Introduced Invite Co-applicants feature
l A customer can add Existing customers as co-applicant by
Sending Invite.
l Invited co-applicant receives the Invite via email and can login
using OLB credentials to acknowledge (Accept) or Reject Invite
and proceed to capture the details and submit the application.
l A customer can continue to add prospect customers as co-
applicants and fill the data on behalf of prospect customers.

Temenos Infinity 172

Temenos Infinity

l Document Checklist Enhancements

l Provision to Edit information for uploaded Documents.
l Enhanced DMN rules to get Mortgage Product and Property
specific additional documents in checklist.
l Consents Enhancements
l Receive multiple consents from customer (Main applicant and
Co-applicants).
l Provision to receive Explicit Consents.
l Added additional consents to get explicit consents from Main
applicants and Co-applicants.
l Integration with Formpipe: A Temenos Exchange partner for
generation of system documents related to Retail Mortgage Journey
for Simulation and generation of Repayment Schedule.
l Back-office Application (Infinity Assist App) for Bank Users
l Renamed Facility Overview as Product Overview across Retail
Lending applications including Mortgage Loans.
l Post Application Submission: Receiving and Processing of Mortgage
Applications in Infinity Assist.
l Designed Post submission workflow using PAM for Mortgage
Products.
l Designed Stages and Tasks at application (Request) and
Product (Facility) level for Mortgage Loan.
l Enhanced Request Overview, Product Overview and Entity
Overview screens to map fields of Retail Mortgage Lending
applications from ODMS / Party MS to OPMS.
l Introduced Product > Drawing Structure to support Facility >
Drawing Structure, where, Mortgage applications initiated with
single/multi parts is shown as individual drawing (part) under a
Mortgage Product (Facility).
l Mortgage – Property (Collateral) Valuation and Title Search.
l Mortgage Loan - First Time Buyer: In-Principal Approval/
Illustrative ESIS generation through Formpipe.
l Mortgage Loan - First Time Buyer: Offer Letter and ESIS
document generation through Formpipe.

173 Temenos Infinity

 Temenos Infinity

l Trigger customer actions for Offer acceptance, upload signed

document, capture Disbursement and Repayment Instructions.
l Capture Notary details.
l Fulfilment enhancements.
l Follow-up enhancements.
l Stages, Tasks, Assessment, and Decision
l Post submission, the application will have the following stages:
Submitted, Pre-Screening, Credit Packaging, Underwriting,
Complete, Withdrawn.
l Post submission, each Mortgage Product /Drawing will have
the following stages: Submitted, Pre-Screening, Credit
Packaging, Underwriting, Offer Acceptance, Due diligence,
Closing, Follow-up, Complete, Withdrawn.
l Tasks for bank user to review the application.
l Edit application data by bank user.
l Automatic Credit Assessment: Display Score Card in Decision
Section showing score graph, individual score for each
attribute, and overall scores.
l Execute Decision Engine Rules and support Auto Decisions:
Auto Approve/ Auto Decline and exception handling via
Manual Review (Decision).
l Ability to withdraw Application until legal department reviews
and approves the application in Closing stage.
l Integration with Formpipe: A Temenos Exchange partner for
generation of system documents related to Retail, SME, and
Corporate Origination journeys. Consequently, Receipt MS has been
deprecated.
l Automated and real-time generation of documents: The following
documents are generated OOTB as defined - Approval In-principal,
Illustrative ESIS Offer Letter, and ESIS document generation.
l Fulfilment
l Integration with core system for customer creation, mortgage
facility (Product) arrangement creation, and Drawing Account
Creation.

Temenos Infinity 174

Temenos Infinity

l Integration with core system for performing New Offer

(Arrangement) creation in Transact, offer letter, and ESIS
generation to customer.
l User Roles and Permission
l Creation of multiple Retail roles (MortgageRM, MortgageUW,
MortageOps, Mortgage SupervisorRM, Mortgage Supervisor
and Mortgage Credit Approver) in Spotlight.
l Configure access rights in Entitlements MS.
l Role based setting up of permission.
l Permission based rendering of Infinity Assist screens.
l Role based Dashboards.
l Task and server-side workflow management
l Designing of Manual (Bank User Tasks) and Automated Tasks
for Mortgage workflow.
l Capability of user to Initiate Ad-hoc Tasks.
l Post completion of tasks, stage moves from one stage to another
automatically.
l Workspace to Assist Migration Enhancements
l Enabled Global search on application number generated from
Origination app.
l Display of Onboarding product features in Product Overview.

l Customer actions Enhancement

l Customer actions related to invited co-applicants who are
existing customers will be sent to their respective mail
addresses.
l Invited parties will receive information on offer letter
acceptance/ rejection decision made by the Primary applicant.
l Queue Management - Automatic Assignment Rules
l Automatic assignment of applications based on pre-configured
DMN rule considering the count of applications in a user’s
worklist.
l Automatic assignment of tasks based on pre-configured DMN
rules considering attributes such as,

175 Temenos Infinity

 Temenos Infinity

l Count of tasks in a user’s worklist.

l Due date of incoming task and the count of tasks with the
same due date in the individual user’s worklist.
l Priority of incoming task and the count of tasks with the
same priority in the individual user’s worklist.

SME Origination

l Infinity SME Origination Application

l Enabled Send Invite option for Related parties who are existing
customers.
l A customer can add Existing customers as Related Parties by
sending an invite.
l Invited Related Party receives the Invite Email and can login
using OLB credentials to acknowledge (Accept or Reject) and
proceed with data capturing and submission of application.
l Enabled Edit and Delete option in the Document upload section.
l Handling of consents for Company and Related parties.
l Back-office Application (Infinity Assist App) for Bank Users
l Enhanced Document section in all the three overviews
l Separate Document section with further sub sections as
Uploaded Documents and System Generated documents.
l Display of documents uploaded from Origination app in
Request Overview and Facility Overview.
l Displaying the uploaded /system generated documents by
Document category grouping.
l Introduction of Document Checklist
l Introduction of Document Checklist in Facility Overview using
DMN rules, where a bank user can click and check the
required/mandatory documents for the Application.
l Document checklist icons for showing the status of documents
as Pending or Completed.
l Display of Credit Score card in Decision Section.
l Enhancements in Consent Management.

Temenos Infinity 176

Temenos Infinity

l Enhancement in Queue Management

l Automatic assignment of applications to Relationship Manager.
l Automatic assignment of tasks from the queue to users.
l Workspace to Assist Migration Enhancements
l Enabled Global search on application number.
l Display of Onboarding product features in Product Overview.
l Customer Actions Enhancement
l Customer actions related to invited parties who are existing
customers will be sent to their respective mail addresses.
l Invited parties will receive information on offer letter
acceptance/ rejection decision made by the Primary party.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Retail Origination
SME Origination

Digital Banking Servicing Micro

Apps
Micro Apps are applications with specific functionality which are fast and
efficient than monolithic applications. While traditional monolithic apps contain a
wide range of functionality including front-end and back-end operations, Micro
Apps are simple, lightweight in nature with targeted functionality. Micro Apps are
smaller and easily manageable resulting in enhanced loading and build times.
When using a Micro App, developers can divide the entire front-end and the
fabric apps (product) into a group of small features and put those features
together to give a full experience to the end-user.

177 Temenos Infinity

 Temenos Infinity

What's New: 202110

The key features include:

l Trade Finance: Infinity business users will now be able to access the
Trade Finance (TF) capability. The new TF features that are introduced as
part of the current release will allow the business user to:
l Import Letter of Credit (LC).
l View the list of Import Letters of Credit (LCs) – the issued LC
records and the draft records.
l Select a particular Import LC record and view its details.
l Search for a particular Import LC by using different keywords.
l Filter the list of Import LC records.
l Manage the Import LCs that were saved as drafts, such as edit
and delete a draft.
l Create a new Import LC as a new request or from a previous
record by copying the details.
l Print and download the details for a particular Import LC record.
l View the limit overview for the Import LCs.
l Export Letter of Credit (LC).
l Availability of Export Letter of Credit (LC) in the hamburger
menu based on the user access.
l View the list of Export LC with meta data.
l Select a particular Export LC record and view its details.
l Search for a particular Export LC by using different keywords.
l Filter the list of Export LC records.
l View details to be available under the action of each
transaction.
l Print and download the details for a particular Export LC
record.

l Authentication: The user will see a session timeout warning pop-up

message that the session is about to expire before the application logs out.
This is applicable to web channel and mobile native. The user can then
choose to either sign out or extend the session.

Temenos Infinity 178

Temenos Infinity

l Arrangements: On the Account Summary page, a user can scroll infinitely

through the list of transactions until the user reaches the last (earliest
dated) transaction. If the user has no transactions, a "No transactions
found" message is displayed.
l Unified Transfer: The recurring payment feature is enhanced with an
additional option, Until I Cancel under the How Long field for the user to
set up recurring payment for indefinite period. User has the option to edit or
cancel the recurring payment for indefinite period.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Digital Banking Servicing Micro Apps

What's New: 202201

The key features include:
Trade Finance: Enhanced to cover the Drawings capability for the Import LCs.

l View the list of Import LC Drawings.

l Search for a particular Import LC Drawing by using different keywords.
l Filter the list of Import LC Drawing records.
l Select a particular Import LC Drawing and view its details.
l View and manage the discrepancies for an Import LC Drawing.
l Provide payment details for a selected Import LC Drawing.
l View and respond to messages from the bank for an Import LC Drawing.
l Submit an Import Drawing.
l View the Drawing report (details of settlement, delivery messages, advice).
l Print and download the Import Drawing report (details of settlement,
delivery messages and advice).

The topic related to this feature is given below:

179 Temenos Infinity

 Temenos Infinity

Digital Banking Servicing Micro Apps

What's New: 202204

The key features include:

l Trade Finance Micro App: Developed to cover the Amendments

capability for the Import LCs and the Drawings capability for the Export
LCs.
l Import Amendments
l View the list of Import LC Amendments.
l Search for a particular Import LC Amendments by using
different keywords.
l Filter the list of Import LC Amendments records.
l Select a particular Import LC Amendments and view its details.
l Raise a request for new Import LC Amendments.
l Submit an Import LC Amendments for approval.
l Print and download the Import Amendment report.

l Export Drawings
l Submit documents to an approved Export LC (create a
drawing).
l Save the new Export Drawing request as a draft.
l Edit an Export Drawing draft.
l Delete an Export Drawing draft.
l Submit an Export Drawing for approval.
l View the list of Export Drawings.
l Filter the list of Export Drawings.
l Search for a particular Export Drawing record by using different
keywords.
l Select an Export Drawing record and view its details.

Temenos Infinity 180

Temenos Infinity

l View and manage the discrepancies for an Export Drawing.

l Print and download an Export Drawing record.
l Bulk Payment
l User can edit the past-dated template and initiate the bulk
request with current or future date from existing Bulk Template.
l During Edit Bulk template flow, a user can edit or remove the
added Beneficiary in the same form rather than moving across
different forms.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Digital Banking Servicing Micro Apps

NextGen UI Components
The NextGen UI components are reusable components created using the
Component 2.0 architecture of Quantum Visualizer. These components facilitate
the usage of components across user journeys (features) of a Micro App to
deliver the end-to-end user experience. They are also configurable according to
the context of the consuming functions or features. The NextGen UI components
are available for the Mobile native channel only.

What's New: 202201

The following components are introduced in this release:

Carousel Card Sort Date Range Keyword Search

Selection Slate Tile Dropdown

Tabs Choice Docker Bottom Sheet Native Action Sheet

Popup Acknowledgment Info Popup Document List Session Timeout

Large Animating Textbox Animating Textbox

List Large Header

181 Temenos Infinity

 Temenos Infinity

Text Area Date Input Interstitial Pagination

Flow Acknowledgment
Progress Bar QuickLinks SegmentedUI

Charts

The topic related to this feature is given below:

NextGen UI Components

What's New: 202204

The following components are introduced in this release:

Footer
Postal Address Email Address Phone Number
Menu

File
Frequency Picker Data Aggregation Account Selection
Upload

Numerical Range Selection Input File Truncating Label

l The following components are enhanced in this release:

l Dropdown
l Data Range
l Keyword Search
l Animating Text Box
l Modified the content for framework: Data Formatting

The topic related to this feature is given below:

NextGen UI Components

Corporate Origination (Infinity

Temenos Infinity 182
Temenos Infinity

Assist)
Provides banks the ability to onboard corporate lending entities and originate
retail, SME, and corporate credit facilities on a digital-focused platform for the
lending market.

What's New: 202108

The key features include:

l Introduction of credit committee decision

l Supporting decision which requires credit committee for single and
multiple facilities.
l Capturing decision of all the committee members for a facility and
able to view decision member-wise.
l Triggering Memorandum of Meeting (MOM) task for the Secretary of
the committee.
l Update final decision on the facility based on the MOM task.
l Enhancement on decision logic in LOS MS and PAM
l Credit committee creation and storage in LOS MS.
l Setting up of hierarchy for the credit committees.
l Setting up of approver matrix for automatic identification of the final
approver and decision task creation.
l Creation of Decision Model and Notation (DMN) for approver matrix.
l Supporting approval and decline of facilities in a multi-facility request
(until last release either all the facilities can be approved or declined
within a request).
l Additional facility types
l Supporting following facility types in the Corporate Origination
solution:
l Term facility
l Revolving facility
l Line of credit (non-revolving)

183 Temenos Infinity

 Temenos Infinity

l Overdraft
l Mortgage loan
l Letter of credit
l Letter of guarantee.
l Supporting changes in the pricing screens based on the selected
product.
l Application termination capability
l Capability to withdraw an ongoing application by an authorized user.
l Application termination capability is linked with application stage and
user permissions.
l Search capability in currency drop-down: Search feature added to all
the currency drop-down list.
l Defining user roles and access rights and permissions
l Defining users and the roles along with Line of Business, for
example - Corporate RM, Corporate Underwriters and so on.
l Creation of new role - Supervisor.
l Role-based setting up of permission.
l Permission-based rendering of Infinity Assist screens.
l Role-based dashboards implemented.
l Financial ratio results
l Capability to add and compare all the financial ratio results of the
entity.
l Capability to compare financial ratio results of entities in a request.
l Enhanced collateral features
l Enhanced capability to add collateral to entity.
l Capability to capture specific collateral details based on the
collateral type.
l Capability to add valuation and documents to a collateral.
l Capability to edit and delete collateral.
l Integration with Transact to fetch the existing collateral of an entity.
l Enhanced entity details capture
l Capability to capture more entity specific information like Industry,
sub-industry, sector, MIS code and financial position related

Temenos Infinity 184

Temenos Infinity

information like asset, liabilities, equity, and profit after tax.

l Capability to capture more individual specific information like ID type,
ID number, employment details, spouse employment details, and
financial information details.
l Capability to edit specific field details of entity and Individual.
l Enhanced task overview screens and adhoc tasks
l Removal of already existing checklist functionality.
l A list view screen for the user to have a complete overview of all the
tasks related to the request.
l A list view screen for the user to have a complete overview of all the
tasks related to the facility.
l The task list view to display task-wise along with status of the task.
l Capability to add adhoc tasks available in the view all tasks section.
l Enhancement in adhoc tasks to support multi-facility where post
underwriting, adhoc task to be created facility-wise.
l Narratives enhancement
l Capability to upload documents in narrative section.
l Document types that can be uploaded – pdf, jpg, jpeg, png, txt, doc.
l External services enhancement
l Capability to add external services (third-party integrations) and
storing the result in the LOS MS against each entity.

l Upload documents: Capability to upload documents in the external

services feature.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Infinity Assist (Corporate Origination)

What's New: 202110

The key features include:

185 Temenos Infinity

 Temenos Infinity

l Introduction of Loan Schedule

l Capability to capture loan schedule details for different facility types
and interest types.
l Capability to upload repayment schedule document.
l Supporting changes in the pricing structure and loan schedule based
on the facility type and Interest type selected.
l Pricing will now not be available for Letter of Credit and Letter of
Guarantee facility types.
l Capability to capture pricing and loan schedule related comments.
l Deletion of accepted pricing only by a supervisor.
l Capability to capture beneficiary details for Letter of Credit and Letter
of Guarantee facility types.
l Introduction of Availability Period Restriction
l Capability to capture availability period restriction details for each
facility in facility overview and request overview.
l Capability to add multiple availability period restrictions.
l Capability to add availability period restrictions capped to facility
approved amount.
l Additional Borrower Fees: Supports additional three borrower fees.
l Penalty Interest
l Commission
l Stamp Fee

l View Documents Enhancement

l Capability to View the uploaded documents within the application.
l Document types that can be viewed – pdf, jpg, jpeg, png, and txt.
l Capability to download the document within view document screen.
l Scroll-Freeze Fields
l Displaying Borrower, Amount. and Relationship Manager fields on
top of the request overview screen.
l Displaying Borrower, Amount, and Facility Type fields on top of the
facility overview screen.

Temenos Infinity 186

Temenos Infinity

l Request Overview and Facility Overview Enhancements

l Capability to capture and display Approved Amount on the request
and facility overview which captures the amount approved by the
Underwriter for a facility.
l Task overview shows Facility name and Facility ID instead of only
showing Facility ID.
l Validation based on facility name in a request - facilities with same
name cannot be added to the same request.
l Clickable hyperlinks for facility/entity/request highlighted in a
different way for user to understand if they can navigation or not.
l Task Overview - List view: Clickable stage-based roadmap on the
left-hand side helps user to filter tasks based on the stage.
l Delete Decision option is not available after a final credit decision
(Approve/ Decline) has been made.
l Capability to upload and view MOM document in the decision credit
decision section.
l Narratives Enhancements
l Narratives section is for the users to enter their opinions about
various attributes that impact the credit request.
l Users can add more types of narratives like sources and uses of
funds and risks and mitigation.
l The narratives data entered on the request overview, facility
overview, entity overview will be shared across the three overviews
to avoid duplication of data and maintain consistency of information.
l Request and Task Dashboard Enhancements
l A standalone task dashboard is created for users to view and
complete operational tasks.
l User can easily switch between request and task dashboard through
a toggle.
l Request Dashboard
l Request dashboard shows recently viewed requests at a
user level.

187 Temenos Infinity

 Temenos Infinity

l Capability to see the list of facilities tagged to each

request and access all the tasks related to the request
through one click on the request dashboard.
l Tasks Dashboard
l A standalone task dashboard is created for users to view
and complete operational tasks.
l Added filters to the task dashboard based on type of task,
status, and due date.
l Provided hover feature over each task so that the user
can easily recognize the tasks related to
entity/facility/request.
l Created Recent Activity widget for users to view the
changes that they have performed on the tasks.

l Task Overview Enhancements

l Capability to see all the tasks of the request in Kanban view.
l Filters provided for the task overview based on status, type of task
and due date.
l Ability to create adhoc tasks on the task overview.
l Queue Management
l Configured queues based on the stage for the users of corporate
journey.
l Queues can be assigned to user groups.
l Tasks can be released by the user from their task list to general
queue for other users to claim them.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Corporate Origination (Infinity Assist)

What's New: 202201

The key features include:

Temenos Infinity 188

Temenos Infinity

l Application supports modification of existing facilities such as increase in

amount and change of maturity date.
l Changes in Onboarding flow, Entity/Facility/Request overviews to support
Amendment/Modification journey.
l New task workflow configured for modifications journey (increase amount
and change of maturity date).
l Enhancements to Funding and Disbursement section. The application
supports capturing multiple payment types (Bank Transfer, SWIFT, and
Cheque).

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Corporate Origination (Infinity Assist)

What's New: 202204

The key features include:

l Modification Journey for Add Party/Release Party, Add Collateral/Release

Collateral
l Implementation of the modification infrastructure in Assist provides
an option for the bank user to process a modification request for an
existing facility. Two new types of Modifications can be done.
l Add/Release Party from Facility
l Add/Release Collateral from Facility.
l Changes made to Onboarding screens, Request Overview, Facility
Overview, and Entity Overview to support modification flow.
l Designed a new workflow specific to type of modification.
l Integration with Transact
l Parties created in Infinity is now created in Transact while an
arrangement is created.

189 Temenos Infinity

 Temenos Infinity

l After the amendment journey for Amount and Maturity date is

completed, the updated amount and updated maturity date for the
existing arrangement now reflects in Transact.
l Commencement date of the facility now can be selected by the user,
and this will be passed to Transact.
l Availability Draw restrictions captured in Infinity is integrated with
Transact.
l Document Checklist Infrastructure
l Document section moved from General section.
l Addition of reference data of various types of document categories.
l Rules to ensure the persistence of documents in various objects
(Request, Facility and Entity Overview).

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Corporate Origination (Infinity Assist)

Temenos Infinity 190

Temenos Infinity

Microservices
Marketing Catalog
Available from: 202107
Marketing Catalog microservice provides an independent cloud-enabled
solution to manage marketing information of the core banking products. It
exposes management APIs to manage marketing information for products
managed in the core banks.

l For Phase-1, developed the capability to link features and actions to a

product definition stores in the Marketing Catalog Microservice within
Spotlight.
l K8 images support is introduced for Mongo and PostgreSQL databases.
l Tracing is enabled to monitor the performance of critical operations using
the Jaeger tool on Docker and K8.
l Support for facilities and features irrespective of a product is released.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Marketing Catalog

Available from: 202110

The key features include:

l Enabled copy right headers in all packages.

l Enabled memory limitation for K8.
l Enabled Keycloak to drive authentication.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

191 Temenos Infinity

 Temenos Infinity

Marketing Catalog

Available from: 202201

The key features include:

l Limited the memory consumption for K8 pods.

l Replica set uniqueness is taken care in Kubernetes.
l Enhanced the Azure Scripts to support PostgreSQL Flexible Server.
l Display Name is released in Product Line, Product Group, and Product
Information Entities.
l Property is introduced to configure logger level.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Marketing Catalog

Available from: 202204

The key features include:

l Extended the support of the Strimzi version to 0.27.0.

l PostgreSQL version is upgraded to 13.3 on AWS.
l Implemented DR to consume the latest Data events during ingestion.
l Azure: Packaging structure modification and bundling of metadata files.
l Enhanced to bring Portfolio Products from the back office.
l Automation is taken care of Kubernetes tag generation.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Marketing Catalog

Temenos Infinity 192

Temenos Infinity

Due Diligence Microservice

Available from: 202107
Due Diligence microservice enables the banks to handle local regulations
regarding the intentions of the customer to consume the services of the bank
versus how these are consumed. Different geographies have different
regulations in terms of money movement, tax rules, etc. The Due Diligence
microservice has a superset of this information and can support local regulations
across different geographies.

l K8 images support is introduced for Mongo and PostgreSQL databases.

l Tracing is enabled to monitor the performance of critical operations using
the Jaeger tool on Docker and K8.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Due Diligence Microservice

Available from: 202110

The key features include:

l Enabled copy right headers in all packages.

l Enabled memory limitation for K8.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Due Diligence Microservice

Available from: 202201

The key features include:

l Limited the memory consumption for K8 pods.

l Replica set uniqueness is taken care in Kubernetes.
l Enhanced the Azure Scripts to support PostgreSQL Flexible Server.

193 Temenos Infinity

 Temenos Infinity

l Property is introduced to configure logger level.

l Delete API is released for Assessment Entity.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Due Diligence

Available from: 202204

The key features include:

l Extended the support of the Strimzi version to 0.27.0.

l PostgreSQL version is upgraded to 13.3 on AWS.
l Azure: Packaging structure modification and bundling of metadata files.
l Automation is taken care of Kubernetes tag generation.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Due Diligence

Party Microservice
Available from: 202107
Party microservice is used to store various details about the party (customers in
Transact) such as personal information, identity details, address details, and so
on. A user can create/update/get parties by using the Enterprise APIs of the
party microservice Enterprise APIs.

l K8 images support is introduced for Mongo and PostgreSQL databases.

l Hierarchy API for Party-to-Party relationship is released.
l Tracing is enabled to monitor the performance of critical operations using
the Jaeger tool on Docker and K8.

Temenos Infinity 194

Temenos Infinity

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Party Microservice

Available from: 202110

The key features include:

l Enabled copy right headers in all packages.

l Enabled memory limitation for K8.
l Enabled MDAL and scheduler feature.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Party Microservice

Available from: 202201

The key features include:

l Limited the memory consumption for K8 pods.

l Replica set uniqueness is taken care in Kubernetes.
l Enhanced the Azure Scripts to support PostgreSQL Flexible Server.
l Released Delete API for Employment Entity.
l Employment Entity is enhanced to hold Employer details.
l Property is introduced to configure logger level.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Party

Available from: 202204

The key features include:

195 Temenos Infinity

 Temenos Infinity

l Extended the support of the Strimzi version to 0.27.0.

l PostgreSQL version is upgraded to 13.3 on AWS.
l Address Entity is now enhanced to hold data from the back office through
Ingestion.
l Customer Household Pricing development.
l Automation is taken care of Kubernetes tag generation.
l Standard Search Criteria for Party.
l Azure: Packaging structure modification and bundling of metadata files.
l BIAN Naming conversion for new events.
l Implemented DR to consume the latest Data events during ingestion.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Party

Service Request Microservice

Available from: 202107

Service Request microservice is a generic order management system. It helps to

capture the customer’s different service requests that are raised by the Retail
Banking channels. The microservice maintains the life cycle of all the service
requests. The service requests involve services such as New Cheque Book,
Stop Payment Request, Dispute transactions, and Block Debit Card.

l Enhanced to support the update/reverse of service request operation for

financial and non-financial requests.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Service Request Microservice

Temenos Infinity 196

Temenos Infinity

Available from: 202110

The key features include:

l Enhanced Helm scripts and K8 on-premise scripts.

l Enabled Ingress Support.
l Enabled PostgreSQL DB Support for Helm pack.
l Tomcat version changes as per MDS requirement.
l Limited the memory consumption for Docker Containers.
l Limited the memory consumption for K8 PODs.
l K8 images tag changes.
l Added trade finance related configuration. Modified endpoints as per Micro
app changes in Quantum Fabric.
l Enhanced install and destroy scripts for Azure and Aws. Removed
repacking commands and packaging done separately for different
databases.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Service Request Microservice

Available from: 202201

The key features include:

l Added DailyCashLimit subtype to reference data in ddl scripts of AWS,

Azure and Docker.
l Removed metering related configuration for DB container in Docker –
postgresql.yml file.
l Updated Junit test cases.
l Created postgresql-azure-pom.xml file.
l Code updates for srms-endpointoptional.
l Commented out J2EE packaging.
l Updated License header comments.
l Added Copyrights headers.
l Changed logger_root_level as ERROR in Docker, K8, Azure, and AWS.

197 Temenos Infinity

 Temenos Infinity

l Added metric changes in K8.

l Added AWS ping to avoid cold start and updated AWS scripts with
Lambda standardization.
l Modified "–" to "_" to work in Docker.
l Added support for Ingress and NodePort changes.
l Logger changes in Docker stack.
l Updated the tag version to 202201.0 in Docker stack.
l Added destroy non-interactive scripts.
l Removed ports in install_strimzi.sh as it is not a complete solution.
l Added Strimzi v0.27 to support latest Docker/K8 and updated strimzi-
cluster-operator-0.27.0.yaml with copyright headers.
l Updated Azure scripts to support subscription ID for UTP during mvn -
Pdeploy command.
l Updated postgres version to 11 in Azure install scripts.
l Added logger property in k8Env.env.
l Updated microservice-parent-core artifact from microservice-parent.
l Updated CreateSRConfigID_withInvalidInput.json by removing the
configuration of the same.
l Memory limit changes for K8.
l Updated DB connectivity in PostgreSQL DB.
l Added new SRMS configurations for all the stacks in ddl scripts.
l Modified PostgreSQL pool size to 5 in values.yaml file.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Service Request

Available from: 202204

The key features include:

l Enabled Ingester Health Check API.

l K8 Tag Automation changes.
l Upgraded AWS PostgreSQL version and DB instance class.
l Increased maxLength of physicalDocuments.

Temenos Infinity 198

Temenos Infinity

l DDL data update for MongoDB/DynamoDB and postgres in all the stacks.
l Updated K8-onpremise MongoDB script version.
l Vocabulary Check for events is set to false.
l Euro Bank changes for SRMS.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Service Request

Originations Data Microservice (ODMS)

Available from: 202108
Origination Data Storage microservice implements the storage features offered
by Journey Manager. This is mainly because the requirements will come from
the development of custom user Journeys and Journey Manager has been
developed from many years of writing these journeys and it makes sense to
learn and expand these features rather than start from scratch.
The following changes are done to the microservice involving client apps:

l Enhanced JOURNEY_OPENED event to send multiple entity items in

event payload.
l APPLICATION_PURGED event whenever an application is purged.
l Query API has been modified to support multiple inputs as input search
arguments.
l Delete API is modified to delete all the versions of entity item.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Originations Data Microservice (ODMS)

Available from: 202110

The key features include:

199 Temenos Infinity

 Temenos Infinity

l Released the K8 Helm package structure.

l Docker memory limitation and removal of CPU limitation.
l K8 memory limitation and removal of CPU limitation.
l Tomcat version upgraded to slim in Docker/K8.
l Jaeger (tracer) set to disabled by default.
l Kafka version upgraded to 2.13 -2.7.2.
l Parameterized the configurations.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Originations Data Storage

Available from: 202201

The key features include:

l AWS - Lambda configuration and Ping implementation changes.

l PostgreSQL Poolsize changes.
l Updated Kafka version to 3.0.
l Logger level changes.
l Added AWS configs.
l Metric changes.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Originations Data Storage

Available from: 202204

The key features include:

l Added listener app for Azure stack,

l Automated MS version for image tag.
l Kafka version upgrade from 2.7.2 to 3.1.0.
l Added metadata files for automating azure deployments.

Temenos Infinity 200

Temenos Infinity

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Originations Data Storage

Loan Origination Service Microservice

(Origination Processing)
Available from: 202108
Corporate origination (Origination Processing) is a financial service that is
offered to corporates in the context of corporate financing and raise capital. This
Microservice supports the following functions during the journey of the corporate
origination by persisting the data.

l The LOS MS is enhanced to handle retail lending origination and SME

lending origination from this release. As part of this enhancement, Line of
Business field is introduced to classify the data based on the lending
journey.
l Added new fields to support ODMS to LOS MS integration.
l Enhanced capability to add collateral to entity.
l Capability to capture specific collateral details based on the collateral type
selected. For example - Real Estate, Deposit, Vehicle, Equipment and
more.
l Capability to add valuation and documents to a collateral.
l Supporting decision which requires credit committee for single and multi-
facilities.
l Capturing decision of all the committee member for a facility and able to
view decision member-wise.
l Triggering Memorandum of Meeting (MOM) task for the secretary of the
committee.
l Updating of final decision on facility, based on the MOM task.
l Added helm pack deployment.

201 Temenos Infinity

 Temenos Infinity

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Loan Origination Service Microservice (LOS MS)

Available from: 202110

NOTE: From 202110 release, the Loan Origination Service Microservice is

renamed to Origination Processing Microservice.
The key features include:

l Released the K8 Helm package structure.

l Credit Card Score: Store the credit card score value in corporate LOS
(score card which is processed for credit decision should be stored in
LOS).
l Financial Ratios table: Added the Debt To Income Ratio as part of Credit
Score Modeling.
l Decision table: Added the Total score - summation of all the individual
parameter scores.
l Docker memory limitation and removal of CPU limitation.
l K8 memory limitation and removal of CPU limitation.
l Tomcat version upgraded to slim in Docker/K8.
l Jaeger (tracer) set to disabled by default.
l Kafka version upgraded to 2.13 -2.7.2.
l Parameterized the configurations.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Origination Processing (Previously Corporate Loan Origination
Service)

Available from: 202201

The key features include:

Temenos Infinity 202

Temenos Infinity

l Get deal API - Issue fix for AWS-Dynamo DB implementation.

l Logger and metric changes.
l Comments fix in External Service History.
l Update Narrative - AWS - issue fix.
l Modification task fix.
l Updated the decision ID in Azure and Aws package.
l PostgreSQL duplicate under Review Decision Value.
l Kafka version upgrade to 3.1.0.
l Adding Reference data to Review Risk Assessment Task.
l Cache service configs.
l Requests order fix.
l AWS - Lambda and Ping implementation changes
l Metrics changes.
l Validation changes for funding position.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Origination Processing

Available from: 202204

The key features include:

l Introduced new APIs to create, update, get and Delete for Consent.
l Introduced new APIs to create, update, get and Delete for Payment
Scheduler.
l Introduced new APIs to create, update, get and Delete for Drawing.
l Introduced new APIs to update Collateral Relationship.
l Kafka version upgraded from 2.13 -2.7.2 to 2.13-3.1.0.
l Added new Document Categories and Types in master data.
l Enhancement in the collateral Info and related party Info collection added
the amendRequestTypeStatus and amendRequestType.
l Enhancement in the Feature Details collection added the description.
l Added Mortgage reference data in master data.
l App listener changes for Azure pack.

203 Temenos Infinity

 Temenos Infinity

l Postgres version upgraded from 12.5 to 13.3 for AWS package.

l Added metadata files for automating azure deployments.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Origination Processing

Document Storage Microservice

Available from: 202108
The Document Storage microservice provides the virus-free documents hosting
capability for Infinity and core banking system.

l Provided multi-language support.

l Added File Clone API.
l MS SQL database supported.
l Added helm pack deployment.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Document Storage Microservice

Available from: 202110

The key features include:

l Enabled K8 Helm packages support.

l Docker memory limitation and removal of CPU limitation.
l K8 memory limitation and removal of CPU limitation.
l Tomcat version upgraded to slim in Docker/K8.
l Jaeger (tracer) set to disabled by default.
l Kafka version upgraded to 2.13 -2.7.2.
l Parameterized the configurations.

Temenos Infinity 204

Temenos Infinity

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Document Storage Microservice

Available from: 202201

The key features include:

l The initial Document Storage microservice is released (demo purpose).

l Document Upload, Download, Delete, and Search capability.
l Build-in Clam AV module to perform virus scanning.
l Build-in Apache Sling as the Document Management System.
l Local Docker image running Document Storage Service.
l Configurable to connect to local MySQL DB.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Document Storage

Available from: 202204

The key features include:

l Evidence Management APIs.

l Health Check API enhancements for Docker and K8s.
l Automated MS version for image tag.
l Disabling clamav by default.
l Removed Formpipe dev credentials.
l Oracle DB support.
l EKS and AKS scripts.
l Kafka version upgraded from 2.7.2 to 3.1.0.
l Increased maximum number of search metadata fields allowed.

205 Temenos Infinity

 Temenos Infinity

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Document Storage

Receipting Microservice
Available from: 202108
The Receipting microservice is the service that generates a small static PDF
receipt from the provided form definition and data payload.
The following changes are done to the microservice involving client apps:

l K8 end-end with Document Storage MS integration.

l Parameterized documentGroup and sub(user id) in Generate Receipt API.
l Enabled JWT in Node JS container which allows enabling JWT in API
container.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Receipting Microservice

Available from: 202110

The key features include:

l Enabled MSSQL Database support.

l Released the K8 Helm package structure.
l Docker memory limitation and removal of CPU limitation.
l K8 memory limitation and removal of CPU limitation.
l Tomcat version upgraded to slim in Docker/K8.
l Jaeger (tracer) set to disabled by default.
l Kafka version upgraded to 2.13 -2.7.2.
l Parameterized the configurations.

Temenos Infinity 206

Temenos Infinity

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Receipting Microservice

Available from: 202201

The key features include:

l Upgraded Kafka version to 3.1.0.

l Logger level changes.
l Transaction ID logic upgrade.
l Metric changes.
l Added Jacoco service.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Receipt

Arrangement
Available from: 202110
Arrangement Microservice persists all the static information of the arrangements
in the core banking system and provides the same details to the digital front
office during the stand-in processing or a planned outage (For example, online
upgrade of Temenos Transact).

l Enabled Ingress support.

l Included Unauth Query Param in getPartyArrangementDetailsV3.
l Enabled SQL Helm Pack for AMS.
l Azure SQL Artifact changes.
l Enhanced extArrangementId as Unique Key in Arrangement table.
l Added Limitations to Docker and K8 containers.
l Wealth requirements to AMS.

207 Temenos Infinity

 Temenos Infinity

l Enhanced INVESTMENT.PROGRAM, AA.CUSTOMER.ROLE,

SEC.ACC.MASTER applications to store in AMS.
l Enhanced V4 versioning to AMS for getPartyArrangementDetailsV4,
getBulkArrangementsV4, createArrangementInfoV4, and
updateArrangementInfoV4.
l Introduced new Entities such as PartyRoles and PortfolioArrangement to
store the Roles of the Party and Portfolio Details respectively.
l Added Indexes for the Arrangement, AccountArrangement,
DepositArrangement, LendingArrangement, and PartyDetails tables.
l AWS ingestion is blocked because of the open framework issue.
Therefore, ingestion from backend will not work in AWS stack until the
issue is fixed.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Arrangement

Available from: 202201

The key features include:

l Added Copyrights in ms-arrangement-core for AmsTokenGenerator.java.

l NodePort Changes: AMS, Dummy Commit for UTP, Updated timed out
value, Dummy Commit for UTP, Added script for config installer restart,
Dummy Commit for UTP, Dummy commit to trigger Jenkins job, Modified
the E2E script to create the AMS tables in docker, Kafka version changes,
Dummy Commit for UTP, Reverting the F_DATA_EVENTS change in E2E
Scripts, Dummy Commit for UTP, Dummy commit for UTP trigger, Dummy
commit for job triggers, Dummy commit for job triggers, Dummy commit to
trigger UTP run, Dummy Commit for UTP, and Modified FBNK_DATA_
EVENTS to F_DATA_EVENTS in E2E Scripts.
l Corrected scripts for creation of Local Reference Table for Customer,
Removed the Health check API step in E2E script in ms-arrangement-test.
l Corrected scripts for Transact credentials during login in ms-arrangement-
test for Testware.xlsx file.

Temenos Infinity 208

Temenos Infinity

l SSL Disable for DB Servers, Metrics, Error Info Level, Commenting J2EE
Logger Property to ERROR Copyrights headers Logger Property using
TAFJ in K8 AWS Ping and Lambda Standardization Metrics Changes in
K8, AWS Bug Fixing, Removing Unwanted lines, IRF Container
Dependency, getPartyDetailsV2 - Forward Patch in core and all stacks.
l Removed NodePort apply command and Ingress changes in Docker.
l Tag Changes and Logger Level in Docker.
l Updated the MSF artefact name to resolve helm packaging issues in
Docker for sql-helm-pom.xml file.
l Modified Memory limiting changes to 1GB in Docker.
l Updated tag version to 202201.0.0 and added logger changes in Docker.
l Updated the following: CreateArrangementInfoDepositsTest.java,
CreateArrangementInfoDepositsTest.java, Kafka version in AMS,
CreateArrangementInfoDepositsTest.java,
CreateArrangementInfoDepositsTest.java, arrangement-api.yaml,
arrangement-api.yaml, packK8Zip.sh,
l Memory Limit changes for K8 - AMS, Dummy Commit - AMS,
packK8Zip.bat, and Tag Changes in docker.
l AMS Wealth changes in ms-arrangement-test.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Arrangement

Available from: 202204

The key features include:

l Added the Mock test files.

l Added New Entity Party Roles to persist AA.CUSTOMER.ROLE from
transact and its invoked or given out to the end user using the rest API.
l Added changes to configure the names of replica set. A user can provide
the environment specific name for each deployment through start script
“ENV_NAME” variable. The pod names are prefixed with the ENV_NAME
specified.

209 Temenos Infinity

 Temenos Infinity

l Enabling Health check API for ingester containers for holdings micro
service. Health check APIs help us the get the availability status of
containers.
l Updated the Spring beans version to avoid the build failure.
l Lambda connection syncing with MySQL Scripts-Lambda standardization
changes the lambda function names following the set of rules of naming
convention.
l DDL script execution and script changes in AWS and Azure stacks.
l Defer Date done in getBillDetails in the path: ms-arrangement-
core/src/main/java/com/temenos/microservice/arrangement/ingester/Arran
gementIngester.java.
l Hikkari pool changes increased maximum pool size to 150 and minimum
to 10, in all stacks to accommodate a greater number of DB connections.
l K8 Tag automation changes implemented. From now onwards, setting the
version is automated as we have made changes that take the version from
a version.txt file which is generated during the build.
l Script clean-up for build files and packK8 scripts done in docker stack.
l Helm build scripts updated, gave read access to the build file so that we
can encounter the permission denied error.
l Done vocabulary check in all the pom.xml files in all stacks.
l Corrected scripts for creation of Local Reference Table for Customer,
Account and Company in the path: ms-arrangement-
test/TestWare/Parallel/Thread_1/Testware/Testware.xlsx.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Arrangement

Account Aggregation
Available from: 202110
Account Aggregation is an online service, which allows you to consolidate a
range of accounts and other financial information into one interface to simplify

Temenos Infinity 210

Temenos Infinity

the management of personal finances. To bring them into the Infinity fold,
Account Aggregation makes use of the Account Aggregation Microservices and
a MarketPlace partner solution.

l Enhanced Helm scripts and K8 on-premise scripts.

l Added creation of notification stream in Azure and enhanced script to
rename staging folder as per app.
l Limited the memory consumption for Docker Containers.
l Tomcat version changes as per MDS requirement.
l Limited the memory consumption for K8 PODs.
l K8 images tag changes.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Account Aggregation

Available from: 202201

The key features include:

l Commenting out J2EE property, added copyright headers and metrics

changes in Kubernetes (K8).
l AWS ping implementation to avoid cold start and updated AWS scripts
with Lambda Standardization and CloudWatch updates.
l Modified logger property to ERROR and logger property using TAFJ in K8.
l Updated accountaggregation-ingress.yaml, Ingress changes and removed
NodePort in mysql-db.yaml .
l Logger level changes and tag updates.
l Added Strimzi v0.27 for the latest K8/Docker support.
l Added non-interactive scripts, removed configurable IP and Port input
commands.
l Deleted strimzi-destroy.sh.
l Updated microservice-parent-core artifact from microservice-parent.
l Updated AWS region in scripts from hard-coded value.
l Memory limit changes for K8.
l Added subscription to Azure scripts.

211 Temenos Infinity

 Temenos Infinity

l Updated Kafka version.

l Updated Cucumber test scripts in Azure with timeout.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Account Aggregation

Available from: 202204

The key features include:

l Added changes to configure the names of replica set. User can provide the
environment specific name for each deployment through start script “ENV_
NAME” variable. The pod names are prefixed with the ENV_NAME
specified.
l Added the namespace values as variables for service, DB instead of
creating the namespaces directly in docker/k8 stacks.
l Enabling Health check API for ingester containers for holdings micro
service. Health check APIs help us the get the availability status of
containers.
l Updated spring bean version to the latest version to avoid build failure.
l Added escape sequence in azure scripts as some random path is getting
appended to resources. Adding the escape sequence has avoided that
path.
l Hikari pool changes increased maximum pool size to 150 and minimum to
10 in all stacks to accommodate a greater number of connections.
l K8 Tag automation changes, from now on setting the version is automated
as we have made changes that take the version from a version.txt file
which is generated during the build.
l Helm build scripts updated, gave read access.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Account Aggregation

Temenos Infinity 212

Temenos Infinity

Consent Management
Available from: 202110
The Consent Management microservice stores the consents received from the
Third-party provider (TPP).

l Consent v2 API enhancement.

l Enhanced Helm scripts and K8 on-premise scripts.
l Enabled Ingress Support.
l Tomcat version changes as per MDS requirement.
l Limited the memory consumption for Docker Containers.
l Limited the memory consumption for K8 PODs.
l K8 images tag changes.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Consent Management

Available from: 202201

The key features include:

l Updated AWS script.

l Dynamically finding AWS and Azure Resource Jar.
l NodePort Changes - Consent, Dummy commit to trigger UTP run,
NodePort Changes, and Dummy Commit for triggering build.
l Updated Kafka version.
l Dummy commit for job trigger, OFAC T and C change for Origination, and
Consent tag changes.
l Dummy commit to trigger Jenkins job and updated tag to 202110.0.0.
l Tomcat changes in core and all stacks.
l Edited pom.xml online with Bitbucket.
l Updated consent-api-configmap.yaml.
l Added JWT_TOKEN_PUBLIC_KEY and updated ID_TOKEN_SIGNED
on Consent-development.

213 Temenos Infinity

 Temenos Infinity

l Added Copyright Headers in ms-consent-core.

l Copyrights headers commenting J2EE Logger property to ERROR Logger
Property using TAFJ in K8.
l Metrics Changes in K8 AWS Ping and Lambda Standardization.
l Updated packK8Zip.sh.
l 202201.0.0 tag Changes for CMS - Dev.
l Ingress changes.
l Updated the MSF artifact name to resolve helm packaging issues in
Docker for sql-helm-pom.xml file.
l Modified memory limiting changes to 2GB in Docker for ms-consent.yml
and k8/on-premise/svc/templates/svc/consent-api.yaml.
l K8 scripts cleanup changes.
l Framework dependencies version updated to 202110.0.1.
l Reverted MSF version changes to DEV.0.0-SNAPSHOT.
l Updated Authorization header value in ms-consent-test.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Consent Management

Available from: 202204

The key features include:

l Kafka Version Updated for Consent MS.

l Memory Limit Changes for K8 – Consent.
l Added logger property.
l MSSQL_SUPPORT for Consent MS in all the stacks.
l Euro bank changes for Consent MS.
l Updated reference data in DDL scripts.
l Enhanced the termsNConditionContent GET API with
isConsentMandatory field, versionNo and applicationId.
l Added new Get API – GetPartyConsentDetailsByCriteria.
l Increased Memory limit for MSSQL.
l K8 Tag Automation changes.

Temenos Infinity 214

Temenos Infinity

l Hikari connection pool changes.

l Vocabulary Check for events is set to false.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Consent Management

Holdings
Available from: 202110
Holdings is a read-only microservice for providing balances and transactions. It
allows the client applications to view account details along with associated
transactions. It also provides generic data model to manage account balances
and transactions.

l Enhanced Helm scripts and K8 on-premise scripts.

l Enabled Ingress Support.
l Enabled PostgreSQL DB Support for Helm pack.
l Minor Azure Script changes
l Tomcat version changes as per MDS requirement.
l Limited the memory consumption for Docker Containers.
l Limited the memory consumption for K8 PODs.
l K8 images tag changes.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Holdings

Available from: 202201

The key features include:

l Copyrights and Azure UTP changes, Dummy commit for UTP, and Dummy
commit for job triggers in ms-holdings-core.

215 Temenos Infinity

 Temenos Infinity

l AWS Metadata generation changes in ms-holdings-model.

l Sort Key Check in Post and Put APIs fromDate and toDate query.
l Wealth enhancement in ms-holdings-core.
l Updated version for Log4j in ms-holdings-test. CategorisationId
description enhancement in ms-holdings-core/src.
l Remove unwanted code in ms-holdings-core
forTransactionTypeIngester.java file.
l Tag changes for 202201 in Docker.
l Modified E2E scripts, Copyrights and Azure UTP changes, AWS Metadata
generation changes. NodePort changes - HMS, Dummy commit to trigger
UTP run, Updated holdings-api-nodeport.yaml, Updated holdings-
api.yaml, odePort changes, Kafka version changes, Reverting the F_
DATA_EVENTS change in ms-holdings-core.
l Copyrights headers commenting J2EE Logger property to ERROR Logger
Property using TAFJ in K8. Metrics changes in K8 AWS Ping and Lambda
Standardization. Commenting J2EE in all stacks.
l Ingress and NodePort changes in Docker.
l Tag Changes and Logger Level HMS in Docker.
l Addressing samples duplicating issue in Docker.
l Removed EXECUTION_ENVIRONMENT in Docker for holdings-api-
configmap.yaml file.
l Modified memory limiting changes to 1GB in Docker.
l Updated tag version to 202201.0.0 Added logger changes in Docker.
l Updated microservice-parent-core artifact in Docker for mongo-helm-
pom.xml.
l Updated the script to assert ID in Create and Update Balance API in ms-
holdings-test.
l Updated CreatePortfolioValuesV3Test.java, Memory limit changes for K8 -
HMS, Dummy Commit - HMS in core and Docker.
l Modified the script according to ID change in API in ms-holdings-test.
l DB Connectivity updated in HMS PostgreSQL DB in core.
l Commenting unrealisedPL and unrealisedPLPercentage in
getPortfolioValuesV3 in core for PortfolioValuesTransformer.java file.
l Modified pool size to 5 in docker for values.yaml file.
l Wealth changes for HMS.

Temenos Infinity 216

Temenos Infinity

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Holdings

Available from: 202204

The key features include:

l Added changes to configure the names of replica set. You can provide the
environment specific name for each deployment through start script “ENV_
NAME” variable. The pod names are prefixed with the ENV_NAME
specified.
l Data Reconciliation changes. Ensure that no overwriting/ingesting of the
data into MS for the old DES events which hit the MS after the latest DES
events for the same has already been updated.
l Enabling Health check API for ingester containers for holdings micro
service. Health check APIs help us the get the availability status of
containers.
l Modified E2E test cucumber scripts to support latest Transact data.
l Upgraded AWS PostgreSQL version in install-aws-postgresql.sh file.
l K8 Tag automation changes implemented. From now on, setting the
version is automated as we have made changes that take the version from
a version.txt file which is generated during the build.
l Added vocabulary check tag in properties in pom.xml of model, all stacks
folder to avoid build failure.
l Helm build scripts updated, gave read access to the build file so that we
can encounter the error permission denied.
l Updated k8 on-premise MongoDB script version.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Holdings

217 Temenos Infinity

 Temenos Infinity

Savings Pot
Available from: 202110
Savings Pot microservice lets you to create, fetch, and update the savings pot
details required for both front office and back office.

l Enabled K8 Helm packages support.

l Addressed repacking issue in AWS and Azure packages.
l Added Jaeger tracing.
l Enabled Ingress in K8.
l Limited the size of the docker containers.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Savings Pot

Available from: 202201

The key features include:

l Added PostgreSQL Azure pom file.

l Commented out J2EE property in pom.xml.
l Modified the script to make Flexible server changes in the Azure.
l Modified "–" to "_" to work in Docker.
l Updated the support for Ingress and NodePort changes.
l Addressed samples duplicating issues by removing it in build files.
l Added copyright headers.
l Added Ping implementation to resolve cold start issues in AWS and
updated AWS scripts with Lambda standardization.
l Changed logger_root_level as ERROR in Docker, K8, Azure, and AWS.
l Fixed DB deletion issue in destroy-aws-mongo file by modifying Mongo
DB name.
l Added logger property changes.
l Memory limit changes for K8.
l Updated DB connectivity in PostgreSQL DB.

Temenos Infinity 218

Temenos Infinity

l Modified PostgreSQL pool size to five.

l Removed Java home in Docker.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Savings Pot

Available from: 202204

The key features include:

l Upgraded AWS PostgreSQL version and DB instance class.

l Tag Automation changes for K8 deployment.
l Updated K8-onpremise MongoDB script version.
l Vocabulary Check for event is set to false.
l Added Support for environment specific deployment.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Savings Pot

Campaign
Available from: 202110

Campaign Microservice enables the branch users of banks to define and store
the details of the campaigns created through the front office solution developed
for the campaign management, which is called as Real Time Engagement
(RTE).

l Enabled support for MSSQL.

l Enabled K8 Helm packages support.

219 Temenos Infinity

 Temenos Infinity

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Campaign

Available from: 202201

The key features include:

l Addressed log4j vulnerability fix, used log4j version 2.17.0.

l Enabled Tag automation for version updates.
l Added NodePort and Ingress support.
l Updated Data source to HikariCp.
l Added Logger and Metrics Support.
l Added ping functionality to resolve cold start issue in AWS.
l CommentedJ2EE pack build.
l Enabled Health Check API across the stacks (Docker, K8, Helm, Azure).
l Limited the memory consumptions for K8 pods.
l Replica set uniqueness is taken care in Kubernetes.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Campaign

Available from: 202204

The key features include:

l Added logger and metrics.

l Automated MySQL Azure scripts.
l Oracle DB support for helm.
l Oracle DB support for Azure and AWS.
l Added parameter for vocab disabling.
l Added metadata files for automating azure deployments.

Temenos Infinity 220

Temenos Infinity

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Campaign

221 Temenos Infinity

Temenos Transact
Temenos Transact

Application Framework

Security Management System » Using Keycloak

for Identity Management
Available from: 202105
The user authentication mechanism is enhanced from the standard (legacy)
login method to Keycloak Authentication. Keycloak is an open source Identity
and Access Management solution aimed at modern applications and services,
which secures them with a little to no-code. Users can now authenticate with
Keycloak, thus avoiding too many Temenos products like UXP Browser and
Fabric.
This functionality supports all single domain login for UXP Browser, helps to
have a secure authentication and prevents from security attacks.

Click here to understand the technical impact of this enhancement for

customisation and upgrades.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Using Keycloak for Identity Management

System Core (EB) » Tidying up the Jobs

Available from: 202106
PGM.FILE is now enhanced with the Tidy Up Api field to clean up the jobs for
every session. If the Tidy Up Api field is enabled, respective
<<JOB.NAME>>.FINAL routine is triggered for every session, after successful
completion of each job.

223
 Temenos Transact

This feature cleans up the footprints for every session that is allocated to the job.
It also facilitates for tidying up anything as part of the job completion.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Tidying up the Jobs

System Tables » Condition Based Duplicate

Contract Checking
Available from: 202106
For a linked application, to include or exclude certain configurations,
EB.DUPLICATE.TYPE is now enhanced that supports condition based
duplicate check by defining the required conditions in the following fields:

l Linked App Field Condfld

l Linked App Field Condopr
l Linked App Field Condval

If the condition defined for the above fields are satisfied, then corresponding field
value of the associated Linked App Fields are considered for performing the
duplicate check. It is then evaluated using the following operations:

l OR for multiple conditions based on same conditional field

l AND for multiple conditions by different conditional field

This feature improves the runtime capability in Transact for the evaluation and
identification of a duplicate contract, based on the condition field and condition
value available in the EB.DUPLICATE.TYPE record definition.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Condition based Duplicate Contract Checking

224
Temenos Transact

System Core (EB) » Supporting Other Date

Formats
Available from: 202107
The date field in Temenos Transact is now enhanced to allow banks to create
transactions based on its country specific calendar formats such as Hijri or
Ethiopian. Temenos Transact, then automatically converts these dates, and
displays its equivalent Gregorian calendar date.
Using this feature, banks can now easily handle their customers, who use Hijri
or Ethiopian date format and create any transactions.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Supporting Other Date Formats

System Core (EB) » Business Day Frequency

for Services
Available from: 202107
The Frequency field in TSA.SERVICE is now enhanced to allow the banks to
configure the service to be run based on business (working) day as well.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Business Day Frequency for Services

225
 Temenos Transact

Process Orchestration » Supporting IRIS APIs in

Process Workflow
Available from: 202107
Banks can now execute the Process workflow of IRIS APIs. To enable this
functionality, PW.ACTIVITY is enhanced with a new field called Target Api for
defining the Operation ID of IRIS Api to fetch the next activity. When the Follow
On Act field is set for an activity, the next transaction Activity ID and the Target
Api are appended along with the OFS response. IRIS receives the next activity
details to be triggered. In the same way all the activities defined in Process
Workflow Definition (PWD) gets completed and the responses are sent to IRIS.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Supporting IRIS APIs in Process Workflow

System Core (EB) » Adding Server Date to

EB.FILE.UPLOAD
Available from: 202107
EB.FILE.UPLOAD is now enhanced with Upload Date field for storing the
server date during authorization, which is used to filter bulk contracts.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Adding Server Date to EB.FILE.UPLOAD

226
Temenos Transact

System Core (EB) » Resolving EOD Errors

Automatically
Available from: 202109
In TSA.SERVICE, a new feature is now introduced to scan and update the Date
Resolved field automatically in EB.EOD.ERROR, so that the errors are
automatically marked as resolved at the time of starting TSA.SERVICE for COB.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Resolving EOD Errors Automatically

System Core » Monitoring the COB Progress

Available from: 202109

A new application, EB.COB.MONITOR.PARAMETER is now introduced in

Transact that allows external systems to monitor the progress of COB. This
application allows to define parameters such as expected runtime and threshold
for all stages and COB. The deviation for each stage change or COB is
calculated based on the threshold in EB.COB.MONITOR or TEC.ITEM. Transact
updates the calculated deviation in the EB.COB.MONITOR.OUTPUT runtime
table, Data Event Streaming (DES) and in Grafana dashboard.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Monitoring COB Progress

227
 Temenos Transact

System Core » Removing References of

Installed Updates
Available from: 202109
A new application, EB.ROLLBACK.UPDINFO is now introduced that allows the
cloud operation team, to input the list of Transact Updates to be removed from
the SPF application. The system validates each Update reference, mentioned in
the REMOVE.UPDATE field for its previously installed update and populates it
in the REPLACE.UPDATE field. If no previous updates are identified, then the
corresponding update is removed from SPF without any replacement.
On authorisation of the record, the reference of the installed Updates in SPF is
replaced with previous updates available in the REPLACE.UPDATE field or
remove from the SPF.
This feature facilitates to remove the reference of any update from SPF, which
allows the operation team to reinstall the Updates, without having to manually
perform any modifications from the backend.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Cloud Operation Efficiency

Security Management System » Allowing

USE.LOCAL.SMS definition in
USER.SMS.GROUP
Available from: 202109
Similar to the functionality that exists in EB.USER.ROLES, the
USER.SMS.GROUP application is now extended with the input ability for the
Use Local SMS field. When the field is updated to Yes, it calls the

228
Temenos Transact

EB.LOCAL.SMS.ROUTINE, which allows to define SMS restrictions in

EB.LOCAL.SMS.ROUTINE before displaying records on the browser screen.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Local API Configuration

System Core » Standards and Restrictions in

SS2021
Available from: 202110
Restrictions in Creating and Amending Records
With the emerging SaaS/Cloud based solutions certain restrictions are
introduced to restrict the SaaS implementation clients from attaching any new
local customized routines in the various user exit fields that permit it. Transact is
now enhanced to restrict user exits governed by IN2HOOK and
IN2HOOKOTHERS field types.
Restrictions in Adding and Modifying Routines
Applications can now individually impose restrictions for creating new records
and amending existing records, providing a greater control on the customization
for the SaaS clients.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Standards and Restriction in SS2021

System Core (EB) » Monitoring the COB

Progress in T24 Log

229
 Temenos Transact

Available from: 202111

Temenos Transact is now enhanced to monitor COB through its respective
stages and push the information to the T24 log. Any third-party log monitoring
solutions can parse the logged information and use it for graphical or dashboard
display, as required.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Monitoring the COB Progress in T24 Log

Security Management System » Forwarding

JWT Token through Keycloak to PAP UI
Available from: 202112
PAP UI supports single sign-on. This is achieved using the JWT token-based
authentication. After successful login, you can access all the PAP UI operations.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Forwarding JWT Token through Keycloak to PAP UI

Security Management System » Fetching

Transact Resources and Attributes through
System Call
Available from: 202112
In PAP UI, from the Product drop-down list, all the available products including
Transact were fetching data (such as resources and attributes) from the

230
Temenos Transact

papRuntime folder using meta API call. PAP UI now supports system API call if
Transact is selected from the Product drop-down list to fetch data.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Fetching Transact Resources and Attributes through System
Call

Infrastructure » Support for JWT Based Login in

Transact
Available from: 202201
Open Financial Service (OFS) layer now supports security token validation
(JWT), which performs user authentication using end points instead of relying
only on user credentials in Transact for login purposes. To facilitate this
functionality,

l The EB.JWT.TOKEN. PARAMETER table is introduced in Transact that

holds the SYSTEM record from the parameter, if defined.
l A new position in the OFS header is reserved to allow JWT to be passed
as part of the request.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Support for JWT Based Login

System Core » COMO Log Information

Available from: 202202
In Transact , all information related to various activities happening during COB

231
 Temenos Transact

or services, are reported in a log file referred to as COMO. This log file no longer
holds all information by default. It is enhanced to host details only based on the
log level configured in TAFJTrace.properties and classification of log
level for each message.

Click here to understand the technical impact of this enhancement for

customisation and upgrades.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

COMO Log Information

Infrastructure » Generic Auto Services

Framework
Available from: 202204
Transact has numerous auto services and each one runs separately with its own
profile and agent requirements. When the number of services to manage is
increased, the allocated agents increase but are not fully utilised when running
auto services.
To improve the agent utilisation for auto services, Transact is now enabled with
a feeder queue facility (Feeder Queue field in TSA.SERVICE), which helps to
group all auto services for processing. Thus, the number of agents to serve
multiple auto services are reduced as single agent can serve more than one
auto services as per the request items pending.
The following two standalone auto services are introduced as part of this
functionality:

l EB.FEEDER.PREPARE – Used to get the details of all feeder queue

enabled services and to push the respective contract keys of those
services to their specified feeder queue

232
Temenos Transact

l EB.FEEDER.EXECUTE – Used to serve the contract keys from a specific

feeder queue

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Configuring Generic Service Framework for Auto Services

233
 Temenos Transact

Banking Framework

Delivery » Responses for Financial Delivery

Messages
Available from: 202106
The Delivery module has been enhanced to emit an event when a negative
response is received for an outward MT message. In addition, an event is
emitted when a positive or negative response cannot be matched with any
outward MT message.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Responses for Financial Delivery Messages

Delivery » Inward CAMT Processing

Available from: 202106
The Inward Cash Management message (CAMT) solution offers the
microservice with the ability to receive, validate, de-bulk and record details of
inward cash management messages (CAMT.052, CAMT.053 and CAMT.054
messages). This functionality provides a new framework to process inward
CAMT messages received by the bank through the Financial Messaging
system. Requests from other systems are supported through newly added APIs.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Inward CAMT Processing

234
Temenos Transact

Delivery » Relationship Management

Authorisations
Available from: 202107
The Delivery module allows the bank to capture the FIN and the ISO20022
message types which can be sent to the counterparties. Business applications
can use this functionality to highlight to the users when the bank does not have
the authorisation to send these messages to the respective counterparty. This
functionality allows banks to align with the SWIFT CBPR+ rules and provides
increased security.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Relationship Management Authorisations
RMA Checks for Queries and Answers MT Messages
RMA Checks for MT Free Messages

Transaction Recycler Process » Partial Retry of

Funds
Available from: 202107
The Transaction Recycler module is enhanced to support partial retry for
requests received from payment applications such as Payment Order and
Temenos Payments Hub through the AC.FUNDS.AUTHORISATION
application. This functionality provides banks the ability to recover partial funds
against funds authorisation request.

235
 Temenos Transact

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Partial Retry of Funds
Partial Retry Requests
Configuring RC.TYPE

Delivery » SWIFT 2021 Rulebook Changes

Available from: 202107
Temenos Transact now provides a framework to support structured format for
Ordering Customer (tag50F) and Beneficiary Customer (tag59F) within the
group category 1, 2 and 9. As part of the SWIFT 2021 Rulebook Changes, the
structure for 50F and 59F tags is modified and additional network validation
rules are included.

Click here to understand the installation and configuration updates for this
enhancement.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

SWIFT 2021 Rulebook Changes

Delivery » Handling Large Statement Messages

Available from: 202107
The Delivery module has been enhanced to handle large statement messages
emitted by the ISO20022 Outward CAMT Account Reporting (IZCAMT) module.
This functionality provides banks a mechanism to handle statement messages
for customer channels.

236
Temenos Transact

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Configuring IF Exit Point
Outward Processing
Delivery Outward Message Format
Resubmit Delivery Messages

Account Reporting Events and Services »

Defining Transaction Codes Using a Soft
Mechanism
Available from: 202107
A soft mechanism is introduced to define the transaction codes for reporting
based on criteria other than the system ID and transaction code of the business
transaction. This functionality provides more flexibility to the bank user to
configure the transaction codes to identify a business event in the account
statements and reports.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Defining the Transaction Code for Business Event

Post Closing » Automatic Opening of Post-

Closing Periods
Available from: 202107
The Post-Closing (PC) module in Temenos Transact is enhanced to allow
banks to schedule a frequency on which the system automatically opens the

237
 Temenos Transact

Post-Closing period and creates a Post-Closing database.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Automatic Opening of Post-Closing Periods

l Introduction
l Configuration
l Working with

Generic Accounting Interface » Incremental

Authorisations
Available from: 202108
The OFS clearing reservation request has been enhanced to support
incremental authorisation processes (create, update and cancel) when Temenos
Transact is online. This functionality allows merchants to link the additional
(incremental) authorisation to the original (first) authorisation and send for
settlement to the financial institution to ensure proper liability coverage.

Click here to understand the technical impact of this enhancement for

customisation and upgrades.
Click here to understand the installation and configuration updates for this
enhancement.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Incremental Authorisations
Configuring Quick Reservation
Configuring Additional Information

238
Temenos Transact

Working with Incremental Authorisation

Working with Additional Information

Accounts » Daylight Overdraft

Available from: 202108
Temenos Transact allows setting up overdraft (OD) and daylight overdraft
(DLOD) amounts on the summary account level and customer account level.
While the system validates the transaction, balance checking is performed both
on the level of the customer account and on the summary account level in real
time.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Daylight Overdraft

Direct Debit » Capturing Bank Address for Direct

Debit Initiation Messages
Available from: 202110
Temenos Transact now allows banks to set up the delivery address for the
pain.008 messages in the DD.PARAMETER application. This functionality
reduces the operational overhead to create an ISOMX delivery address for every
customer.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

239
 Temenos Transact

Capturing Bank Address for Direct Debit Initiation Messages

Sending DD Collection to an External Payment System

Delivery » SWIFT Multi-format MT MX

Messages
Available from: 202110
For CBPR+, SWIFT provides a translation from MT to MX and vice versa either
at the Transaction Management Platform or as part of the FINPlus service (from
CAMT to MT). SWIFT allows banks to decide if they want to receive MT or MX
messages for each of their BIC8 or BIC11. This functionality allows the
implementations to gradually adopt new standards.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

SWIFT Multi-format MT MX Messages
Configuring SWIFT Multi-format MT MX Messages
Working with SWIFT Multi-format MT MX Messages

Collateral » Margin Valuation through Credit

Policy Structure
Available from: 202110
Temenos Transact provides banks an option to define the credit policy system.
The credit policy includes rules for defining the lending ratio (margin rate) based
on various factors like tenure of the asset, currency of the asset and asset size.

240
Temenos Transact

Click here to understand the technical impact of this enhancement for

customisation and upgrades.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Margin Valuation through Credit Policy Structure

Generic Accounting Interface » Multi-currency

Account Structures
Available from: 202111
The system is enhanced to identify the appropriate account in a multicurrency
structure, to perform funds check, posting restrictions check and post
reservations at both sub-account and top account levels for GAI (Generic
Accounting Interface) transactions.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Multicurrency Account Structures

Accounts » Processing Merchant Return

Transactions
Available from: 202111
The Generic Accounting Interface is enhanced to support the merchant return
transactions and to process them when Temenos Transact is online.

241
 Temenos Transact

Click here to understand the technical impact of this enhancement for

customisation and upgrades.
Click here to understand the installation and configuration updates for this
enhancement.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Configuring Merchant Return
Working with Merchant Return

Generic Accounting Interface » Best Match for

Full Booking
Available from: 202111
The Generic Accounting Interface has been enhanced to identify the best match
reservation and cancel all the incremental authorisations for the respective
reservation, when there is no exact match with the Reservation ID.

Click here to understand the installation and configuration updates for this
enhancement.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Best Match
Configuring Best Match
Working with Best Match

242
Temenos Transact

Generic Accounting Interface » Partial Booking

Available from: 202111
The Generic Accounting Interface has been enhanced to allow processing of
partial bookings; therefore, the related reservations are reduced by the booking
amount and not completely removed from the system.

Click here to understand the installation and configuration updates for this
enhancement.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Partial Booking
Working with Partial Booking

Generic Accounting Interface » Generic

Accounting Interface Performance
Improvements
Available from: 202111

To reduce the time taken to process a debit or credit to an account through the
Generic Accounting Interface and improve performance, the following options
have been added:

l Restriction checking using a dedicated activity restriction check method.

l Suppress the Consolidated Batch Results Response and IF event
processing at the end of the batch process.

Click here to understand the installation and configuration updates for this

243
 Temenos Transact

enhancement.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Generic Accounting Interface Performance Improvements

Limits » Temporary Overdraft Limit

Available from: 202112
The Effective Date and Auto Restore Limit fields have been added to the
LIMIT.SUB.ALLOC application to enable Temporary Overdraft Limit. In
addition, the Temp Limit field has been added to the ACCOUNT.DEBIT.LIMIT
application that displays the Temporary Limit amount.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Temporary Overdraft Limit
Configuring Reservation Limit
Limit Sub-allocation
Temporary Limits

Banking Framework » Backdated Attribute

Changes for Tax Related Tables
Available from: 202112
This enhancement enables the CUSTOMER.CHARGE.HISTORY and
TAX.TYPE.COND.HISTORY cross-reference tables to store the effective date

244
Temenos Transact

of change in tax related attributes for the CUSTOMER.CHARGE and

TAX.TYPE.CONDITION tables. The tax-processing engine is modified to
calculate the taxes and charges for the effective date, which is supplied by the
business application, with the prevalent tax related static data attributes.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Working with Tax Related Tables

Direct Debit » SEDA E-mandates – Outbound

Flow
Available from: 202112
Temenos Transact is enhanced to initiate and process the Direct Debit mandate
amendment (pain.010) and cancellation (pain.011) requests as a debtor bank.
These requests can be applied for DD mandates registered manually or through
TPH and through the E-mandate flow. For DD mandates that are not registered
through an E-mandate flow, the requests can be immediately applied to the DD
mandate and are considered when the next Direct Debit collection is processed
against the respective mandate.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

SEDA E-mandates –Outbound Flow
Amending a DD Mandate
E-mandates Support
Parametrisation for Outward Files
Working with E-mandates

245
 Temenos Transact

Delivery MX Translation » Translating MT210,

900, 910 Messages to ISO20022 CBPR+
Messages
Available from: 202201
The Delivery MX Translation module enables the bank to send to their
counterparties ISO20022 CBPR compliant camt.054 and camt.057 messages
based on the MT210/900/910 messages generated by the business modules.

Click here to understand the installation and configuration updates for this
enhancement.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Translating MT210,900,910 Messages to ISO20022 CBPR+
Messages

Cheques and Card Issue Management » Card

Management
Available from: 202202
Card Management System (CMS) uses tokenisation to safeguard the sensitive
data and comply with regulatory obligations. It communicates to other systems
using these tokens and not the card number itself. It is also used to access,
pass, transmit and retrieve customer's card information safely. The
CARD.ISSUE application is enhanced to allow the above functionality by
defining Alternate Card Identifier field which is a universal unique ID to each of
the cards issue request. Masked Card Owner and Card Owner Customer ID
fields are also added to capture additional details during the card life cycle.

246
Temenos Transact

Click here to understand the technical impact of this enhancement for

customisation and upgrades.
Click here to understand the installation and configuration updates for this
enhancement.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Card Management

Accounts » Integration of Netting to Payment

Order
Available from: 202202
The NETTING application enables the Forex trade settlements for the
counterparty to be netted based on the agreement with the bank. This
application is now integrated with Payment Order, which helps the user to
process the netted payment settlement. It also aligns with the Treasury module
feature to process the settlement of trades through payment order.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Integration of Netting to Payment Order

Static Data » Accessing Static Data Information

Available from: 202203
The Static Data module supports the static reference data used by multiple
Temenos modules, products and services. Static Data can be implemented as

247
 Temenos Transact

part of Temenos Transact or installed as a Reference Data shared service. The

static data can be referred by various Temenos services through IRIS APIs.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Static Data Information

Market Data » Accessing Market Data

Available from: 202203
The Market Data module supports the market reference data used by multiple
Temenos modules, products and services. The module handles the volatile
market data driven by various market forces, such as currency exchange rates
and interest rates, and services the requests received from various Temenos
solutions, which need to access these data.
Market Data can be implemented as part of Temenos Transact or installed as a
Market Data shared service. The market data can be referred by various
Temenos services through IRIS APIs.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Market Data

Charges and Fees » Online Rebuild of

Customer Grouping
Available from: 202204
The Charges and Fees module is enhanced to support the instant online
customer charge calculation based on the static attribute changes in the

248
Temenos Transact

CUSTOMER, QI.CUSTOMER.SUPPLEMENTARY.INFO (QCSI) or

FATCA.CUSTOMER.SUPPLEMENTARY.INFO (FCSI) applications.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Customer Grouping for Charges and Taxes

Charges and Fees » Charge Contracts for Failed

Direct Debit Collection Requests
Available from: 202204
The Direct Debit module is enhanced to provide the bank the ability to charge
loan/deposits customers for failed direct debit collection requests.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Charges for failed DD Collections
DD.CODES

Direct Debit » Account Block Closure Update in

case of Direct Debit Mandates
Available from: 202204

Transact is now enhanced to update the internal account block closure file
(accounts that are defined in Temenos Transact and DD Mandate defined for
then) each time a DD Mandate is created, cancelled or matured based on the set
up of the Block Closure field in DD.PARAMETER.

249
 Temenos Transact

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Support Inward DD Processing through TPH
Outward DD Processing

Generic Accounting Interface » Enhancing GAI

to prevent Technical Collision and Return Error
Code to the Payment System
Available from: 202204
The GAI functionality is enhanced to add a lock on the transaction account
record for the duration of the cover check, reservation and booking requests. It
provides the ability to apply a lock on the record in EB.CONTRACT.BALANCES
at the start of the GAI requests and sends back a dedicated error to the payment
system, if the record is already locked.

Click here to understand the installation and configuration updates for this
enhancement.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Configuring Account Locking Retry

Customer Output » Delivery MX Translation

Available from: 202204
The Delivery MX Translation module enables banks to generate payment orders
based on the MT103/202 messages generated by legacy modules like Loan and

250
Temenos Transact

Deposit module and allows the Temenos Payment solution to decide the
payment channel and the format of the messages that must be exchanged.
The Transact clients which are in releases prior to R21 AMR can implement a
standalone Temenos Payments platform (R21 or R22 AMR+) to process the
ISO20022 SWIFT payments. Delivery MX Translation module, installed as part
of standalone Temenos Payments platform, receives the MT103/202 generated
by Transact business modules and transforms them to payment orders.
Temenos Payments executes the payment orders and generates the final
ISO20022 message.
The ISO20022 Outward Camt Account Reporting (IZCAMT) module is the
Temenos strategic solution that allows banks to produce customer statements
and account reporting messages in ISO20022 formats. Delivery MX Translation
solution supports the “like for like” transformation of the outward
MT940/950/941/942 to the SWIFT CBPR+ equivalent messages. Transact
clients in prior releases (in which the IZCAMT module is not available) can
implement Delivery MX Translation module as part of the standalone Temenos
Payments platform.

Click here to understand the installation and configuration updates for this
enhancement.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Introduction Delivery MX Translation
Introduction to Translate Advices and Account Reporting MT
Messages to CBPR+
Configuring Translate Advices and Account Reporting MT
Messages to CBPR+
Working with Translate Advices and Account Reporting MT
Messages to CBPR+

251
 Temenos Transact

Delivery » MX Messages through SWIFT

Interact Services
Available from: 202204
The FINPlus service used by CBRP+ allows the banks to exchange payment
and payment-related MX messages. SWIFT has published the allowed
character set which must be respected in all the CBPR+ messages. Real Time
Gross Settlement systems like T2, CHAPS have also defined their allowed
character sets.
Delivery allows the bank to define the supported character for the XMLISO
based channels. Temenos Payments and other modules can use Delivery
framework capabilities to verify the defined character set for a specific channel
and to translate the unsupported characters in the outward messages, to the
corresponding alternate character or the default character, if alternate character
is not defined.
This functionality allows the bank to comply with the rules defined by the SWIFT
or the national RTGS administrator regarding the allowed character set for the
messages exchanged through the respective service.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Introduction to MX Messages through SWIFT Interact Services
DE.ALT.CHARS

System Tables » Product Configuration

Available from: 202204
Banks can group their customers for various business purposes. The groups are
determined based on customers’ attributes like sector, nationality, or residence.
For example, the bank can group all their non-resident customers together to

252
Temenos Transact

define specific set of taxes applicable conditions for them and the bank can
group all their staffs or gold status customers to provide benefits on interest rates
or charges.
PP.GEN.CONDITION provides the parameters to calculate the default groups
for Temenos Payment Hub applications. The priority data items, which are used
in the PP.GEN.CONDITION application are defaulted from the corresponding
CONDITION.PRIORITY record POR.TRANSACTION. This allows banks to
capture and to group the customers and offer different conditions like processing
charges, customer float, spread definitions, payment advice, posting definition
for payments.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

System Tables Product Configuration

Framework » Generic Accounting Interface

Available from: 202204

The RESTful API capability provides a flexible access to consumers to access

the features offered by the Generic Accounting Interface (GAI). Exposing GAI
through RESTful APIs become more easier to integrate Transact in the banking
architecture landscape.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Introduction to RESTful API Capability for GAI
Configuration to RESTful API Capability for GAI
Working with RESTful API Capability for GAI

253
 Temenos Transact

Corporate
Club Loans » Risk Participation
Available from: 202108
Risk Participation allows the lender to reduce their exposure to a particular loan
amount by selling their risk portion (full or partial) to another party. The risk
participants could be an external party or part of the internal consortium of banks
who fund the loan who are responsible for paying back the lending bank whose
risk they have taken over in case there is a default by the borrower.
The Participant Property Class is now enhanced to record the risk participant
(party who have taken over the risk portion) details along with the fund
participants (lenders who provide the funding for the loan).
The user can also add Risk Participant property to the existing Participant
Property Class. A new Participation Type field is introduced in the Product
Condition of Participant Property class to define the type of risk participation.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Risk Participation

Arrangement Architecture » Defining Interest

Rate Fix Calendar
Available from: 202108
The Interest Property Class has been enhanced to allow:

l The bank to define a separate calendar or multiple calendars to check for

holidays during interest rate fixing. Whenever a new loan offer is created,
or when a rollover/repricing activity happens the interest rates can be set
and fixed in advance to the effective date of the set activity.

254
Temenos Transact

l The user to define specific calendars the system should check to

determine the rate fixing date if the rate fixing activity date falls on a
holiday.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Interest Rate Fix Calendar

Lending Facility » Enhanced Evidence

Management
Available from: 202108
The Evidence module in Transact has been enhanced to support definition of
complex calculations. The Evidence property class is now enhanced to support
features like notice days for covenant, related requirement for a condition and so
on. The following are new capabilities introduced to enable a hassle-free
automated process for the banks to verify the evidence.

l Transact automatically runs the verification process for a covenant or a

related condition attached to the loan contract x-days (configurable) prior to
the disbursement date.
l Attaching a related evidence functionality is extended to Evidence
Condition (Event based) as well.
l If the evidence is not submitted or not in compliance, the user can now
manually revisit the evidence submitted already or re-schedule the
disbursement date or amend the disbursement amount or even cancel the
scheduled disbursement.
l Also, even after submitting a compliant evidence, another evidence can be
submitted. Latest evidence submitted is taken into consideration.
l Forward-dated feature in AA is extended to Evidence Property Class also.
l The enquiries in Transact enable the bank user to check in advance
regarding the upcoming evidences to be submitted by the customers.
l The evidences are evaluated based on complex calculations.

255
 Temenos Transact

l Banks can now keep a track of those evidence which are due in near
future, already due, overdue and not in compliant through various reports
generated by Temenos Transact.

Click here to understand the technical impact of this enhancement for

customisation and upgrades.
Click here to understand the installation and configuration updates for this
enhancement.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Configuring Evidences
Enhanced Evidence Management
Creating a Standalone Construction Loan
Simulating a Standalone Construction Loan
Corporate Drawings

Interest » Intraday Periodic Rate Repricing

based on Periodic Index
Available from: 202109
Transact is now enhanced to allow the banks to reset periodic interest rate
online of underlying lending arrangements using the specific periodic interest
key. Whenever there is a change in the underlying periodic index rates, the
arrangements are repriced instead of waiting for COB. The
ST.PERIODIC.INDEX table is enhanced to allow online periodic interest
repricing when the new rates are published. This functionality allows the banks
to reset the interest rates of loan arrangements online based on their respective
indices. TSA.SERVICE has been enhanced to create multiple services and to
reset the interest rates of contracts online based on their respective indices.

256
Temenos Transact

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Intraday Periodic Rate Repricing based on Periodic Index

Facility » Pricing Grid

Available from: 202110
Pricing grid property class has been enhanced and the Usage Percentage field
is added to AA.TARGET.ELEMENTS as one of the target elements. If a bank
charges margin to the customers based on their credit rating, then the
commitment fee charged for the loans should be 40% of the interest margin
applied on the loans. If the ratings of the customer changes in the future, the
respective margin and the commitment fees is updated accordingly. The
enhancement allows banks to charge commitment fees as a fraction of the
margin rate with the help of the Pricing Grid property class.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Commitment Fee as Percentage Margin

Retail Lending » Risk Participation for Bilateral

Loans
Available from: 202110

The existing Corporate Lending functionality is enhanced to support creating

Bilateral contracts with Risk Participants. The new enhancement allows the
banks in creating Bilateral Contracts with Risk Participants so that the funding
Bank can share the Risk exposure with other banks (Risk participants) thereby
reducing the burden of entire risk exposure on one bank.
The Corporate Lending functionality supports the bank creating Bilateral

257
 Temenos Transact

contracts with Risk Participants so that the funding Bank can share the Risk
exposure with other banks (Risk participants) thereby reducing the burden of
entire risk exposure on one bank.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Risk Participation for Bilateral Loans
Risk Participation for Bilateral Loans-Facility

Risk Participation » Share Transfer in Risk

Participants
Available from: 202112
The banks mitigate risk exposure in a loan by selling the risk exposure to other
banks that help them to diversify the risk portfolio. It is not mandatory for banks to
add the risk participants in a contract while sanctioning the loan. The Share
Transfer Transaction Class allows to add the risk participants to the contract and
transfer the risk exposure even after the loan is sanctioned.
The owning banks can make changes to their existing risk portfolio through
share transfer by selling or buying risk exposures from other risk participant
banks during the life term of the loan. They can also cancel the risk participation
of other banks in the contract through share transfer buy back.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Share Transfer in Risk Participants – Club loans
Share Transfer in Risk Participants – Bilateral loans

258
Temenos Transact

Contingent Liability » Guarantee

Available from: 202201
Contingent Liability module is now available with Guarantees Product Line in
AA to support Guarantees and SBLC. The Guarantee Product Line allows banks
or financial institutions to create different types of Guarantee and SBLC
products. These products can be used to,

l Register the issuance of Guarantee or SBLC

l Amend the Guarantee or SBLC (increase or decrease to the initial
Guarantee or SBLC amount and extend/curtail the expiry date).
l Expire or proceed further with the Guarantee or SBLC either automatically
or manually.
l Collect various types of fees and commissions from the applicant.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Guarantees – Contingent Liability

Arrangement Architecture » Swift

Available from: 202201
Arrangement Architecture is now enhanced with the Swift Property Class which
captures the contractual details and the terms and conditions of the Guarantee
or SBLC undertaking.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Swift Property Class

259
 Temenos Transact

Retail Lending and Club Loans » Calculating

Flat fees, Risk Margin and Risk Fees for Bilateral
and Club Loan Contracts
Available from: 202203
Temenos Transact is now enhanced to configure the Risk Margin and Risk fees
with the help of the Interest PC which will be accrued daily on the base balance.
Risk fees and Margin are paid to the risk participants on the due date
automatically. Risk Participants earn income in the form of Risk Fees or Risk
Margin and Charge (Flat fees).

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Calculating Flat fees, Risk Margin and Risk Fees for Bilateral
Loan Contracts
Calculating Flat fees, Risk Margin and Risk Fees for Club
Loan Contracts

Retail Lending » Processing Splits, Merges and

Rollover for Bilateral and Club Loan Contracts
Available from: 202203
Retail Lending module is now enhanced to do the Split or Merges rollover on
any day instead of having it on a pre-defined rollover date. This enhancement
allows the user to retain the source arrangements as a part of split or merge
activity. The default settlement instruction of the arrangement in which the split
or merge rollover is initiated will now be inherited to the target arrangement.

260
Temenos Transact

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Processing Splits, Merges and Rollover for Bilateral Loan
Contracts
Processing Splits, Merges and Rollover for Club Loan
Contracts

Facility » Upfront Fee Accounting Treatment at

Facility
Available from: 202204
The upfront fee charged at Facility is amortised under Drawings. When a facility
commitment is utilized through Drawings, the upfront fee is transferred to
Drawings on pro-rata basis and is amortized during life-cycle of the drawings.
IFRS9 accounting standards are now applied for upfront fee facility.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Upfront Fee Accounting Treatment at Facility

o Introduction
o Configuration
o Working with

261
 Temenos Transact

Contingent Liability » Contingent Liability – Early

Termination, Share Transfer, and Club
Guarantees and SBLCs
Available from: 202204
Transact now supports to terminate Guarantee or SBLC arrangements in AA,
before their expiry date by using Early Termination Activity. Arrangement
Architecture now supports syndicated Guarantee or SBLC undertaking to the
applicant or instructing party. It also supports the lenders in the consortium to
transfer the sha shares either wholly or partially to an existing lender in the
syndication or to a new lender.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Early Termination of Guarantees and SBLCs
Club Guarantees and SBLCs
Share Transfer in Guarantee and SBLCs

Club Loans and Facility » Migration, Charge Off

and Write Off Contracts of Risk Participation
Available from: 202204
Transact now has the following capabilities:

l It takes over a lending or facility arrangement with the risk participants from
a legacy system.
l It adjusts the risk margin accruals, which a Transact pays back to the risk
participants.
l The own bank can charge off the principal outstanding of the loan
arrangement only to the extent of uncovered risk, since the risk participant
covers a certain amount of risk in case of default.

262
Temenos Transact

l When the principal outstanding of a loan arrangement is written off either

partially or fully, the Transact bank recovers a certain percentage amount
of risk covered from the risk participant.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Migration with Risk Participants
Charge Off with Risk Participants
Club Loan Contracts
Bilateral Contracts in Facility
Bilateral Contracts in Retail Lending

263
 Temenos Transact

Islamic Banking
Direct Purchase of Asset from Seller – Ad hoc
Vendor
Available from: 202112
Currently, an asset can only be purchased from the pre-configured vendor list.
There was no option available to handle the purchase of an existing asset from
the seller and make payment directly to the seller.
To overcome this, the new feature provides an option to the bank for purchasing
the asset directly from an ad hoc vendor. It is not mandatory anymore to create a
Vendor ID to initiate asset purchase using the IS.CONTRACT application.

l New fields introduced in IS.CONTRACT help to capture the Seller

Customer Number, Seller Name and Seller Account Number.
l New Accounting status introduced helps to handle the accounting entries
for purchasing the asset directly from the seller.

During an asset purchase, the payment can be made directly to the Seller
Account Number. If the seller is does not have an account with the bank, then it
can be parked in the Seller Wash Account. Later, it can be transferred to the
seller account through other payment modes.

Click here to understand the installation and configuration updates for this
enhancement.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Direct purchase of Asset from Seller - Adhoc Vendor
Asset Capture of Resale Customer
Updates in Islamic contract for Adhoc Vendor

264
Temenos Transact

Payment to Resale customers

Resale and Seller Accounting Entries
Capturing the Asset Details
Creating a New Named Asset Contract

Islamic Deposits and PDS » Payment of Special

HIBA Profit Amount for Mudaraba
Deposits/Accounts
Available from: 202112
The profit amount for Mudaraba Deposits and Accounts is calculated and paid,
based upon the profit rate calculated by the Profit Distribution System (PDS). If
the bank decides to share an additional profit amount for special customers, then
an option is required.
Special HIBA, is the new profit property introduced in the Mudaraba Deposits/
Accounts product. This additional profit amount can be paid to Mudaraba
Deposits/ Account on and above the profit rate declared by PDS.

The user can capture this Special HIBA profit rate agreed with the customer. The
Special HIBA profit amount is paid along with the principal profit amount to the
customer. If the Mudaraba deposit is pre-closed, then the paid Special HIBA
profit amount is adjusted in the principal amount.

Click here to understand the installation and configuration updates for this
enhancement.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

265
 Temenos Transact

Working with Islamic Deposit Products

Working with PDS – Distribution

Islamic Deposits and PDS » Mudaraba Savings

Plan and Profit Capitalization for Mudaraba
Deposits
Available from: 202112
The following are the new features introduced in Mudaraba Deposits:

l It is now possible to capitalize the profit amount for Mudaraba deposits.

Once the PDS profit rate is declared, it is applied to the underlying
Mudaraba deposits during PDS distribution. The profit amount is
capitalized to the principal amount based upon the Profit Pay Method.
During early maturity, the principal amount of the deposit (without
capitalized capitalised profit amount) is used as base amount for profit
amount re-calculation.
l A new Mudaraba savings plan product is available to create recurring
deposits for desired a funding frequency. It provides a long-term low risk
and high return avenue for savings with flexible payment options and
affordable denominations to the depositors. These deposits participate in
the PDS calculation and profit amount calculated can be capitalized into
the Principal amount. During pre-closure of the Mudaraba savings plan the
redemption fee can be collected from the maturity principal amount.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Introduction to Islamic Accounts
Working with Islamic Accounts

266
Temenos Transact

Islamic Deposits and PDS » Advance Profit

Fixed Type Deposits
Available from: 202112
To enable paying the deposit profit amount in advance on the deposit booking
date itself, a new deposit product called Advance Profit Fixed Type Deposit is
introduced. Here, the profit amount on the Term deposit is calculated and paid
upfront to the customer settlement account based on the selected tenor.
The deposit principal is funded by the customer and the profit amount for entire
tenor of the deposit is calculated upfront on the deposit booking date and paid to
customer account. While running the simulation using the Profit distribution
system (PDS) for the period, these deposits are included in the PDS calculation.
The PDS profit amount calculated for these deposits is accumulated till the
deposit maturity date. On the maturity date, the difference between the profit
amount paid in advance and profit amount calculated by using PDS for this
deposit, is subtracted from the Maturity principal amount and the remaining
amount is paid to the customer account.
In case of break of deposit, the profit amount is re-calculated based on the actual
completed tenure. Also new options are available to setup and automatically
recalculate the profit amount during early maturity of Mudaraba deposits.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Introduction to PDS – Simulation

Working with PDS – Simulation

Working with Islamic Deposit Products

267
 Temenos Transact

Islamic Deposits and PDS » Tier-balance based

Profit Calculation
Available from: 202112
Tier based balance calculation method using band/ level profit rate calculation is
now available along with the daily, average, minimum methods to calculate
profit amount for Mudaraba accounts.
Apply as Tier rate, Band or Level fields are introduced in the weightage
parameter table (ID.PDS.WEIGHT) to complete the tier profit rate setup by
using band/ level options.
While opening a Mudaraba account, the tier-based profit rate is populated from
weightage parameter table. Daily profit accruals are posted by considering the
end of the day balance in the Mudaraba account with tier-based profit rate setup.
This account is included in the PDS profit calculation and profit rate/ profit
amount is calculated for each tier balance. During PDS distribution, the
calculated tier balance profit rate is applied to the underlying Mudaraba
accounts.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Introduction to Profit Distribution System
Working with Islamic Accounts

Islamic Deposits and PDS » Reversal of PDS

Distribution
Available from: 202112
The user can now initiate the reversal of PDS distribution on the same day or on
the subsequent day(s) from the PDS distribution stage. It is possible to reverse
only the last PDS distribution.
It is mandatory to complete the PDS distribution for the reversed PDS

268
Temenos Transact

calculation before running PDS calculation for subsequent periods. PDS

simulation can be run for the reversed period. After updating the target rate the
PDS distribution can be triggered for new PDS simulation. Since the PDS
calculation is triggered for the reversed PDS distribution, it processes the
reversal of old PDS distribution accounting entries. It is possible to trigger the
reversal of PDS distribution on Day 1 and initiate the PDS distribution for new
PDS simulation on subsequent days.

Click here to understand the technical impact of this enhancement for

customisation and upgrades.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Introduction to PDS – Distribution
Working with PDS – Distribution

Islamic Deposits and PDS » Calculating

Shareholder Equity Amount using Hook Routine
Available from: 202202
Flexibility is required to calculate the shareholder equity amount during PDS
simulation calculation. The hook routine option is enabled in
ID.POOL.PARAMETER to attach a routine for calculating the shareholder equity
amount.
The routine processes the required calculation and returns the expected
shareholder equity amount. During PDS simulation, the priority is given to the
routine attached in ID.POOL.PARAMETER for calculation, else it depends on
the value set in the SH.CALC.TYPE field.

Click here to understand the technical impact of this enhancement for

customisation and upgrades.

269
 Temenos Transact

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Calculating Shareholder Equity Amount using Hook Routine

270
Temenos Transact

Private Wealth

Derivatives/Structured Products » Generating

Payment Order for DX and SY Contracts
Available from: 202105
The Derivatives (DX) and Structured Products (SY) modules are integrated with
Temenos Payment Solution to support the generation of Payment Orders where
the payments are to be made to external counterparties through the
correspondent banks. This functionality ensures centralised and straight-through
processing (STP) of payments.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Payment Order Generation from DX.TRADE
Payment Order Generation from DX.OPTSTRUCT
Payment Order Generation from SY.ACCU.DECU, SY.DCI,
SY.FX.FORWARDS

Corporate Actions » Generating MT565

Message as per Deadline of the Option
Available from: 202105
The Securities Corporate Actions (SC CA) module in Temenos Transact is now
enhanced to automatically generate MT565 messages for the different options
based on the option deadline date. The system also provides feasibility to
generate MT565 messages for the different options in an ad hoc manner.

271
 Temenos Transact

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Generating MT565 automatically as per option deadlines
Generating MT565 Manually as per option on Adhoc

Securities » Creating Generic Groups for

Applying Fees and Charges
Available from: 202105
The Securities (SC) module in Temenos Transact is enabled to set up fee
conditions in SCTR.GROUP.CONDITION, SCSK.GROUP.CONDITION and
SCPM.GROUP.CONDITION applications for ad hoc or generic groups. The
generic group can be created without any corresponding records created in
CONDITION.PRIORITY and SCTR.GEN.CONDITION or
SCSK.GEN.CONDITION or SCPM.GEN.CONDITION application.
This functionality enables the banks to create generic or ad hoc groups of fees
and charges without setting parameters first, thus allowing greater flexibility and
ease of use.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Creating Generic Groups in SCSK.GROUP.CONDITION
Creating Generic Groups in SCPM.GROUP.CONDITION
Creating Generic Groups in SCTR.GROUP.CONDITION
DX.ORDER or DX.TRADE

272
Temenos Transact

Securities » Securities and Counterparty Limits

for Non-Dealer Book Trades
Available from: 202106
Security trades are generally settled contractual on the customer side and on
actual basis on the broker side. Hence, banks were exposed to the risk of
uncertainty on the broker side. Banks can now setup limits for a broker and
adjust this limit for all trades, irrespective of whether it is a customer or own book
trade. Banks can also decide whether the gross amount or the net amount
(inclusive of broker’s commission) must be considered while reducing the limit
when a transaction is input.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Configuring Counterparty Limit in SC.STD.SEC.TRADE
Counterparty Limits

Securities » Applying Central Bank Rate to

Calculate FTT in Cross Currency Trade
Available from: 202106

The Securities module is now enhanced to meet the regulatory requirement of

calculating Financial Transaction Taxes (FTT) using the COB rate published by
central banks.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Calculation of FTT in SEC.TRADE using COB Rate

273
 Temenos Transact

Securities » Flexibility of using Average Gross

Price during Transfers
Available from: 202107
The Securities module has been enhanced to allow banks to have the flexibility
of transferring securities between portfolios or depositories at net or gross cost.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Determining Price
Transfer-out Positions in a Portfolio
Bulk Custodian Transfer
Creating Bulk Security Transfer-out

Derivatives » Physical Settlement of Futures

Contract
Available from: 202107
Temenos Transact now supports physical settlement of future contracts, where
the underlying asset is a valid record in SECURITY.MASTER. An underlying
security transaction is created to settle the trade on maturity.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Maturity Closeout of Physically Settled Futures Contract

274
Temenos Transact

Securities » Company Specific Security Master

Data
Available from: 202107
Instrument level attributes are static data and are generally maintained the same
across the companies. However, there are certain instrument attributes, which
may vary among companies. The functionality enables to capture the instrument
level details that vary per entity in a separate table and use the values from the
table for processing transactions in each entity.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Configuring SM.PARAMETER for Company Specific Instrument
Attributes
Multi-company SECURITY.MASTER setup
Creating or Updating Multi-company Instrument Definition
Authorising Multi-company SM Definition
Defining Security Master Parameter

Securities » Corporate Action Order Flow from

Transact to TAP
Available from: 202107
The records created in SEC.OPEN.ORDER are populated from ENTITLEMENT,
as individual orders. This functionality helps the front office system (TAP) to
identity the CA orders created from the back-office system (Transact).

275
 Temenos Transact

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Creating Individual Orders from CA Events
Defining Securities Parameter

Securities » Handling MiFID Questionnaire

Available from: 202108
Temenos Transact is now enhanced to add additional questions dynamically in
SC.MIFID.CLIENT.INFO. For each response in SC.MIFID.CLIENT.INFO,
the system assigns weightage and arrives at the eligible investment program
suiting customer knowledge and risk appetite. This functionality helps banks to
adhere to MiFID and understand the customer knowledge and risk appetite.
Based on the customer knowledge and risk appetite banks can assign
investment programs to their customers, accordingly.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

MiFID Questionnaire
Tasks for MiFID Questionnaire
Defining MiFID Parameter
Defining MiFID Investment Program Parameter

Institutional Custody » Securities Trade

Confirmation and Cancellation through MX
Message

276
Temenos Transact

Available from: 202108

The Institutional Custody module in Transact is enhanced to support the inward
SETR027 and SETR029 (securities trade confirmation and securities trade
confirmation cancellation) MX messages. This functionality helps the bank to
accept the incoming SETR027 and SETR029 MX message, and to authorise or
cancel the securities transaction based on the incoming message.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Securities Trade Confirmation and Cancellation through MX
Message
Processing Incoming SETR027 and Performing an Action on
Unauthorised Trades
Processing Incoming SETR027 and Performing an Action on
the Trade ID Not Found Records
Processing Incoming SETR029 and Performing an Action on
Authorised Trades
Processing Incoming SETR029 and Performing an Action on
Unauthorised Trades
Processing Incoming SETR029 and Performing an Action on
the Trade ID Not Found Records

Corporate Actions » Reconciliation of Eligible

Holdings
Available from: 202108
The Corporate Actions module in Transact now supports the reconciliation of
eligible holdings as on ex-date against the holdings with the custodian. The
holdings with the custodian are advised through MT564 with the REPE function.
The Diary Holding Details (SC.DIARY.ELIG.HOLDINGS) enquiry updates the
status of reconciliation.

277
 Temenos Transact

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Reconciliation of Eligible Holdings
Amending or Re-running the Open Diary Records
Reconciling Eligible Holdings of any Corporate Action Event

Qualified Intermediary » US Tax Section 871 (m)

of IRS
Available from: 202108
The Derivatives (DX) module along with Regulatory and Compliance (R&C)
module in Transact now determines the liable holders (holders of derivative
contracts) who had their dividends paid on the US security underlying. For the
liable holdings, the system calculates and applies tax for each eligible holder.
The tax calculated and debited is included in IRS QI reports.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Section 871(m) of IRS
Configuring Section 871 (m) of IRS
Taxation under Section 871 (m) of IRS
Enquiries and Reports

Derivatives » Auto Closeout of Cash Settled

Contracts

278
Temenos Transact

Available from: 202109

The Derivatives (DX) module is enhanced to support the auto exercise and auto
expiry of cash settled options during COB.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Auto Closeout of Cash Settled Contracts
Updating Market Price
Updating Settlement Amount
Auto Exercise Closeout
Auto Expire Closeout

Securities » Securities Trade Confirmation

Response MX Messages
Available from: 202109
The Securities module in Temenos Transact is enhanced to support the
processing of outgoing SETR030 MX message that is used to authorise or
unauthorise a trade settlement, based on the matching of the trade details.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Securities Trade Confirmation Response through MX
Messages
Handling SETR030 Messages

279
 Temenos Transact

Corporate Actions » Customer Initiated

Conversion on ADR/GDR
Available from: 202109
This functionality allows Temenos Transact to record the conversion attributes of
dual listed securities at the instrument level and allow customer-initiated
conversion of dual listed securities based on the attributes captured in the
instrument master record.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Customer Initiated Conversion on ADR/GDR
Viewing ADR/GDR Conversion Details
Creating ADR/GDR Transfers
Updating Underlying ADR/GDR Transfers
Authorising ADR/GDR Transfers
Viewing ADR/GDR Transfers

Settlement » Bilateral Splitting and Trade

Netting
Available from: 202109
The Settlement module is enhanced with additional settlement instructions such
as split settlement and trade netting. By allowing trades to net against one
another and by reducing the unsettled position, both the bank and the broker
reduce the settlement risk and any subsequent penalties. The bank maximizes
the actual settled nominal and reduces its settlement risks and penalties by
allowing split settlement and trade netting.

280
Temenos Transact

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Bilateral Splitting
Trade Netting

Corporate Actions » Omnibus Level Generation

of MT565 for Short Events
Available from: 202110
The Corporate Actions (CA) module has been enhanced to support omnibus
MT565 instruction within the multi-election setup. Banks can now use the multi-
election setup to instruct MT565 generation at omnibus level.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Configuring MT565 Generation in Multi-Election
Generating MT565 Manually
Tasks - Generating MT565 Manually

Lombard Lending » Margin Lending

Available from: 202110
The OV(Online Valuation) module is now enhanced to support Facility Based
Lending or part pledging of portfolio holdings, where a chosen quantity of
securities or percentage positions or portfolio can be pledged to avail margin
loans. The complete workflow of margin lending starting with an application from
the customer to utilisation of the loan allows the customers to avail multiple
loans.

281
 Temenos Transact

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Margin Lending
Creating Credit Facility
Amending Facility
Approving Facility
Listing Sanctioned Facility and Creating Margin Loan

Capital Gains » Excluding Certain Fees from

Expense
Available from: 202111
The Securities module is now enhanced to exclude certain fees and charges in
expense calculation in the base application for capital gain (CG) calculation.
Further the excluded expenses are not part of the cost and proceeds in CG.
Banks can now decide to exclude certain specific fees and parameterise the
fees to be excluded in expense calculation for trades and transfers.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Excluding certain Fees from Expense

Derivatives » Underlying Maturity Date of

Options with Underlying as Futures
Available from: 202111
The Derivatives module is now enhanced to allow the bank to define the

282
Temenos Transact

maturity date of the underlying future contract for the options with underlying as
futures. For example, if the option maturity date is Nov 2020, the banks can now
define the underlying future’s maturity date as Nov 2020 or Dec 2020 as per the
contract terms. The maturity date of the underlying futures contract is updated in
the ID of the DX.MARKET.PRICE and DX.REP.POSITION applications of the
option contract to distinguish the price records and positions.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Option with Underlying as Futures
Option Prices with Underlying as Futures

Securities » MiFID Regulation Compliance for

Valuation Drop Notification
Available from: 202111
Temenos Transact is enhanced to record the instances whenever the portfolio
value drops by 10% or more, during the reporting period. This enables banks to
adhere to the MIFID II regulation and update the customers on the valuation drop
during the reporting period.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Introduction to MiFID Regulation for Valuation Drop
Notification
Handling Portfolio Drop Instances
Portfolio Drop Instances Report

283
 Temenos Transact

Securities » Support for Pre-Trade Compliance

Checks as MiFID II
Available from: 202112
The Securities module in Temenos Transact performs the required PTCC
checks and raises overrides and errors whenever the criteria are not
acknowledged. This feature helps the banks to adhere to the MIFID II regulation
and perform the required PTCC checks to safeguard the customer interest.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Adhering to MiFID Regulation

Safe Custody Fees » Safekeep Charges during

Disposal of Securities
Available from: 202112
Banks can now deduct the safekeep fees at transaction level whenever there is
a reduction of security positions rather than waiting till the cut-off date.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Calculating and Posting Safekeep charges during disposal of
securities

284
Temenos Transact

Securities » Rounding off Prices during

Conversion of Yield to Price
Available from: 202201
In adherence to regulations, Transact is now enhanced to allow the user to
round off the calculated price to 'n' decimal places (up to four) during yield to
price conversion, based on the YLD Price Rounding field setup in
PRICE.TYPE.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Rounding off Prices during Conversion of Yield to Price

Securities » Unblocking Elections Based on

MT567
Available from: 202201
The Securities module in Temenos Transact is now enhanced to perform
blocking and unblocking of elected holdings based on MT567 received from the
custodian. MT567 is used to advise or change in status of a Corporate Action
related transaction which is instructed by or executed on behalf of the account
owner. This includes the acknowledgement or rejection of a corporate action
instruction or a request to cancel an outstanding instruction.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Unblocking Elections Based on MT567

285
 Temenos Transact

Securities » Safekeep Fees Setup for DX Option

Contracts
Available from: 202201
The Securities module in Transact is now enhanced with a process that allows
the bank to setup and charge safekeep fees for derivatives option contracts. This
fee can be charged from the customer at a pre-defined frequency automatically
or when the option contract is exercised, expired, assigned or when a contra
trade is performed.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Safekeep Fees Setup for DX Option Contracts
Safekeep Fees Setup for DX Option Contracts - Working with
Safekeep Fee Posted on DX Sale Transaction

Securities » Calculating and Posting Settlement

Penalties
Available from: 202202

The Securities module is now enhanced with the calculation of penalties for all
transactions that do not pass the matching criteria or settled beyond the intended
settlement date.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Settlement Penalties

286
Temenos Transact

Corporate Actions » Reconciling MT566

Automatically for Multiple MT565 Elections
Available from: 202203
Securities module is enhanced to allow the banks to suppress MT565 for the
default option based on the parameter setup. The system can now perform auto
reconciliation of MT566 for the elections done through multiple MT565.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Suppressing MT565
Reconciling MT566 Automatically for Multiple MT565
Elections
Multiple Election and Multiple Confirmation

Securities » Reimbursement of Trailer Fees to

Internal Account
Available from: 202203
The Securities module is enhanced to allow the banks to check, modify, deduct
taxes before crediting the trailer fees reimbursement to customers with the new
fields that are introduced in SC.TR.FEE.PARAMETER and
SC.TRAIL.FEES.ARRANGEMENT. These fields define the internal account to
which the trailer fees amount is transferred before transferring it to the customer
account. Reimbursement of trailer fees is done to an internal account setup at
the parameter level instead of direct reimbursement to customers.

287
 Temenos Transact

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Reimbursement of Trailer Fees to Internal Account

Corporate Actions » Processing the MX Meeting

Notification and Cancellation
Available from: 202203
The General Meeting Notification message (seev.001) is to announce the
meeting details, the resolutions for the meeting, vote type, and so on. Meeting
notifications are different from other corporate action notifications in which each
option or resolution in the notification can be separately elected. Some of the
resolutions are for information purpose and do not require the shareholders
voting while the remaining resolutions require the shareholders voting.
The system is enhanced to record the receipt of following messages

l seev.001 – Meeting Notification

l seev.002 – Meeting Cancellation

The enhancement allows the bank to process the incoming MX Meeting

Notification and Cancellation message sent by the issuer or any intermediary. It
also ensures SRD II compliancy with regards to Meeting notifications.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

ISO20022 General Meeting Messages
Reviewing Meeting Diary Notifications with Errors
Reviewing Meeting Diary Notifications with Warnings
Processing Meeting Diary Cancellation Notification

288
Temenos Transact

Securities » SRD II Events

Available from: 202204
The SRD II events allows the bank to process the incoming Shareholders
Identification Disclosure Messages sent by an issuer or intermediary. The
system is enhanced to record the receipt of seev.045, seev.046 and seev.049
messages and trigger out seev.047 and seev.048 messages.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

SRD II Events
Reviewing the SRD records in error

289
 Temenos Transact

Regional Banking Solutions

Argentina Model Bank

Accounts » BCRA Health Check API

Available from: 202105
This functionality allows banks to access the Central Bank of Argentinian
Republic (BCRA) service and display the status of their APIs using the
ARACCT.BCRA.HEALTH.CHECK enquiry. The response from BCRA will
indicate whether the services are working or not.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Accounts

Accounts » BCRA Operations GET

Available from: 202105

This functionality allows banks to use the BCRA (Central Bank of the Argentina
Republic) service to check the FX (Foreign Exchange) operations executed by a
customer on a particular day. This service is used to query the database in
BCRA and validate the FX operations executed to amend or verify these FX
operations.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Accounts

290
Temenos Transact

Taxes» Additional Tax on Foreign Currency Buy

Transactions
Available from: 202105
This functionality allows banks to apply an additional tax whenever a customer
transfer’s money from an ARS account to another account owned by the same
customer and with different currency than ARS. New fields were added to the
exemption framework in order to define the kind of origin and the destiny
currency and whether the conversion is exempted or not.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Taxes

Taxes» Change of Exchange Rate for PAIS Tax

on Book Transfers
Available from: 202105
This functionality allows the user to configure the PAIS tax for foreign currency
exchange made by financial institutions on behalf of the client or borrower
acquirer, book transfers from ARS to USD and transactions between accounts in
different currencies (ARS to USD) owned by the same customer. For PAIS tax
calculation, the exchange rate market taken into account is the same as the
exchange rate market used by core to exchange the book transfer itself.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Taxes

291
 Temenos Transact

Taxes» Stamp Tax Exemptions

Available from: 202106
Stamp tax is a provincial tax managed by the local tax authority in each
jurisdiction. Each jurisdiction (municipality or jurisdiction) handles its exceptions
and rates.
This functionality enables banks to handle the stamp tax exemptions on the
savings accounts, loans and deposits for the Provincia de Buenos Aires, Ciudad
Autónoma de Buenos Aires, Santa Cruz, Santa Fe and Tierra del Fuego
jurisdictions. Also, this functionality allows banks to handles the Stamp tax on
non-Instrumented loans when cancellations happen.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Taxes

Accounts » Embargo Process

Available from: 202107
This functionality allows the processing of different trades from the Spanish
Electronic Clearing House (COELSA), which manages all the trades received
from AFIP (the tax revenue agency of Argentina) on the defaulted customer. The
two main steps in seizure process through COELSA is online and batch
process.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Accounts

292
Temenos Transact

Taxes » Calculate Exemptions on Domestic

Payments for Joint Accounts
Available from: 202107
Complying with the regulation in Argentina, it is required to find specific
conditions based on the combination of holders to apply or exempt the Turnover
Collection tax on incoming transfers on savings accounts through domestic
payments.
This functionality allows banks to handle the exemptions on holders’
combination for incoming domestic transfers. When an incoming domestic
transfer is received on a savings account, the system will determine if the
transaction is from the same or different holder to apply or exempt the Turnover
Collection tax.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Taxes

Taxes » Padron Data

Available from: 202107
This functionality allows banks to manage the cases where a customer had
information in one padron and in the next padron this information is changed or
the customer doesn’t have any record in the new padron.
There are 12 padron files that are impacted by this functionality, 11 of them are
related to Turnover Collection and one is related to the AFIP padron for VAT,
Income tax, and Turnover Perception.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

293
 Temenos Transact

Taxes

Taxes » Turnover Collection Exemption Rule for

Incoming Transfers
Available from: 202107
This functionality allows banks to comply with the regulations in Argentina, by
identifying the currency of the source and target accounts used in incoming
transfers for some jurisdictions to exempt the application of the Turnover
Collection tax on book transfers, immediate transfers, and domestic transfers
when the debit and credit accounts are in USD currency.
The system will identify the currency from the source and target accounts for the
incoming book transfers, incoming immediate transfers and incoming domestic
transfers, if the currency of both accounts is USD currency, then the Turnover
Collection tax is exempt.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Taxes

Taxes » Stamp Tax Rates

Available from: 202107
The rates, methods applied in calculating and the minimum Stamp tax on non-
instrumented loans were changed to comply with the new tax legislation in
specific jurisdictions in Argentina.
This functionality enables banks to handle the Stamp tax exemptions on non-
instrumented loans for the following jurisdictions: Catamarca, Chubut, La
Pampa, Neuquén, San Juan, San Luis, Santa Fe, Tierra del Fuego, Santa Cruz,
Tucumán, Jujuy and Córdoba.

294
Temenos Transact

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Taxes

Accounts » FX Blacklisted Customers

Available from: 202108
This functionality enables banks to keep constant traceability for the log of
denied attempts to exchange market operations by customers included in the
blacklisted customers stored on the ARACCT.FX.BLACKLIST application and
maintained at the customer module. The audit trail includes the customer
information as well as the denied attempt identification and date.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Accounts

Taxes » Tax Returns Validations in Salta and

Tucuman
Available from: 202109
Argentinian regulation includes Tax Returns, the returning of money to the
customers, based on the information received via Padron file from AFIP and
jurisdictional tax regulators in Argentina.
This functionality enables banks to return the amount that comes in the Tax
Returns file without making an exact comparison on the collected amount in the
account of the customer, in the files of the Salta, Tucuman and Tucuman Partial
jurisdictions.

295
 Temenos Transact

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Taxes

Taxes » Tax Rates Regulatory

Available from: 202111
Some of the rates applied in calculating the Turnover Collection tax on incoming
transfers on savings accounts were changed to comply with the Argentinian
regulation.
This functionality enables banks to handle the rates applied in calculating the
Turnover Collection tax on incoming transfers on savings accounts for the
following jurisdictions: Catamarca, Corrientes, San Luis, and Salta.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Taxes

Accounts » Adapt BCRA Customer Monthly

Limit API
Available from: 202112
This functionality allows banks to manage blacklisted customers which are
stored in the ARACCT.FX.BLACKLIST application. After the blacklist validation
succeeded, Temenos Transact will call Operation API to validate the eligibility of
the customer to perform FX transactions. If the API response returns true, then
the user will be able to authorise the payment. If the API response returns false,
then the user won’t be able to authorise the payment.

296
Temenos Transact

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Accounts

Taxes » Refund Codes for Tax Returns

Available from: 202112
Argentinian regulation includes tax returns, the returning of money to the
customers, based on the information received via the Padron file from the
Federal Administration of Public Revenues (AFIP) and jurisdictional tax
regulators in Argentina. Additionally, a certificate can be given to be presented
by the customer to the bank.
This functionality enables banks to find out if a refund was performed by a client
request or by a bank request and to check if an account is blocked then update
the status of the record accordingly. Also, banks can identify blocked accounts
through the automatic process.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Taxes

Accounts » Multi Holders Accounts - FX

Customer Transactions
Available from: 202201

Complying with the BCRA's Comunicación A 7125, the savings accounts in

foreign currency with more than one holder can only have credits for the
purchase of foreign currency for a portfolio (generation of external assets) by one
of them in each calendar month. The FX transactions where the customer buys
USD from the Central Bank of Argentina (BCRA) are identified as transactions
made for a portfolio (generation of external assets).

297
 Temenos Transact

This functionality enables banks to handle the savings accounts in a foreign

currency, with more than one holder, which cannot have a credit transaction of
multiple holders, when the customer performs an FX transaction (buying USD
from BCRA) in the same calendar month.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Accounts

Taxes » Turnover Tax Reporting

Available from: 202201
Complying with the Argentinian regulation, it is necessary to periodically present
the report named ‘Reporte de Rendición’ or Turnover tax report.
This functionality enables banks to handle the information required for
generating the Turnover tax report. Based on the information provided by , the
report will be generated using an external platform.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Taxes

Accounts » FX Blacklist Upload Process

Available from: 202202
In Argentina, Central Bank of Argentina (BCRA) has established lists of persons
that are disabled to operate via Foreign Exchange (FX) in blacklist files. This
blacklist also includes rehabilitations and modification on those persons that
have been disabled at some time by the BCRA previously. Banks have to
maintain the current blacklist information. In case of a customer is on a blacklist,
the bank has to control that the FX operation (transfers or cash withdrawal) and

298
Temenos Transact

prohibited.
This functionality allows banks to manage the functional errors that can appear
once the FX blacklist is processed through the Data Formatting Engine (DFE).
The functional error messages will be logged, and the files will be moved to the
archive folder.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Accounts

Provisioning
Available from: 202202
This functionality uploads the CENDUE and MOROS files into the system and
based on the classification of the customer in the files, the corresponding
customers in the bank will be re-classified.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Provisioning

Taxes » Tax on Loan Penalty Interest During

Payoff
Available from: 202202

This functionality provides configurations that allow the system to apply the
Generic VAT, Perception VAT and Turnover Perception when a customer is
charged with the penalty interest.

299
 Temenos Transact

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Taxes

Taxes » Turnover Collection Tax for ATM and

Teller Cash Deposits Transactions
Available from: 202203
The Turnover Collection tax is a jurisdictional tax charged to any physical
person that performs an economic activity and whose fiscal residence is any
province in Argentina. This information is provided by padrones.
This functionality allows banks to apply the Turnover Collection tax to the ATM
and Teller cash deposits transactions, based on the highest rate of the
respective padrons.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Taxes

Accounts » Buy or Sell Rate in the ATM

Framework
Available from: 202204

In ATM, when a USD transaction requires the foreign exchange (FX) to be

posted into an ARS customer account, the system will take the market currency
sell rate to include the spread.
This functionality allows banks to use the sell rate that includes the spread they
have defined when a USD transaction requires the FX registration into the ARS
customer account.

300
Temenos Transact

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Accounts

Accounts » Customer Monthly FX Limit during

Account Closure
Available from: 202204
This functionality allows banks to manage the FX (Foreign Exchange) monthly
limit defined by the Argentinian Central Bank when an account in ARS is closed,
and its balance is transferred to an account in USD of the same customer within
the bank through a book transfer. The FX book transfers are allowed only
between the accounts of the same customer.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Accounts

Accounts » Multi Holders Accounts Validations

on FX
Available from: 202204

This functionality enables banks to handle the savings accounts in a foreign

currency, with more than one holder, which cannot have a credit transaction of
multiple holders, when the customer performs an FX transaction (buying USD
from BCRA) in the same calendar month.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

301
 Temenos Transact

Accounts

Taxes » Convert PAIS Tax on FX Book

Transfers from TPH to AA
Available from: 202204
The PAIS tax is a tax declared by Argentina regulators. PAIS tax stands for 'Para
una Argentina Inclusiva y Solidaria'. It is applicable when customers are buying
USD from ARS accounts and for the currency exchanges.
This functionality allows banks to manage the PAIS tax on FX (Foreign
Exchange) book transfers using the AA (Arrangement Architecture) module
when customers buy USD or any other foreign currency from accounts in ARS.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Taxes

Australia Model Bank

Withholding Tax and TFN Number » Dual Listed

Securities
Available from: 202110
Dual listed securities are securities that are listed on Australia as well as
another country. Such securities have a different type of tax treatment and so
any income arising out of events such as cash, dividend, bonuses and stock
split is taxed differently. The dual listed instruments with respect to this
development are those that are listed and traded on ASX, but also have a listing

302
Temenos Transact

elsewhere.
This functionality allows banks to calculate the Withholding Tax for the dual
listed security and for stapled securities.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Withholding Tax and Trust Income Distributions

Address Interface
Available from: 202112
There is an existing functionality where the customer’s address is fetched from
the Equifax interface.
This functionality allows banks to capture the collateral address details and get it
validated using the Equifax interface.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Address Interface

Australia Base » Role Based Home Pages for

Lending and Deposits
Available from: 202201

Temenos Transact provides home pages based on the user’s role. This allows
the bank users, Call Centre, or Customer Service Agents, to access the data and
functionality they require, investigate and correct payment exceptions, and other
day-to-day functions.
This functionality allows users to access the home pages to view or perform
manual operations on loans and deposits custom-made for Australian banking

303
 Temenos Transact

operations.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Australia Base

Lending » Auto-Repayment of a Loan from the

Redraw Balance
Available from: 202201
One of the widely offered functions across banks in Australia for its customers is
to have offset accounts and redraw functions for mortgage contracts. In Temenos
Transact, it is the UNCACCOUNT (UNC) balance that is used for the redraw
function. Any balance in UNC will be net with the loan outstanding
(CURACCOUNT) for the purpose of principal interest calculation.
This functionality allows banks to utilise the redraw balance for repayment of the
loan when the redraw available is off and when the direct debit claim is failed
and again failed after being re-tried two times additionally or when the
repayment from the bank’s internal account is failed.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Lending

Australia Base » Role Based Home Pages for

Lending and Deposits
Available from: 202202
This functionality allows users to access the Customer Details screen that
provides a 360-degree view of the customer's product details. The Products tab

304
Temenos Transact

displays all the customers' accounts (across different product lines) held with the
bank. It displays a list of all the customer accounts, deposits, loans and
additional information such as the account type, balance, available limit, and
locked amounts.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Australia Base

Withholding Tax and Trust Income Distributions

» Pro-Rata Threshold
Available from: 202202
This functionality allows a bank to calculate the pro-rata interest income
threshold for each interest period below which tax (WHT) will not be calculated
and applied on the interest income. The number of days in an interest period
(related to each interest capitalisation) is taken into account while calculating the
pro-rata threshold.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Withholding Tax and Trust Income Distributions

Withholding Tax and TFN Number » FX API

Extracts
Available from: 202203
In the formulation and execution of an FX (Foreign Exchange) contract, there are
many movements and steps that occur across multiple banking systems. With
the facilitation of the FX API, there is an accurate method of capturing each

305
 Temenos Transact

movement across the core accounts: client foreign currency account, custodial
foreign currency clearing account, client AUD account, custodial AUD clearing
account.
This functionality allows banks to extract the details around any foreign
exchange transactions undertaken at any foreign currency account linked to the
portfolio. The extract generation is based on the data built in the
CG.FCY.ACC.BASE application.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Withholding Tax and TFN Number

Legal Entity Fund Structure » Generic API’s

Available from: 202204

This functionality covers the structure and hierarchy of the legal entity platforms
of Australia such as super, investor-directed portfolio service, separately
managed accounts, etc., which are at the portfolio level. With this functionality,
banks are able to create, update and retrieve details from the fund structure and
the customer security account (portfolio).

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Legal Entity Fund Structure

Lending » Auto-Repayment of a Loan from

Redraw Balance
Available from: 202204
This functionality allows banks to perform the loan repayment by debiting the
UNC balance and settling the outstanding bills when the loan repayment is

306
Temenos Transact

failed through the settlement account or DD mandate.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Lending

Lending » Schedule Recalculation without

Redraw Balance
Available from: 202204
This functionality allows banks, when it comes to schedule recalculation, to
consider the UNC balance for the interest projections on P&amp;I contracts as it
is, a balance type within the loan contract.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Lending

NPP Cuscal Instant Payments Interface and

Address Resolution » Alias Resolution and
Addressing Interface
Available from: 202204

Using the New Payments Platform (NPP), this functionality allows bank
customers to use two types of Osko payment options given below via online or
mobile banking and also to receive such payments. It applies when the
customer has NPP enabled for an account and both Financial Institutions (FI’s)
involved in a payment are certified and registered for NPP.

307
 Temenos Transact

The topic related to this feature is given below:

NPP Cuscal Instant Payments Interface and Address
Resolution

Withholding Tax and TFN Number » Generic

API’s
Available from: 202204
In Australia, interest earned on deposits and accounts will be taxed if the
customer fails to furnish the Tax File Number (TFN) or Australian Business
Number (ABN) details.
This functionality allows users to manage the securities trades, portfolios income
expenses, securities tax profiles, securities income distributions, portfolios
income expense types, securities tax classes, fiduciary orders, securities income
withholding tax, securities master tax classes, entitlements withholding taxes.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Withholding Tax and TFN Number

Withholding Tax and TFN Number » WHT

Calculation on Corporate Customers with ABN
Available from: 202204
This functionality allows banks to add the ABN to an individual customer like in
the case where the individual customer works as a contractor.

308
Temenos Transact

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Withholding Tax and TFN Number

Canada Model Bank

Lending Insurances
Available from: 202106
This functionality allows Financial Institutions to offer insurance products for
their Line of Credit (LOC) products. The insurance product offering for the LOC
product is based on age-group-wise rate eligibility, gender, and smoking habits
of the customer. The facilitation for the accessed provincial taxes on the
insurance product is also applicable and accounted for the LOC product.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Lending Insurances

Lending Renewals
Available from: 202106
It is common in the mortgage and commercial term marketplace for a bank to
offer its clients several terms and payment options before renewing a loan.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Lending Renewals

309
 Temenos Transact

CEMAC Model Bank

Trade Declaration
Available from: 202201
This functionality allows banks to record the trade declarations provided by
customers. This declaration will act as a limit for the trade transactions like
issuance of letter of credits, documentary collections and payments or draft
issues done in Temenos Transact. When the declaration is used during trade
transactions, the available balance in the declaration record will be
automatically updated.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Trade Declaration

Central Bank Model Bank

Cash Reserve Ratio

Available from: 202204
Commercial banks and Non-Bank Financial Institutions (NBFI’s) are required by
law to hold a prescribed percentage of their total deposits at the Central Bank in
their Cash Reserve Ratio (CRR) accounts as directed by the Central banks from
time to time. Banks will be able to capture deposit records manually or based on
data from the commercial banks. The system will calculate the CRR for
commercial banks and will calculate the credit interest, penalty interest and
bonus interest.

This functionality allows banks to capture or load the deposit balance details in
Temenos Transact. The system will calculate the CRR based on deposit
balances and will update the corresponding CRR in the same record.

310
Temenos Transact

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Cash Reserve Ratio

Colombia Model Bank

Account and Deposit Regulations » Account

Statement for Closed Accounts
Available from: 202203
The local regulation of Colombia has defined fields for generating the
statements, tax certificates and annual cost report to be issued to customers.
This functionality allows users to generate the statement for the active and
closed high yield savings accounts as an xml file.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Account and Deposit Regulations

Ethiopia Model Bank

Foreign Exchange Operations » Retention

Accounts
Available from: 202105
This functionality allows banks to manage foreign exchange operations. It
includes the retention of foreign currency accounts, the definition of applicable
percentages and liquidation days with exporters, service providers to foreign

311
 Temenos Transact

customers, resident companies, institutions, individuals and government

organizations other than diplomatic missions who continually receive incoming
foreign remittances.
Users can open two new retention accounts along with the main account. The
foreign currency earning, when credited to the main account, will be split into
two retention accounts based on the parameter percentage.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Foreign Exchange Operations

Branch Operations » Cashier's Payment Order

and Demand Draft
Available from: 202107
A Cashier’s Payment Order (CPO) or a Demand Draft (DD) are instruments
issued and paid by a bank and treated as guaranteed funds.
This functionality enables the bank to handle specific branch operations through
the management of issue and the control on the outstanding payments of the
CPO and DD after a specified period.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Branch Operations

Branch Operations » Local Money Transfer

Service
Available from: 202107
This functionality enables banks to handle specific branch operations through

312
Temenos Transact

the management of cash deposit, account debit from a bank or non-bank

customer as depositor to cash payout or account credit to bank or non-bank
customer as beneficiary.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Branch Operations

Branch Operations » Cheque Date Validations

Available from: 202112
The functionality allows banks to enter the cheque dates using the Gregorian
calendar. The system will validate the cheque date to identify stale dated and
post-dated cheques and reject the transaction.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Branch Operations

Finland Model Bank

Collateral » Secondary Pledge

Available from: 202105

Bearer bonds are the type of collaterals that can be created on ships, vehicles,
aircraft, and floating charges.
This functionality allows banks to handle the status of the bearer bonds, capture
the details of the underlying asset, issue a secondary pledge on a bearer bond
and capture the details of the issued or received secondary pledges.

313
 Temenos Transact

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Collateral

Collateral » Statistics Finland

Available from: 202107
In Finland, according to the standard methodology of the Finnish Financial
Supervisory Authority (FIN-FSA), the fair values of residential securities and
commercial real estate need to be monitored regularly.
In banks, the fair value of the dwelling house type and housing company type
collaterals are monitored quarterly by fetching the SF index value from the
Statistics Finland interface, and if there is any change in value, based on the
user decision, the respective COLLATERAL record is updated with the new
value.
This functionality allows banks to calculate the statistical value when a new
index value is fetched from the Statistical Finland interface. The new calculated
statistical value, which is more than the defined percentage of collateral nominal
value, is displayed in a fast-path enquiry, where the user will decide to update
the nominal value with the newly calculated statistical value, in the
COLLATERAL record or not.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Collateral

Lending » Forbearance Process

Available from: 202107
This functionality allows banks to mark a loan arrangement as forbearance if a
customer is requesting the bank for any ease in the loan repayment in case the

314
Temenos Transact

customer has some temporal financial difficulties. The European Central Bank
(ECB) requires a report of the loan that has been marked as forbearance by
monitoring the customer's repayment behaviour over a specific period for some
specific amendments.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Lending

Lending » Legal Fee Cap

Available from: 202107
The Finnish Consumer Protection Act for household customers introduces the
concept of a fee cap, applicable for loans started from Sep 1st, 2019. A customer
can only be charged a total sum of fees of 150 EUR per account and year and
the charged amount cannot exceed 0,01% of the loan amount per day.
This functionality allows banks to define the eligibility of consumer credit for the
KSL 7:17a and KSL 7:17b laws for a loan contract or an overdraft account. The
system calculates the annual period in various cases. Also, Temenos Transact
handles the charge calculation for student loans in two different phases, such as
the disbursement and repayment phase.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Lending

Lending » Penalty Interest Amount

Available from: 202107
This functionality allows banks to generate bills in advance that include the
applicable penalty interest amount so that this component can be added to the

315
 Temenos Transact

paper invoice or pre-notification that is sent to the customer. The penalty interest
(if any) to be part of an invoice will be calculated only until the invoice issued
date. The FILEND.PENALTYINT.CALCULATION routine is introduced to
calculate the penalty interest till the bill issue date.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Lending

Payments Posting and Validations » Fee-based

on Creditor Reference Information
Available from: 202107
When the incoming or outgoing payments happen in Temenos Payment Hub,
the payment transactions may or may not have a creditor reference number and
can have any number of occurrences of the Extended Remittance Information
(ERI).
This functionality allows banks to calculate and charge fees for the payment
transactions based on the creditor reference number and ERI information
received in the transaction. The other parameters considered to charge fees are
payment initiation source, outgoing channel, incoming message type, and
direction.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Payments Posting and Validations

316
Temenos Transact

Collateral » Collateral for HAL and Garantia

Guarantees
Available from: 202108
In Finland, Garantia is a privately owned company that provides guarantee
services to retail banking customers. Garantia guarantee is also called HALG
guarantee.
This functionality allows banks to have a stand-alone calculator for the HALG
guarantee and other validations in the creation of the HALG Guarantee
Collateral. Also, the system will check whether there is an existing collateral
attached when the HAL guarantee is selected as a collateral type that
represents the residence that is purchased. The system will retrieve the
purchase price from the attached primary collateral (house or apartment shares)
and populate it in the HAL guarantee. Also, the system will generate a warning
message when there is no collateral or other than an own house or apartment
shares.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Collateral

Incoming Payment Processing

Available from: 202111

This functionality allows financial institutions to process incoming payments

where the company cash account is maintained in another bank. The financial
institution will receive incoming camt.54 and camt.53 payment messages and
will process these (for fees, repayment, prepayment, payoff) based on the
Finnish reference number. The INCMMS module is required to receive the
camt.54 and camt.53 payment messages, and it runs as a microservice in its
own stack.

317
 Temenos Transact

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Incoming Payment Processing

Incoming Payment Processing » Mapping

Changes for Camt53/54
Available from: 202203
This functionality allows financial institutions to process incoming payments
where the company cash account is maintained in another bank.
For a camt.53 or camt.54 file, the exact date and time is stored in the Stmt
Creattion Date field from the FIIPMT.INCOMING.PAYMENT.FILE staging
application.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Incoming Payment Processing

Germany Model Bank

Taxation Interface to Sectras » Transaction

Filter, Internal Securities and Goodwill
Payments
Available from: 202105
This functionality allows banks to share the tax relevant information from
Temenos Transact to CPB SECTRAS. CPB SECTRAS will return the tax
details and Temenos Transact will post the accounting entries against the

318
Temenos Transact

respective transaction.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Taxation Interface to Sectras

Taxation Interface to CPB SECTRAS » All in

Fees
Available from: 202107
For German Local Taxation, the all in fee that is levied for a portfolio needs to be
shared to CPB SECTRAS to allow the calculation of the necessary tax
consequences for the loss pot of the client. Only the transaction cost portion of
the all in fee posting needs to be shared to CPB SECTRAS.
This functionality allows banks to extract a CSV file from Temenos Transact for
all the all in fee that has been levied on the portfolio and send it to CPB
SECTRAS.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Taxation Interface to CPB SECTRAS

Taxation Interface to CPB SECTRAS » Data

Extract for Reconciliation
Available from: 202107
This functionality allows banks to extract additional data feeds from to be
reconciled with a corresponding extract from CPB SECTRAS.
The Dx Alt Id Priority field has been added to the
DESCTX.SECTRAS.PARAMETER application to indicate the field where the

319
 Temenos Transact

I.S.I.N of the derivative instrument will be captured by the bank.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Taxation Interface to CPB SECTRAS

Taxation Interface to CPB SECTRAS » Position

Transfers and Trailer Fees or Rebates
Available from: 202107
This functionality allows banks to capture additional data for security transfers
(internal and external transfers) and send it to CPB SECTRAS.
Based on the type of the beneficial owner change reason, additional recipient
data and taxation details are required to be sent to CPB SECTRAS in case of
external transfer out transactions.
In case of internal transfers, the taxation details are sent to CPB SECTRAS
subject to the beneficial owner change reason.
Fund houses may choose to pay trailer fees to the bank to encourage customers
to make investments in their funds. A part of these trailer fees is paid out by the
bank to the customers. These payments are called rebates.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Taxation Interface to CPB SECTRAS

Taxation Interface to CPB SECTRAS » Taxation

on Corporate Actions
Available from: 202107
This functionality allows banks to send the entitlement proceeds received out of

320
Temenos Transact

a corporate action to CPB SECTRAS so that CPB SECTRAS in turn can

calculate the tax on the entitlement proceeds and communicate the same to
Temenos Transact. In Temenos Transact, the tax amount will be stored and the
transaction will be authorised so that the customer account will be debited with
the tax amount sent by CPB SECTRAS.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Taxation Interface to CPB SECTRAS

Taxation Interface to CPB SECTRAS »

Derivatives Close Outs and DX Transfer
Available from: 202111
This functionality allows banks to manage closeouts on derivatives Exchange
Trade Derivatives (ETD) options. When there is closeout on derivatives ETD
options, the respective closeout details will be sent to CPB SECTRAS. In return
CPB SECTRAS responds with the tax amount if applicable and the closeout
transaction is authorised in Temenos Transact.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Taxation Interface to CPB SECTRAS

Taxation Interface to CPB SECTRAS »

Derivatives Corporate Actions
Available from: 202112
This functionality allows banks to manage closeouts on derivatives Exchange
Trade Derivatives (ETD) options. When there is a closeout on derivatives ETD

321
 Temenos Transact

options, the respective closeout details will be sent to CPB SECTRAS. In return
CPB SECTRAS responds with the tax amount if applicable and the closeout
transaction is authorised in Temenos Transact.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Taxation Interface to CPB SECTRAS

Taxation Interface to CPB SECTRAS » Fraction

Handling for Corporate Actions
Available from: 202112
This functionality allows banks to share the fraction details for the fractions
resulting out of an entitlement to CPB SECTRAS using the
BNK/DESCTX.CHILD.SEC.TRADE.AUTHORISE service. When the tax
response is received from CPB SECTRAS, the child trade will be updated with
the tax amount and STP authorised. If any error is received, then the details are
rectified from the DESCTX.SECTRAS.SCDX.TRANSACTIONS staging
application and the trade is resent to CPB SECTRAS.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Taxation Interface to CPB SECTRAS

Taxation Interface to CPB SECTRAS » Taxation

on Corporate Actions
Available from: 202112
The functionality supports the processing of worthless transactions, pool factor
transactions, technical transfer out and transfer in transactions. The module also

322
Temenos Transact

supports the processing of entitlements that have both cash and stock
components. For events that have an underline cash and stock component as
part of the entitlement, the Cash or Stock Events field has been added to the
DESCTX.SECTRAS.PARAMETER application, where the bank needs to
configure all the events where there are possibilities of both cash and stock
based processed in the same entitlement.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Taxation Interface to CPB SECTRAS

Taxation Interface to CPB SECTRAS » Futures

Available from: 202202

This functionality allows banks to manage closeouts on derivatives Exchange

Trade Derivatives (ETD) options or futures. When there is closeout on
derivatives ETD options or futures, the respective closeout details will be sent to
CPB SECTRAS. In return CPB SECTRAS responds with the tax amount if
applicable and the closeout transaction is authorised in Temenos Transact.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Taxation Interface to CPB SECTRAS

Taxation Interface to CPB SECTRAS » Recon

Extract for Non-WM Securities
Available from: 202202
This functionality allows banks to extract additional data of all the security and
derivative instruments to be reconciled with a corresponding extract from CPB
SECTRAS.

323
 Temenos Transact

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Taxation Interface to CPB SECTRAS

Global Model Bank

European Investment Fund Guarantee

Available from: 202105
This functionality allows banks to credit the small and medium enterprises
(SMEs) by using the collateral management in respect to EIF (European
Investment Fund) guarantees. An EIF SME guarantee is a guarantee instrument
based on the European Union initiative, the SME Initiative, and is used to
support small and medium enterprises SMEs. The EIF’s SME guarantee covers
50% of the loan balance. The guarantee is a secured collateral and its risk
weight is zero in the banks’ capital solvency calculations.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

European Investment Fund Guarantee

Hong Kong Model Bank

Infrastructure
Available from: 202105

This functionality allows users to validate the check digit for the Hong Kong
Identity Card (HKID) captured for a customer at the time of individual customer
creation and customer tracking to determine the availability of CBRED

324
Temenos Transact

(Customer Business Relationship End Date). The system will validate the check
digit of the HKID entered by the user and if it is invalid, an error will be
displayed.
Hong Kong Monetary Authority (HKMA), the regulatory authority in Hong Kong
mandates the maintenance of the customer-business relationship end date
(CBRED) for all customers. The CBRED date has to be updated when the
relationship of a customer with the bank comes to an end.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Infrastructure

Lending » Payment Schedule Amendments and

Loans Prepayment, Payoff and Waiver
Available from: 202105
This functionality allows banks to manage payment schedule amendments and
the prepayments or a payoff.
In the event that impacts the payment schedule, like prepayment or interest
changes, the customer may opt to keep the original repayment amount with a
different tenor, or a different repayment amount with a fix tenor. Besides the
recalculation, the system also provides the option to configure a maximum and a
minimum term for a product, and the same is adhered to when the system
recalculates the payment schedule.
When a customer comes in to request a prepayment or a payoff, the system
verifies if the payment day is within the notice period, and if yes, the system will
keep the prepayment or payoff details. If the customer obtains an automatic
settlement, the system will execute the prepayment or the payoff on the
settlement day. Otherwise, the customer will settle the payment manually. The
bank user can also decide whether to give the customer any waivers. Charges
will be reduced once the waiver is granted.

325
 Temenos Transact

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Lending

Lending » Mortgage Insurance Program

Available from: 202106
According to regulations in Hong Kong, banks have to comply with a 60% loan-
to-value (LTV) guideline on residential mortgage lending, for example, the LTV
ratio for a mortgage loan should not be more than 60%. Yet if the Mortgage
Insurance Program (MIP) is availed, then banks can lend out mortgage loans
more than 60% of the value of the property without incurring additional credit
risk.
This functionality allows banks to provide mortgage loans with higher loan to
value (LTV) without incurring additional credit risk by having additional
mortgage insurance attached to the lending contract. The policy premium can be
a one-time charge collected by cash, added to the loan’s principal, or collected
annually.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Lending

Infrastructure » Customer Business Relationship

End Date (CBRED)
Available from: 202107
Hong Kong Monetary Authority (HKMA), the regulatory authority in Hong Kong
mandates the maintenance of the customer business relationship end date
(CBRED) for all customers. This functionality allows banks to update the
CBRED date when the relationship of a customer with the bank comes to an

326
Temenos Transact

end.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Infrastructure

Infrastructure » Customer Business Relationship

End Date (CBRED)
Available from: 202108
This functionality allows banks to maintain the Customer Business Relationship
End Date (CBRED) for all customers, during the opening and closure of
accounts.
An activity API has been attached to ACCOUNTS/LENDING/DEPOSITS-NEW-
ARRANGEMENT to perform the updates during the account opening.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Infrastructure

e-Cheque Acceptance and Lodgement » e-

Cheques
Available from: 202202
The Clearing House in Hong Kong, which is HKICL, sends out a file to the
participant banks on a daily basis. This is basically depositing checks that are
received in an electronic form.
To promote the development of retail payment services in Hong Kong and
support the Hong Kong Monetary Authority (HKMA), the Hong Kong Interbank
Clearing Limited (HKICL) introduced an integrated electronic cheque (e-

327
 Temenos Transact

Cheque) presentment, clearing and settlement platform. e - Cheque is designed

to be a new electronic payment instrument containing similar features of paper
cheques and additional benefits of replacing delivery and presentment in
physical form, enhanced security features, cost reduction by removing manual
processing and reduced paper usage.
This functionality allows users to confirm, accept or to reject the presented e-
cheque as the payee bank.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

e-Cheques Acceptance & Lodgement

Outward Remittances and Conversions » CNH

to CNY Conversion
Available from: 202202
In the greater China region, whenever a bank has to remit funds in Renminbi
(RMB) can face challenges in recognising the input values from the Beneficiary
Name or Address fields contained in the Society for Worldwide Interbank
Financial Telecommunication (SWIFT) messages if these values are Chinese
characters, as the Chinese characters are not supported by the SWIFT
messages.
This functionality allows banks to handle the incoming and outgoing SWIFT
messages in MT and MX formats, considering the conversion to CCC for the
outward remittance, the conversion into Chinese characters for the inward
remittance and the regulatory requirement of the cross-border Chinese Yuan
(CNY) remittance.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Outward Remittances and Conversions

328
Temenos Transact

Common Reporting Standards (CRS) Additional

Data
Available from: 202203
Common Reporting Standards (CRS) is a regulatory reporting adopted widely
by the central banks across the globe and aims at gathering information from the
financial institutions and helping them fight against tax evasions and thus,
protect the sanity of the tax systems.
This functionality allows banks to identify the reportable customers’ base and
consolidate their balances for the purpose of CRS reporting as required by the
local regulations in Hong Kong.
The CRS report base is the central file from which the final XML report gets
generated. The functionality allows the users to modify the records from this
application prior to the report generation. The amendment of such records in the
live application is possible through the suitable input into the
CRS.BASE.MANUAL.UPDATE application.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

CRS Additional Data

Hungary Model Bank

Transaction Fees » Free of Charge Notification

Letter
Available from: 202105
This functionality allows banks to provide different Automated Teller Machine
(ATM) free transaction package discounts to their customers and handles the
statutory free transaction for the bank’s account.

329
 Temenos Transact

The HUTXNF.MIGRATION.ACC.ACTIVITY.HIST application is introduced to

be updated with the ATM and teller transaction details that were done in the
legacy system before migration. The source calculation routine is also modified
to read the legacy transactions.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Transaction Fees

Warrants » New Warrant Type - Authority Block

with No Expiry Warrant
Available from: 202107
This functionality allows banks to receive the Authority Block with No Expiry
warrant from authority with no expiry date. Bank will establish this warrant on the
customer accounts with no definite expiry date. Banks are allowed to settle such
warrants on the customer account only upon any further notice from the
respective authority. This warrant will have the same validations as other
warrants except there will not be any expiry and the settlement will not happen
within the queuing solution, it will be handled manually.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Warrants

Warrants » Posting Restrictions

Available from: 202107
This functionality allows banks to wait until a warrant expires or the posting
restriction is lifted, when a posting restriction exists on a payer account and the
posting restriction category is Change Payer Account but no other account

330
Temenos Transact

exists for the payer, and not to reject the warrant.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Warrants

Warrants » Suspension and Revocation

Available from: 202107
This functionality allows banks to consider the credit(s) that have arrived in the
account(s) during the suspension period while revoking. All the credits that
arrive into an account will be locked until revoked or rejected, to the extent of the
warrant amount or pending amount. The operational risks will be handled by the
bank.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Warrants

Transaction Fees » Generate the NYASZ Id

Available from: 202203
This functionality allows banks to uniquely identify the declaration record when
the declaration details are sent to the central registry. The Internal Declaration Id
in the HUTXNF.ATM.DECLARATION.DETAILS application will be combined
with the Customer Id and sent to the central registry so that the same customer
cannot do another declaration in another bank.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

331
 Temenos Transact

Transaction Fees

Warrants » Loan Transaction Code

Available from: 202203
This functionality allows banks to calculate the sum of the number of
components and treat the same as the booking confirmation amount. If such a
sum is more than the confirmed amount, the message will be rejected by
Temenos Transact. When a booking message is rejected, the update request
will not be handled. When a booking message is rejected, the repayment
process cycle will start again from the booking and update message.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Warrants

Warrants » Sweep and Warrant Transaction

Codes
Available from: 202203
This functionality allows banks to define the transaction codes for sweep and
warrants settlement in the queuing solution to be able to differentiate the type of
settlements, for example, automatic settlement or forced settlement in the
statement entry.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Warrants

332
Temenos Transact

Warrants » Completion Reason Codes

Available from: 202203
This functionality allows banks to communicate the responses from Temenos
Transact to the third party clearing system in the operation at the bank (PCS),
whenever a queue is completed, cancelled, or terminated due to various
reasons.
New reason codes have been created and updated in Temenos Transact for
various scenarios in the queuing solution.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Warrants

Transaction Fees » Financial Transaction Levy

Fee
Available from: 202204
This functionality allows users to calculate the levy on financial transactions,
which is paid by the bank to the tax authority.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Transaction Fees

Warrants » Funds Check

Available from: 202204
This functionality allows banks to ensure that when a transaction is initiated from

333
 Temenos Transact

another application, the queuing solution will check if the account against which
a transaction is initiated has a regulatory warrant present or not and whether the
account has available funds other than the allocated funds towards the queuing
solution.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Warrants

Warrants » Penalty Interest

Available from: 202204
This functionality allows banks to attach an Application Programming Interface
(API) in the Penalty Int Hook field that has been added to the
HUWRNT.QUEUE.PARAMETER application, which will fetch the penalty interest
rate from the product condition and will be used to calculate the penalty fees for
the fees, charges, or interest that have been in the invoice (INV) balance once
the regulatory warrant is completed.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Warrants

Warrants » UOD and the Queuing of Fees,

Charges, Interest in Case of RW Present
Available from: 202204
This functionality allows banks to have the fees, charges, or interest recorded
and managed as individual bills. The overdue days and queuing penalty fees
will be individually calculated. Both individual bills and queuing penalty fees will
be charged on the account individually in case the Regulatory Warrant (RW) is

334
Temenos Transact

completed (paid, cancelled, etc).

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Warrants

India Model Bank

Structured Financial Messaging System (SFMS)

Available from: 202105
This functionality allows the user to capture the Indian Financial System Code
(IFSC) codes of the banks and generate INFINET (Indian Financial Network)
Format Number (IFN) messages whenever transaction happens in the LC (letter
of credit), BG (bank guarantee) or Bills application, that warrants the exchange
of messages between two banks or branches within India. The
INLEND.IFSC.UPLOAD.PARAM application is introduced to hold the versions
of the CUSTOMER and DE.ADDRESS applications that will be used for the
automatic record creation.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Structured Financial Message System (SFMS)

Structured Financial Message System (SFMS) »

COV Messages and Interface for e-Stamp
Available from: 202107
This functionality enables banks to handle the IFN 760 COV e-messages for any
new bank guarantee and the IFN 767 COV e-messages for any bank guarantee

335
 Temenos Transact

amendment (renewal) through the SFMS (Structured Financial Messaging

System) platform. Since the COV messages do not follow the SWIFT (Society
for Worldwide Interbank Financial Telecommunication) standards, the used tags
are not the standard SWIFT tags. Hence, these messages will be generated as
print messages.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Structured Financial Message System (SFMS)

Structured Financial Message System (SFMS) »

IFSC Code Upload Automation and Validation
Available from: 202107
This functionality allows the user to capture the Indian Financial System Code
(IFSC) codes of the banks and generate INFINET (Indian Financial Network)
Format Number (IFN) messages whenever transaction happens in the LC (letter
of credit), BG (bank guarantee) or Bills application, that warrants the exchange
of messages between two banks or branches within India.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Structured Financial Message System (SFMS)

Lending Compliance » Loan Validations

Available from: 202108
The priority sector lending is an important role given by the Reserve Bank of
India (RBI) to the banks for providing a specified portion of the bank lending to
few specific sectors like agriculture and allied activities, micro and small
enterprises, individuals, students for education, and other low-income groups

336
Temenos Transact

and weaker sections. This is essentially meant for the all-around development of
the economy.
Every bank in India is given targets and sub-targets for lending under the priority
sector. The priority sector lending comprises different categories such as
Agriculture, Micro Enterprises, Education, Housing, Social infrastructure.
This functionality allows banks, in the case of loans to borrowers under the
priority sector, to not charge the penal interest for loans up to Rs. 25,000.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Lending Compliance

Lending Compliance » Loan Validations

Available from: 202110
Every bank in India is given targets and sub-targets for lending under the priority
sector. The priority sector lending comprises of different categories such as
agriculture, micro enterprises, education, housing, social infrastructure.
This functionality allows banks to not charge penal interest for loans to
borrowers under the priority sector up to Rs. 25,000.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Lending Compliance

Structured Financial Message System (SFMS) »

SWIFT 2021 Changes
Available from: 202201
The SWIFT Release 2021 changes have an impact on IFN messaging that

337
 Temenos Transact

comes out of Temenos Transact.

This functionality allows users to suppress or include tags in the outgoing IFN
messages by using the Tags Suppressed and Tags Included fields that have
been added to the INLEND.SFMS.HEADER.DETAILS application.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Structured Financial Message System (SFMS)

Goods and Services Tax (GST)

Available from: 202202
Goods and Services Tax (GST) is chargeable on any supply of goods or
services sold or delivered in any country - when it is a taxable supply and made
by a taxable person in the course or furtherance of the business carried on by
him. GST is applicable on nearly all types of goods and services.
New configurations have been released to support the calculation of the CGST,
State Goods and Services Tax (SGST), and Interstate Goods and Services Tax
(IGST) taxes.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Goods And Services Tax (GST)

Lending Compliance » Loan Validations

Available from: 202202
This functionality allows banks to restrict the number of times a loan can be
rolled over, to support straight rollover, decreased value rollover and increased
value rollover.

338
Temenos Transact

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Lending Compliance

Israel Model Bank

Price Feed Source Selection » Percentage Limit

Price
Available from: 202107
This functionality allows banks to capture the limit price as a percentage of the
existing last price or base price in the SECURITY.MASTER,ILSCPR.INPUT
version. Further, the price should also follow the tolerance level set in the Sub
Asset Type associated with the instrument.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Price Feed Source Selection

Derivatives Strike Price Management »

Derivatives Premium or Strike Price Quoting
Available from: 202108
In Israel, all the derivatives, like the premium payments and the settlements, are
traded in NIS (New Israeli Shekel), however for some of the derivatives, the
strike price is quoted in Agorot (1/100th of NIS).
This functionality allows banks to handle the nuances of derivatives prices and
allows users to make entries in NIS (New Israeli Shekel) as well as in Agorot for
option strike prices, depending on the way the options are quoted in the local

339
 Temenos Transact

market.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Derivatives Strike Price Management

Matrix Tax Server Interface

Available from: 202108
This functionality allows banks to store the necessary values for tax calculation
for entitlements using the ILMATX.ENTITLEMENT.TAX.VALUES application.
The values in this application are updated by the system.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Matrix Tax Server Interface

Trading Calendar
Available from: 202108
The system is able to indicate the trading dates of a stock exchange. Further,
there are certain days on which trading in certain securities in Tel Aviv Stock
Exchange (TASE) is not possible. Hence, there is a need to indicate the trading
or non-trading days of a security. The settlement holidays are stored in the core
HOLIDAY application.
This functionality allows banks to setup of trading holidays at the stock
exchange level. There is also a provision to indicate the days of a week when a
particular security doesn’t trade. Any orders being placed on a trading holiday of
the stock exchange or the day of the week when the security doesn’t trade will
result in error.

340
Temenos Transact

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Trading Calendar

Collateral Position Management » TASE (Tel

Aviv Stock Exchange) Collateral Management
Available from: 202109
This functionality allows banks to mark positions as collateral at custodian’s
demands. Any attempt to sell the marked portion of collateral will result in a
warning or an override message. Further, there is an automatic creation of
position transfer which can be completed later by the users.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Collateral Position Management

Derivatives Strike Price Management »

Derivatives Premium or Strike Price Quoting
Available from: 202110
In Israel, all the derivatives, like the premium payments and the settlements, are
traded in NIS (New Israeli Shekel), however for some of the derivatives, the
strike price is quoted in Agorot (1/100th of NIS).
This functionality allows for the automatic assignment of options to customers
who are on the primary side of a trade and have sold the options concerned.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

341
 Temenos Transact

Derivatives Strike Price Management

Fees Optimisation » Non-Execution and

Minimum Fee
Available from: 202110
This functionality allows banks to calculate the execution fee (min max fees),
and non-execution fees. The fees will be fairly calculated so that the customer
won’t be overcharged and the bank won’t be undercharged.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Fees Optimisation

Fees Optimisation » Non-Execution and

Minimum Fee
Available from: 202111
This functionality manages the calculation and posting of fees for securities or
derivatives orders, based upon the gross amount total of the corresponding trade
executions. Non-execution and minimum-maximum fees can be applied.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Fees Optimisation

342
Temenos Transact

Matrix Tax Server Interface

Available from: 202112
This functionality allows banks to send the Ex Event Ratio, Index Rate, Security
Trust Fund and the Foreign Currency files to the Matrix Tax Server during the
Close of Business (COB).

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Matrix Tax Server Interface

Fees Optimisation » Order Level Fees

Optimisation
Available from: 202112
This functionality allows users to reverse security trades so that the order
execution is updated with the correct nominal (quantity). The trade reversal and
the execution update, in most cases, will happen before the fees service runs at
Close of Business Day (COB). Hence, this will not have any impact on the fees
calculations. In case of an order, which didn’t have any execution and a new
trade is being entered, the system will calculate the minimum and maximum
fees.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Fees Optimisation

343
 Temenos Transact

Matrix Tax Server Interface

Available from: 202201
This functionality manages the interfacing with the Matrix Tax Server, which is a
commonly used tax calculating engine in Israel. The transaction files are
expected to be sent to the Matrix Tax Server either on a daily basis or based on
specific event triggers. The response from the Matrix Tax Server contains details
such as the tax amount to be charged.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Matrix Tax Server Interface

Initial Public Offering (IPO) Allocation

Available from: 202202
This functionality allows banks to automatically manage the Israel Initial Public
Offering (IPO) allocation process and the IPO allocation methods including,
uniform price – fifo, uniform price – pro-rata, uniform price – fifo, pro-rata,
discriminatory price and fixed price. It enables the eligible bids to be identified
and the corresponding allocation of securities to be performed, once the book
runner provides the final price and other allocation details.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

IPO Allocation

Netherlands Model Bank

344
Temenos Transact

Payment Reference and IBAN Validation »

Structured Reference
Available from: 202105
This functionality allows users to validate the correctness of the payment
reference number upon manually entering the payment details in the Payment
Initiation screen.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Payment Reference and IBAN Validation

Beneficiary Account Bank Switching Service »

Bank Transfer Services
Available from: 202201
The Bank Switching Service (BSS) is a Dutch service for customers to switch
payment accounts seamlessly from one bank to another without disruptions.
This is in line with the obligations under the Payment Account Directive (PAD).
The Bank Switching Service ensures continuity of payments for a customer
within a prescribed switching period of 13 months.
This functionality enables banks to use the Bank Switching Service for
customers to make it easier to switch to a new bank. Banks will be able to
reroute the payments messages and generate the rerouted payments messages
(PACS) with the switch account details in the specific tag.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Beneficiary Account Bank Switching Service

345
 Temenos Transact

New Zealand Model Bank

Deposits » Reinvestment Instructions for Term

Deposits
Available from: 202108
Temenos Transact allow banks to update the rollover condition like changing
the subsequent term. The rollover activity is scheduled using the change product
arrangement condition in a deposit arrangement.
This functionality allow banks to capture the information related to the deposit
reinvestment instructions and to change a deposit from maturity to rollover and
vice versa. It allows users to define a new term, new rate and new interest
schedule after the rollover.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Deposits

Deposits » Reinvestment Instructions for Term

Deposit
Available from: 202109

This functionality allow banks to capture the information related to the deposit
reinvestment instructions and to change a deposit from maturity to rollover and
vice versa. It allows users to define a new term, new rate and new interest
schedule after the rollover.
The system will validate whether the change in the payment frequency and the
payment method (CAPITIALISE (compounding) or PAY (non-compounding)) is
within the period mentioned in the
XNZ.ADDITIONAL.INFO.STAND.DOWN.PERIOD. The system allows the

346
Temenos Transact

change if it is done within the stand-down period.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Deposits

Deposits » Calculate the Break-Cost Interest on

Full and Partial Breaks
Available from: 202110
A term deposit locks in funds at a fixed rate for a fixed period, however, a bank
may allow a customer to partially or fully withdraw their funds early (term), prior
to the maturity date of the term deposit term (break). This functionality allows
banks to calculate the break costs on full and partial breaks when a customer
requests for an early withdrawal in term deposits.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Deposits

Deposits » Calculate the Break-Cost Interest on

Full and Partial Breaks
Available from: 202111

This functionality allows banks to calculate the break costs on full and partial
breaks when a customer requests for an early withdrawal in term deposits.
New API’s have been introduced to create or retrieve the information about term
deposit redemptions requested and executed.

347
 Temenos Transact

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Deposits

Peru Model Bank

Accounts » CCI Generation

Available from: 202108
According to the Peru current regulatory requirements, it is necessary to
generate the Interbank Account Code (CCI). CCI is the unique code that
identifies an account throughout Peru's financial system and serves to perform
interbank transfers.
This functionality allows banks to generate the CCI code during the account
creation. The CCI code will be displayed in the arrangement overview screen.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Accounts

Accounts » TNA, TCEA and TREA Rates

Available from: 202109
This functionality allows banks to calculate the Annual Nominal Rate (TNA),
Annual Effective Cost Rate (TCEA) and Annual Effective Yield Rate (TREA)
rates from the Annual Effective Rate (TEA) rate when the TEA rate is defined as
the principal rate of the product. This rates will be calculate with the APR
routines set in the AA.APR.TYPE application. The new calculated rates will be
displayed in the AA arrangement overview.

348
Temenos Transact

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Accounts

Customer Compliance
Available from: 202109
This functionality allows banks to store and amend the customer information in
the customer creation process for both individual and corporate customers
during the customer on boarding process.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Customer Compliance

Taxes » Tax on Financial Transactions (ITF)

Available from: 202109
As per the Peruvian laws, this functionality allows banks to apply a tax on
financial transactions (ITF) on the operations carried out under different products
(liabilities and assets) offered to its clients and the accounting thereof. The ITF
tax applies to local (PEN) and foreign currencies (USD).
The following new products have been created for Peru: current accounts,
savings accounts (savings and salary account), term deposits, personal loans,
mortgage loans.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Taxes

349
 Temenos Transact

Saudi Arabia Model Bank

Payroll Processing and Wage Protection System

» Wages Protection System
Available from: 202108
Banks in Saudi Arabia have to process the salary file sent by the corporate
customers and generate a standard output file with the status of each of the
salary payments made to customer’s employees. The format of the output file is
defined by the Ministry of Labour (MOL).
This functionality enables banks to process the salary file from a corporate
customer and generate a regulatory specified output file with the statuses of the
salary payment.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Payroll Processing and Wage Protection System

SIMAH Credit Bureau Interface » Salary

Collateral and Reporting Cycle
Available from: 202108

Regular reporting provides the financial information required by the SIMAH for
new contracts, closed contracts, daily payment and newly default contracts in
Temenos Transact on a daily basis.
This functionality allows banks to identify if a customer is a salaried person of
the bank and automatically manage the selection of the contracts for regular
reporting containing the financial information required by the Saudi Credit
Bureau (SIMAH).

350
Temenos Transact

The topic related to this feature is given below:

SIMAH Credit Bureau Interface

Watheeq Services
Available from: 202109
This functionality allows banks to store the UIDN (Unified Identification Number)
for the non–government agencies at the customer level. The UIDN will be
received in the request and it will be validated and the relevant relation code will
be sent in the header of the response. The secondary Id details received in the
request will also be stored in along with the primary Id details. Also, banks are
able to block or garnish the amount from the targeted accounts or target products
and to lift the related restrictions done against the customer.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Watheeq Services

SIMAH Credit Bureau Interface » Salary

Collateral and Reporting Cycle
Available from: 202202
This functionality allows banks to identify if a customer is a salaried person of
the bank and automatically manage the selection of the contracts for regular
reporting containing the financial information required by the Saudi Credit
Bureau (SIMAH). Also, banks are able to regenerate the Saudi Credit Bureau
(SIMAH) files for regular, default and monthly extracts. Banks can generate the
SIMAH extract outside the Close of Business (COB).

351
 Temenos Transact

The topic related to this feature is given below:

SIMAH Credit Bureau Interface

SIMAH Credit Bureau Interface » Performance

Tuning
Available from: 202203
This functionality allows banks to perform the regular, default and monthly
extraction during the day to day activities.
The BNK/SASIMA.UPDATE.ARRANGEMENT.CONCAT service has been
introduced as part of this functionality to be triggered whenever a contract is
created or the contract schedule information is updated.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

SIMAH Credit Bureau Interface

Singapore Model Bank

Withholding Tax
Available from: 202201

The Withholding Tax (WHT) on Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITs) in

Singapore is deducted only in case a customer has not submitted the
declaration. In case the customer submits the WHT declaration form, he or she is
exempt from WHT.
This functionality allows banks to calculate the withholding tax at the entitlement
level, on cash distributions of Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITs).

352
Temenos Transact

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Withholding Tax

Spain Model Bank

Funds Processing » External Fund Transfers

Available from: 202106
This functionality allows banks to update the ESFUND.TRASPASO.REQUEST
application based on the file from the external depository or integrated
depository (other than All Funds Bank (AFB)). Also, banks can send the order
details to a depository other than AFB.
The record Id of the ESFUND.TRASPASO.REQUEST application is modified to
support the two legs of the Traspaso using the same reference and to avoid
duplicate Ids so that the record Id will be a 13 digit unique number and the leg of
Traspaso will be separated by “.”.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Funds Processing

Funds Processing » Cancellation Request for

Fund Switch
Available from: 202107
This functionality allows banks to handle the support on the request for
cancellation in Triple A Plus (TAP) within a NDMA model. This functionality only
considers orders as transactions can request for a cancellation, though also fund
switches are suitable transactions for those cancellation requests as it will be

353
 Temenos Transact

the Fund House or All Funds Bank (AFB) the one that, once the backend sends
the transaction, can cancel it.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Funds Processing

Allfund Bank (AFB) Interface » Allfund File

Record 73
Available from: 202108
This functionality allows banks to store in Temenos Transact the new subtypes
in the Record 73 version 1.6 sent from All Funds Bank (AFB).

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Allfund Bank (AFB) Interface

Teller » Non-Customer Cash Transactions

Available from: 202110

Non-customers can perform cash transactions like cash deposits and cash
withdrawals (through bearer cheque) to or from the bank customer’s accounts at
the bank’s branches. During the withdrawal with bearer cheque, if the amount
exceeds the threshold, then the non-customer’s Legal Id will be verified and if
the amount is within the threshold, then the Legal Id is non-mandatory.
This functionality allows banks to capture the non-customer information for all
cash transactions and a report will be generated to display the date-wise
transactions performed by the non-customers.

354
Temenos Transact

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Teller

Foreign Exchange Operations » Segregation of

Spot Position Accounts
Available from: 202111
This functionality allows banks to segregate contingent accounts based on the
transaction type and update the balance in the General Ledger due to a Forex
deal spot where the value date of the deal is greater than the deal date so that
the contingent spot position accounts will be segregated.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Foreign Exchange Operations

Lending and Mortgages » Interest and Late

Payment Fee
Available from: 202203
This functionality allows banks to manage the accounting for the late payment
fee, to book into internal account whenever is generated and book into profit and
loss only when its realised. Similarly, the penalty interest is booked into internal
account when accrued and book into profit and loss when is realised.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Lending and Mortgages

355
 Temenos Transact

SEPA Iberpay » Rulebook

Available from: 202203
This functionality allows banks to manage the outward and inward cancellation
requests, complying with the new SEPA Iberpay Rulebooks 2021.
Changes have been included in the positive response message to the non-
receipt claim (charges only), in the positive response message to the claim for
value date correction with the request for compensation payment and (or)
compensation expenses and the confirmed positive response to the claim for the
value date correction. Also, changes have been included with respect to the bulk
investigation procedure of camt.056, camt.087 and camt.027 messages.
A new dataset DS-11 (pacs.008.001.02) has been introduced to claim the fees
(charges and compensation) raised during positive response to a claim of non-
receipt and the request to adjust the value date.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

SEPA Iberpay

SEPA Iberpay » Iberpay Instant Rulebook

Available from: 202204
This functionality allows banks to handle the outward and inward cancellation
requests, complying with the new Iberpay Instant 2021 Rulebooks. According to
the new regulation an originator PSP (Payment Service Provider), can send a
recall with the reason code FRAD for 13 months, after the date of the original
SCT INS (SEPA Credit Transfer Instant), whereas previously the time limit was
10 days.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

356
Temenos Transact

SEPA Iberpay

Srilanka Model Bank

Trade Finance » Letter of Credit or Shipping

Guarantee Margin Refund
Available from: 202203
As per the Sri Lanka Foreign Exchange Regulations Act 12 of 2017, banks are
required to hold the customer margin money in the customer’s debit account
currency and not in any other currency. Accordingly, while issuing a Letter of
Credit (LC) for a customer, the margin money will have to be credited in the
internal account denominated in the currency same as that of the customer debit
account.
This functionality allows banks to collect a margin, while issuing an LC, as a
specific proportion to the LC amount. The margin that has to be collected will be
in the customer’s account currency as against the transaction currency.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Trade Finance

Tunisia Model Bank

357
 Temenos Transact

Foreign Currency Operations » Bank Letter of

Guarantee
Available from: 202105
This functionality allows the user to link the TCE (Foreign Trade Title) or AVA
(Business Travel Allowance) to the guarantee, set the claims to capture the
preapproved documents for the TCE or AVA, validate the balances and update
the usage details. When a guarantee claim is settled, the system gives the
option to capture the details of the TCE and AVA to validate the available
balance and update the usage details for the particular TCE or AVA.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Foreign Currency Operations

Foreign Currency Operations » Export

Documentary Collection
Available from: 202105
This functionality allows banks to link the settlements for the export collection
payments based on whether the export collection payment pertains to TCE
(Foreign Trade Title) or AVA (Business Travel Allowance). Whenever there is a
payment happening for an export collection, certain fields from the DRAWINGS
application will be updated automatically based on whether the export collection
payment pertains to TCE or AVA.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Foreign Currency Operations

358
Temenos Transact

Foreign Currency Operations » Business Travel

Allowance
Available from: 202107
This functionality allows users to open, amend and renew business travel
allowances (AVA) files. It also allows the manual renewal, suspension and
closure of the AVA records.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Foreign Currency Operations

Foreign Currency Operations » Customer Letter

of Guarantee
Available from: 202107
In Tunisia, there is a practice to link the pre-approved documents as Foreign
Trade Title (TCE), information sheet and F2 to the guarantee issued. When the
TCE, information sheet or F2 is linked which means the guarantee amount is
reserved against the TCE, information sheet or F2. When the payment is made
for the guarantee, then the settlement amount will be updated for the TCE,
information sheet or F2.
This functionality allows banks to manage guarantees and settlements.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Foreign Currency Operations

359
 Temenos Transact

Foreign Currency Operations » Import

Documentary Credit
Available from: 202108
Central Bank requires that whenever there is an issuance or opening of an
import letter of credit, it has to be linked with the underlying TCE, F2 sheet and
information sheet so that the amounts can be reserved in the respective
application. The reservation will be released when the actual settlement
happens.
This functionality allows banks to reserve the related foreign trade title,
information sheet, or F2 sheet while opening an Import Documentary Credit
(IDC).

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Foreign Currency Operations

Foreign Currency Operations » Customer Letter

of Guarantee
Available from: 202108
In Tunisia, there is a practice to link the pre-approved documents as TCE,
information sheet and F2 to the guarantee issued. This functionality allows
banks to reverse and amend a guarantee.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Foreign Currency Operations

360
Temenos Transact

Foreign Currency Operations » Outgoing

Transfers
Available from: 202108
This functionality allows banks to initiate payment transfers on behalf of their
customers for various transactions like foreign trade title, F1, F2, information
sheet, etc. While processing the payments for these underlying title documents,
specific regulatory checks will be done before allowing such transfers.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Foreign Currency Operations

Foreign Currency Operations » Import

Documentary Collection
Available from: 202109
This functionality allows banks to link the pre-approved documents like Foreign
Trade Title (TCE), information sheet, and F2 to the Letter of Credit (LC) for the
import transaction while opening or issuing. When the TCE, information sheet,
or F2 is linked, means that the LC amount is reserved against the TCE,
information sheet, or F2. When the drawings payment is made for the LC, then
the settlement amount will be updated for the respective TCE, information sheet,
or F2.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Foreign Currency Operations

361
 Temenos Transact

Foreign Currency Operations » Import

Documentary Credit
Available from: 202109
Central Bank requires that whenever there is an issuance or opening of an
import letter of credit, it has to be linked with the underlying TCE, F2 sheet and
information sheet so that the amounts can be reserved in the respective
application. The reservation will be released when the actual settlement
happens.
This functionality allows banks to reserve the related foreign trade title,
information sheet, or F2 sheet while opening an Import Documentary Credit
(IDC).

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Foreign Currency Operations

Foreign Currency Operations » Outgoing

Transfers
Available from: 202109
This functionality allows banks to initiate payments towards schooling or
professional file as an ad-hoc payment or as a frequency-based transfer. While
processing payments, the underlying transactions can be processed
successfully or they can be rejected due to any errors. Accordingly, the system
will handle the corresponding limit update and the users will be able to reverse
or reject the transfers.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

362
Temenos Transact

Foreign Currency Operations

Clearing » SIBTEL Inward Cheque Clearing

Available from: 202110
Société Interbancaire de Télécompensation (SIBTEL) is the Clearing House in
Tunisia and has introduced the e-clearing system. The e-clearing system is part
of the modernization of the Tunisian banking system. It aims to reduce recovery
times by means of a reliable, secure, efficient, and fast electronic clearing.
This functionality allows banks to process transfers, withdrawals, cheques, and
bills of exchange using the e-clearing system.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Clearing

Foreign Currency Operations » Foreign Trade

Title Clearance - TCE Clearance
Available from: 202111
This functionality allows banks to send reports to the Central Bank of Tunisia
regarding foreign trade titles. It also allows the update of the imputation,
settlement, reservations and advance settlement manually.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Foreign Currency Operations

363
 Temenos Transact

Foreign Exchange Operations » AVA Allocation

APIs
Available from: 202112
This functionality allows banks to read and automatically update the information
from an allocation file. New provider APIs have been introduced for querying
and managing the AVA files.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Foreign Currency Operations

Clearing » Inward Cheques Collection (Day 5 to

Payment Day)
Available from: 202201
This functionality allows banks to process the incoming cheque collections
when funds are not available in the payer account after D+4, where D is the
clearing date.
On D+4, banks will appoint an officer to contact the customers and inform them
to fund the account in order to clear the cheque.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Clearing

364
Temenos Transact

Customer Infrastructure » Garnishment

Handling
Available from: 202203
This functionality allows users to create garnishment orders and freeze the funds
from the customer accounts and freeze deposits. Also, it allows users to block
and unblock securities, the details being available in the SC.BLOCK.SEC.POS
application.
The locked amounts in the accounts can be increased or decreased, and further
on released and if the judgement is against the debtor then the locked amounts
will be transferred to the internal account.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Customer Infrastructure

Foreign Currency Operations » Design Change

Available from: 202203
In Tunisia, there is a practice of doing reservations to book a part or total amount
of approved amount for the use of a specific trade finance operation. It can be
done either manually or automatically through the Letter of credit, Bank
Guarantee etc. applications. Similarly, both automatic (drawings, payments) and
manual settlements can occur.
This functionality allows banks to perform the manual imputation of the Foreign
Trade Title (TCE) received from customs via Tunisie Trade Net (TTN).

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Foreign Currency Operations

365
 Temenos Transact

Foreign Currency Operations » Foreign

Currency Limit Management and Sub
Delegation
Available from: 202203
This functionality allows banks to process the Business Travel Allowance (AVA)
retrocession, limit supply, Foreign Trade Title (TCE) usage, schooling usage,
schooling retrocession, information sheet usage and F1/F2 usage.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Foreign Currency Operations

Foreign Currency Operations » Payment

Tolerance for TCE Codes 21 and 31
Available from: 202203
As per the regulation in Tunisia, at the time of actual customs imputation, the
imputation amount can be greater than the title amount to an extent of maximum
10%. Therefore, the actual payment can also be greater than the title amount to
an extent of maximum 10%.
The Temenos Transact system allows a tolerance of 10% for Foreign Trade Title
(TCE) 31 and TCE 21. The Central Bank of Tunisia (CBT) allows banks to pay
maximum 10% more than the title amount and also to receive an import
imputation greater 10% than the title amount Nota Bene (NB). This concerns all
import modules.
This functionality allows banks to process payments that are greater than the
title amount to an extent of maximum 10%.

366
Temenos Transact

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Foreign Currency Operations

Foreign Currency Operations » AVA Opening

and Beneficiary
Available from: 202204
This functionality allows users to open, amend and renew business travel
allowances (AVA) files. It also allows the manual renewal, suspension and
closure of the AVA records.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Foreign Currency Operations

Foreign Currency Operations » Outgoing

Transfers
Available from: 202204
This functionality allows banks to initiate payments towards schooling or
professional file as an ad-hoc payment or as a frequency-based transfer. The
underlying title document will be validated while initiating outward transfer
towards the schooling or professional fees, trade-related, and other restricted
transactions. Also, Temenos Transact allows banks to generate the information
sheet on the successful completion of the schooling payments. In addition to the
outward transfers, customers can also request for issuance of foreign currency
drafts towards schooling and professional fees and other restricted transactions.

367
 Temenos Transact

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Foreign Currency Operations

United Kingdom Model Bank

Financial Services Compensation Scheme

(FSCS)
Available from: 202201
The United Kingdom’s Financial Services Authority (FSA) introduced the
Financial Services Compensation Scheme (FSCS) to ensure the speedy pay
out of funds for depositors within a set period when a financial institution
becomes insolvent. As part of the monitoring mechanism, financial institutions
are required to submit reports on deposit products, balances, and other data, as
required by the prudential authority, from time to time.
This functionality allows banks to generate the Fit for Straight through
Processing (FFSTP) and Not Fit for Straight through Processing (NFFSTP)
extracts from Temenos Transact based on the UK FSCS regulations act.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Financial Services Compensation Scheme (FSCS)

United States Model Bank

368
Temenos Transact

ACH Framework » Procedures

Available from: 202105
This functionality allows banks to manage the matching returns with the initiated
transaction based on relaxed matching criteria of the company id, trace number
and amount.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Procedures

ACH Framework » Prenote Exception Queue

with Processing Status
Available from: 202107
This functionality allows banks to process the incoming pre-notification to check
for a valid account in the system and automatically return to the ODFI in case of
an invalid account.
The Auto Return Pre-Note field has been added to the
ACH.CLEARING.PARAMETER application to allow for automatic returns. This
field is checked to allow automatic returns.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

ACH Framework

369
 Temenos Transact

Individual Retirement Accounts » IRA 10Y Plan

Changes
Available from: 202107
As part of the Secure Act, distributions from a non-spouse inherited IRA must be
taken within 10 years rather than 5 years.  This will extend the amount of time
the beneficiary may take distributions from the IRA.  Currently, the IRA
functionality has three options for distributing funds for an inherited IRA: The
Lump Sum Five-year method and Life expectancy. The Ten-year is now a new
option to take distributions from the IRA.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Individual Retirement Accounts

US Core » Regulation TCPA: Multiple Devices

and Time Window
Available from: 202108
This functionality allows banks be in compliance with TCPA Regulation by
recording and maintaining the customer’s preferences regarding contact over
phone and fax and by recording and maintaining the customer’s consents
regarding contact over the phone, text and fax.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

US Core

370
Temenos Transact

US Retail » Periodic Account Statements

Available from: 202108
This functionality allows financial institutions to produce period account
statements.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

US Retail

US Regulations » 50 State Regulations

Dormancy and Escheatment
Available from: 202109
Dormancy and escheatment has been enhanced based on review of 50 states
regulatory requirements.
This functionality allows banks to manage the certificates of deposits
escheatment evaluation scheduling based on the first maturity date, set different
escheatment periods for single maturity and renewable certificates of deposits,
manage IRAs escheatment processing in case of returned mail and deceased
customers, state specific pre-dormancy notice generation periods and cease the
dormant charges based on the state of residence.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

US Regulations

371
 Temenos Transact

Retail » Statements
Available from: 202110
This functionality allows banks to generate the statement file with details
captured in the USCORE.COMPANY.DETAILS application, including the
company and branch information. Also, as part of this functionality, the RegE
statement narrative logic has been enhanced to display the ACH return code
description in customer’s statement for incoming ACH returned transactions.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Retail

ACH Framework » ACH Reg E Statements

Available from: 202110
Regulation E requires financial institutions to capture Reg E ACH transaction
details, addenda record information, and display incoming ACH credit or debit
transactions on customers' periodic statements.
This functionality allows for the display of the ACH return code description in the
customer’s statement for incoming ACH returned transactions. The
predetermined ACH transaction, addenda details are captured from incoming
ACH NACHA files, and dynamically stored into the Narratives field from the
ACH.ENTRIES application based on the SEC codes.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

ACH Framework

372
Temenos Transact

US Real Time Gross Settlement » Fedwire

Countdown Period for Cancellation
Available from: 202111
In order to provide an adequate protections to senders of international wire
transfers, financial institutions must comply with regulation E and provide the
rights of cancellation to customers who send wire transfers to other consumers
or businesses in a foreign country.
The RegE international transfers hold functionality has been modified to honour
outgoing international Fedwire cancellation requests within 30 minutes of the
payment disclosure e-mail delivery to client in accordance with Regulation-E §
1005.36.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

US Real Time Gross Settlement

US Regulations » Dormancy and Escheatment

Available from: 202112

This functionality allows banks to track specific activities posted on dormant

accounts. A new fast path inquiry allowing users to re-activate selected dormant
accounts. The tracking mechanism updates certificates of deposits and
individual retirement accounts.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

US Regulations

373
 Temenos Transact

ACH Framework » ACH Reversal Processing

Available from: 202112
This functionality enables financial institutions (ODFIs) to initiate the reversal of
an ACH file, batch and entry within five business days of origination.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

ACH Framework

US Regulations » Dormancy and Escheatment

Available from: 202201

This functionality allows banks to exclude linked activity classes and activities
from re-activation of dormant accounts. A new fast path inquiry has been
introduced to allow users to manually re-activate dormant accounts. The inquiry
only lists accounts with activities linked to a new override routine. The tracking
mechanism has been updated to re-reschedule escheatment evaluations based
on related escheatment period changes.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

US Regulations

Real Time Gross Settlement » Updates FAIM

Available from: 202202
The Fedwire feature has been enhanced to comply with THE Fedwire Service
Message format requirements (FAIM v3.0.7, effective November 21, 2022).

374
Temenos Transact

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Fedwire

ACH Framework » ACH Reversal Corporate

Files
Available from: 202202
This functionality provides an ability to ODFIs to reverse File/Batch or Entries
from Corporate files or Ach captures.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

ACH Reversal Processing

Lending Regulations » Flood Insurance

Available from: 202204
The Flood Insurance solution addresses a regulatory requirement for loans
secured by real estate property that are in flood zone. It is Financial Institution’s
responsibility to maintain the flood insurance requirements as per National
Flood Insurance Program (NFIP) and ensure loan offered or renewed meets the
flood insurance requirements.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Flood Insurance

375
 Temenos Transact

Retail

Arrangement Architecture and Retail Lending »

Tax on Advance Payments
Available from: 202105
Transact is now enhanced to calculate the tax on accrued interest (both principal
interest and penalty interest) at the time of repayment. At any point in the life
cycle of the contract like advance payment or a partial pre-closure, tax can be
calculated and collected proportionately for the accrued interest repaid. This
accrued interest and tax collected appear in the loan statements.
Any advance payment of accrued interest can be configured to appear in the
account statement irrespective of tax collection.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Accounting Entries and Tax on Accrued Interest
Accounting Entries, Tax on Advanced Interest
Tax on Accrued Interest
Tax on Advance Payments
Related Attributes
Tax on Accrued Interest and Tax Recovery Order
Tax on Advance Payments
Bills update
Loan Prepayment
Loan Preclosure -Illustration
Tax on Advance Payments

376
Temenos Transact

Arrangement Architecture » Non Customer

Facing Charges
Available from: 202107
AA is now enhanced to realise the NCFC amount to P/L immediately. It can be
setup for both debit and credit type charges without the need for amortization.

Click here to understand the technical impact of this enhancement for

customisation and upgrades.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Non Customer Facing Charges

Arrangement Architecture » Defer Closure

Period for Product with Interest Property
Available from: 202107
Temenos Transact is now enhanced to allow deferring of loan closure for
lending products with or without interest. So, banks can retain the status of the
loan arrangement beyond maturity until the agreed defer period (refund or
dispute period) and perform financial transactions as well as static changes
beyond the original loan maturity date.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Closure Type Attribute
Deferring Closure of Loans

377
 Temenos Transact

Deferring Closure of Interest Bearing Loans

Arrangement Architecture » Handling Loan

Charge-off under FASB Regulations
Available from: 202107
AA is enhanced to allow the bank to determine the net amount or percentage of
the charge-off that helps the bank to evaluate loan losses and impairments in
loan portfolios. Additionally, the bank can configure activity restrictions on a loan
based on the suspend and/or charge-off status of the loan.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Handling Charge-off under FASB Regulations - Configuration
Handling Charge-off under FASB Regulations - Working with

Arrangement Architecture » Memo Balances at

Multi-Currency Level
Available from: 202108
In a Multi-Currency (MCY) structure, for any credit or debit posted to a sub-
account, the system raises a memo entry at the multi-currency account level.
This can be achieved by ensuring a setup in MCY arrangement and sub-
account level.
The MCY product’s condition should be set with Multi Currency as Yes, External
Posting as No and Balance Treatment as Memo, while the sub account has the
regular setup.

378
Temenos Transact

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Configuring Memo Balances at MCY Level
Memo Balances at MCY Level

Arrangement Architecture » Automatic Creation

of Base Currency Sub-account
Available from: 202108
When a Multi-Currency Account is created, the system can be configured to
create base currency sub-account automatically. This account is created in the
product defined in the Sub- Arrangement Rules. This feature avoids manual
creation of base currency sub- account and results in instant activation and
functioning of Multi-Currency arrangement.
In the product designer, a new Product Only field is available that can be set as
MCY. This field indicates that product can be used as a sub-account product
under the MCY hierarchy. The system evaluates if the sub-account created
under the MCY arrangement has Product Only set as MCY at the product level.

NOTE: This field is applicable only for AR product line.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Multi-Currency Account Creation
Configuring Automatic Creation of Base Currency Sub-account
Defining MCY Sub Account Product
Base Ccy Product Attribute
Automatic Creation of Base Currency Sub-account

379
 Temenos Transact

Arrangement Architecture and Lending » Defer

Property Type
Available from: 202108
The Periodic Charges functionality is enhanced with Defer Property Type that
allows the bill to be issued in advance. The assessment period for the Defer
type of periodic charges is from the previous to current issue bill date. Defer type
periodic charges should include only the deferred charges. Other features like
activity-based charges with free counts are not possible in Defer type periodic
charges.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Defer Property Type
Defer Type Periodic Charges
Issue Bill In Advance

Arrangement Architecture and Lending » Extend

Cycle for Periodic Charges
Available from: 202108
Scheduled periodic charges can now be extended and collected beyond the
loan maturity or payment end date using the Extend Cycle field in the
corresponding Payment Type till the loan is closed. If the Extend Cycle is not
set, then the deferred periodic charges(that are raised after the bill issue date till
loan maturity) are billed (made due) on the loan maturity date and these are not
billed post maturity date.

380
Temenos Transact

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Extend Cycle field in Payment Schedule
Configuring Extend Cycle

Arrangement Architecture and Lending »

Advance Repayments in Loan
Available from: 202108
Advance Repayment of bill is now possible for all payment types except the
routine and transaction amount based payment types. During an advance
payment, the customer receives an interest benefit from the interest component
and the principal component paid in advance. During an advance settlement:

l The system settles the accrued interest till date and the remaining interest
component paid by the customer is apportioned towards the principal.
l Thus, the principal is reduced both from the advance payment of principal
and any interest component that is apportioned towards the principal.
l The interest accrual after the advance payment is on the reduced principal
after the advance payment.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Advance option in Payment Rules

Configuring Advance Payment of Installments

Working with Advance Payment of Installments

Arrangement Architecture » Component Based

Credit Check Processing

381
 Temenos Transact

Available from: 202109

The bank can now specify credit check for settlement and capitalisation
activities using the Balance Availability Property class. These activities follow
the Balance Availability configuration if the credit check is component based.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Component based Credit Check Processing - Settlement,
Capitalisation

Arrangement Architecture » Fixed Penalty Rate

on Overdue Bills
Available from: 202109
This feature enables the system to calculate the penalty interest by bills based
on a fixed rate per overdue bill. That is, when there is an interest rate change,
the system applies the new rate only on the bills overdue after the rate change.
The system continues to apply the old rate on the existing overdue bills.
A new custom interest calculation routine is used for this functionality. The bank
user has to configure the Penalty Interest Property to use this routine for interest
accruals and accounting.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Fixed Penalty Rate on Overdue Bills

382
Temenos Transact

Lending and Deposits in AA » Risk Free Rates

with Amount Compounding and New Flooring
Options
Available from: 202109
Temenos Transact Lending and Deposits in AA has been enhanced with the
options to support both positive and negative rate flooring along with zero
flooring. With the movement to daily rates and period averages, the system can
now apply flooring to either the daily rate that goes negative or the overall
average rate that comes out negative.
The amount compounding (compounding the balance) method, compounds the
interest by multiplying daily RFR rate with principal and accrued interest on any
given day to calculate that day’s interest accrual. The RFR Calc Method attribute
in Interest Property Conditions now has a new Amount option to facilitate the
use of this method.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

RFR Flooring Configuration
Flooring in Lending
Amount Compounding
Flooring in Deposits

Arrangement Architecture » Archival of Interest

Accruals
Available from: 202109
To prevent overloading of the AA.INTEREST.ACCRUALS application and solve

383
 Temenos Transact

performance issues, the interest accruals are archived by moving the entries in
the record in AA.INTEREST.ACCRUALS to the
AA.INTEREST.ACCRUAL.HIST application. The user can archive the interest
accruals using the Archive Period and Retain Period fields in the
AA.PARAMETER application.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Archival of Interest Accrual Setup

l Lending
l Deposits
l Retail Accounts

Retail Accounts (AR) » Notifying Customer of

Base Rate Change in Accounts
Available from: 202109
For an account with floating rate of interest, any future-dated floating rate change
can be notified in advance to the customer. When a new BASIC.INTEREST
record is created for a future dated floating rate change, the system triggers an
Apply Rate Activity and schedules the future dated rate change activity. The
customer can be notified in advance about this rate change by configuring a pre
notice for this basic rate change.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Advance Notifications for Floating Rate Changes
Advance Interest Rate Notifications
Notification of Customers on Base Rate Change

384
Temenos Transact

Arrangement Architecture » Combined Closure

Triggered at Multi-Currency Account Level
Available from: 202110
An MCY arrangement can be closed along with its underlying sub-accounts by
initiating closure at the MCA level. In such a closure, the system automatically
triggers the closure of the underlying sub-accounts as well.
To perform combined closure of the MCY arrangement along with its underlying
sub-accounts the user can:

l Simulate the combined closure of the MCY arrangement along with its
underlying sub-accounts and execute the simulation.
l Perform direct live closure of the MCY arrangement along with its
underlying sub-accounts.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Combined Closure
Multi-Currency Combined Closure

Arrangement Architecture and Retail Lending »

Advance Repayments in Loan
Available from: 202110

Banks can now settle the bills in advance for all payment types except the
routine and transaction amount-based payment types. During an advance
payment, the system settles the bill as-is. Therefore, the customer does not
receive any benefit from the principal or interest component paid in advance.
During an advance settlement,

385
 Temenos Transact

l The system parks the funds to the new ADV<ACCOUNT> balance type
and triggers the Forward Apply Payment activities with value date as the
actual bill due date . This is achieved by setting the Advance Settle Date
field as Due in the Payment rule type of the advance payment rule
condition.
l The system settles the principal and interest components of the bill as-is
effective on the actual bill due date.
l It settles the bill fully/partially based on the amount paid in advance
and updates the bill status as SETTLED/ADVANCED respectively.
l The system updates the General Ledger (GL) balance only on the actual
bill due date.

Click here to understand the technical impact of this enhancement for

customisation and upgrades.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Advance Settle Date
Advance Payment with no Customer Benefit-Configuration
Advance Payment with no Customer Benefit-Working with
Advance Payment with no Customer Benefit
Advance Settlement of Bills

Arrangement Architecture » Charges in MCY

Arrangement
Available from: 202110
It is now possible to configure activity charges and scheduled charges in MCY
arrangements. A flat amount can be defined as credit or debit charge and
capitalised to the settlement account.

386
Temenos Transact

The Generate Charges Activity can be used to collect or pay charges in non-
financial arrangements. The charge information is passed to the settlement
account using Context Name-Value fields and capitalised in the liquidation
account.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Charges in MCY Arrangement

Retail Accounts » Retaining Unauthorised

Transactions during COB in Retail Accounts
Available from: 202110
There can be business situations where large volume of transactions are kept
unauthorised during the COB process. The system deletes these unauthorised
entries during COB batch and re-creates the entries after the COB batch
processing which results in performance issues.
It can be parameterised to stop this deletion and re-creation of unauthorised
entries during COB for selected account products to ensure better system
performance. The AA.DECISION.PARAMETER application can be used to
indicate the account products for which the unauthorised transactions can be
retained during COB process.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Unauthorised Transaction Activities in COB - Configuration
Unauthorised Transaction Activities in COB – Working with

387
 Temenos Transact

Retail Accounts » Interest Adjustments only

During COB - Retail Accounts
Available from: 202110
When a back value dated transaction is posted in an account, the interest
accruals will not be adjusted online. When Interest Adjustments due to back
dated txns is set as:

l Null - The interest adjustments for the back value dated transactions are
posted on the next accrual
l Next Cap - The posting of interest adjustments depends on the value set
for Adjust Current Period Interest along with Next Cap?
(FULL.ADJUSTMENT option). That is, when the value is:
l Yes - The interest adjustments for the back value dated transactions
are booked on the next capitalisation date.
l Not Set - The interest adjustments for the back value dated
transactions are posted:
l The current period interest adjustments are posted on the next
accrual
l The previous period interest adjustments are posted on the
next capitalisation date.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Full Adjustment

Interest Adjustments Options for a Back Value Dated

Transaction
Illustrations of Full Adjustment

388
Temenos Transact

Arrangement Architecture » Pricing Rules for

MCY Accounts
Available from: 202111
To facilitate the banks to offer a special pricing on charges levied at the multi-
currency offering (arrangement) for the purpose of rewarding the customer,
Transact now allows the following capabilities:

l Whenever a scheduled or activity charge is raised against a MCY account

arrangement, a discount on charge or premium on bonus can be given if
specific conditions are met. This special pricing can be subject to
evaluation of some conditions. The evaluation rule for the pricing has to be
enabled to verify the balances or transaction counts based on the overall
balances or transaction count of one or all the sub-accounts combined in
the MCY arrangement structure. The discount on charges or premium on
bonus is given only if those conditions are satisfied.
l The user can define a pricing benefit for the CHARGE property. This
pricing benefit can be a complete waiver or adjustment of the charge post
evaluation of the rule specified against that pricing benefit.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Pricing Rules for MCY Accounts

Arrangement Architecture » End-to-End

Transaction Processing and Migration of MCA
Available from: 202111
Preferential Pricing
To facilitate banks to reward the customers based on their relationship with the

389
 Temenos Transact

bank or the channels through which the customers access and transact on their
MCY accounts, Transact is now enhanced to apply preferential pricing to the
MCY accounts through the following pricing strategies, either independently of
each other or in combination:

l Regional Pricing
l Customer Related Arrangements Pricing (CRA)
l Bundle Pricing
l Package Pricing

As a result of the pricing applied, a premium or discount can be applied on the

charges in MCY arrangements. The MCY arrangements can be also included in
pricing evaluation based on product count and/or combined balance.
MCY Contract Take Over/Migration

It is now possible to take over a MCY account from the legacy system. When the
sub-accounts are created, the sub-balance and accruals are captured at the sub-
account level. The sub-account balance automatically flows to the MCY
arrangement as a memo balance and it is displayed as a memo balances at the
top account level.
MCY Card Processing
The user can issue a new card at the top account level and have the card fee
raised and settled from the sub-account linked to card. Besides user
convenience, there is ease of access to MCY account information as the
balances of the customer in Single Customer View (SCV) screen is also made
available.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Pricing Rules for MCY Accounts
Migration of MCY Account Details
Configuring Multi-Currency Account Maintenance
Linking a Card with Charge to MCY Account
Single Customer View (SCV)

390
Temenos Transact

Using Payment Order to Debit/Credit Sub-Account Directly

Arrangement Architecture » Credit Check,

Automatic and Customer-Initiated Position
Transfer in Multi-Currency Arrangements
Available from: 202111
This functionality includes:

l Credit Check - The Balance Availability Property Class is added to the

MCY product line to perform a credit check at the MCA level.
l Automatic Position Transfer -The credit check for an MCY arrangement
can be performed at the MCA level. As a result of this credit check at the
MCA level, when the user debits an MCY arrangement (to transfer funds to
another account), the system allows the transaction to be processed in a
currency where the transaction amount is more than the sub-account
balance. This can lead to a debit balance or overdraft in the sub-account.
In such a scenario, the system can be configured to automatically move
the funds from one currency to another within the MCY structure.
l Customer-Initiated Position Transfer - The customer can manually request
for an internal position transfer from one currency sub-account to another
under the same MCY structure.

Click here to understand the technical impact of this enhancement for

customisation and upgrades.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Position Adjustment and Adjustment Order Attributes

391
 Temenos Transact

Configuring Credit Check in MCY Structure

Working with Automatic and Customer-Initiated Position
Transfer

Arrangement Architecture » Capture Historical

Bills and Historical Transaction Balance
Available from: 202111
During the takeover of an arrangement from the legacy system, the system can
also capture the historical bill and historical transaction balance in Transact. To
enable this, the following two activity classes are introduced in Transact.

l Capture Historical Bills - Used to take over the settled bills from the legacy
system.
l Capture Historical Transaction Balance - Used to capture the net
movement for a given day from the legacy system. The interest movements
from the historical interest bills adjust the running balance as well.

This feature allows the user to make back value dated changes beyond the
Transact Take Over date and perform bill adjustments.

Click here to understand the technical impact of this enhancement for

customisation and upgrades.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Capture Historical Bill and Balance
Processing of Back Dated Schedules

392
Temenos Transact

Retail Accounts » Live Account Closure and

Settlement Using Payment Order
Available from: 202112
During the live closure of accounts (closure without simulation), the user can
now use payment order to settle the closure proceeds to a beneficiary.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Live Payoff (Settlement Through Payment Order)
Live Payoff (Through Settlement Account and Payment Order)

Retail Accounts » Temporary Limits

Available from: 202112
Banks can now offer a Temporary limit to accounts along with the existing main
limit. An additional third tier Interest condition can be configured for the
temporary limit amount for debit interest accrual calculation different from the
utilisation and the overdraft limits.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Refer Limit Attribute
Temporary Limits

393
 Temenos Transact

Arrangement Architecture » Direct Live Closure

of MCY Accounts using Payment Order
Available from: 202112
During the live closure of a MCY account (without simulation), it is now possible
to configure Transact to settle the closure proceeds to a beneficiary using the
PAYMENT.ORDER application, on the current date or a forward system date.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Direct Live Closure of MCY Account using Payment Order
Live MCY Payoff(Settlement Through Payment order)

Retail Lending » Schedules based on Rule of 78

in Loans
Available from: 202112
The Rule of 78 is a method used by lenders to calculate interest on a loan. It
gives greater weight to months in the earlier part of a borrower’s loan cycle when
calculating interest, which increases the profit for the lender and the agreed
interest is paid throughout the tenure of the loan.
The following routines are introduced to facilitate this functionality and can be
used as the Calculation Routine in the corresponding AA.PAYMENT.TYPE.

l AA.CALCULATE.RULE78.PRIN.AMOUNT
l AA.CALCULATE.RULE78.INTEREST.AMOUNT

The topic related to this feature is given below:

394
Temenos Transact

Rule of 78 in Loans

Retail Securitisation
Available from: 202112
Loan Securitisation helps to create an investor pool and the Loans can be sold
to the investor , partially or fully to the investors to perform loan securitisation.

l The AA.SECURITISATION.POOLS (Securitisation Pool Definition)

application allows the user to create a securitisation pool and record an
investor details with his beneficiary information.
l The Participant Property Class can be added to an arrangement in AL
product line.
l The Balance Treatment field can be set to Participation for a lending
arrangement.
l The Share Transfer Activity is used to sell the assets to the investors
partially or fully thereby perform a loan securitisation.
l For securitised loans, the accounting books change from the bank’s
owning book to the investor’s book.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Retail Securitisation

Arrangement Architecture » Sub Arrangement

Rule Changes for MCY Products
Available from: 202201
In a Multi-Currency (MCY) product, only one product can be defined as the

395
 Temenos Transact

allowed product for sub-account creation. The base currency product of the MCY
should be same as the allowed product in the Sub-Arrangement Rules product
condition.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Configuring Sub Arrangement Rules
Sub Arrangement Rules Property Class

Arrangement Architecture » Change Product in

a MCY Structure
Available from: 202201
It is now possible to upgrade or downgrade a multi-currency structure directly.
When the user initiates a change product in the multi-currency arrangement, the
system triggers another activity for the sub-accounts to also undergo a product
change to the sub-account product specified in sub-arrangement rules of the
new multi-currency product.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Change Product in MCY Structure

Tasks for Change Product

Arrangement Architecture and Retail Lending »

Turning Simulation Live on Current/Future Date
Available from: 202202
Banks can now turn the simulations to live arrangements and activities on the

396
Temenos Transact

actual booking and completion dates, retaining the original set of conditions and
parameters regardless of the difference between the dates on which the
simulations are captured and the dates on which they are executed.
To facilitate this, the AA.SIMULATION.RUNNER application (used to turn the
simulation live) is enhanced where the user can modify the simulation execution
date to be the current system date using the Date field (under User Activities
tab of AA.SIMULATION.RUNNER) regardless of the effective date set in
AA.SIMULATION.CAPTURE.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Introduction to Simulations
Simulation Runner
Amending Simulation Run Date

Arrangement Architecture and Retail Accounts »

Adjustment of Funds Availability Date in Notice
Accounts
Available from: 202202

Banks can choose the funds availability date (Available Start Date) to be a
business or a non-business date for notice accounts, based on the value defined
in the new field in the Balance Availability Property Condition namely, Notice
Convention. The allowed values for this field are:

l Forward – The available start date moves forward to the next working day
if the resultant calculated date is a holiday.
l Backward - The available start date moves backward to the previous
working day if the resultant calculated date is a holiday.
l Blank or Calendar – This is the default option, that is, the funds availability
date can be a calendar date.

397
 Temenos Transact

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Available Start Date
Notice Convention
Capturing Notices
Calculation of Funds Availability Date for Withdrawal

Arrangement Architecture » Offline Update of

AA Customer Tables during Takeover
Available from: 202202
The new activity type option - Customer Arrangement Offline Update, available
in the AA.ACTIVITY application, helps to improve the system performance
during the takeover of a contract. When the takeover activity (Type) is set to
Customer Arrangement Offline Update, the system updates an offline list file and
skips updating certain customer related AA tables during the takeover process.
The customer related AA tables are updated and synchronised from the list file
through a background service.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Customer Arrangement Offline Update

Configuring Customer Arrangement Offline Update - AA

Configuring Customer Arrangement Offline Update - Deposits
Configuring Customer Arrangement Offline Update - Lending
Configuring Customer Arrangement Offline Update – Multi
Currency Accounts
Configuring Customer Arrangement Offline Update - Accounts

398
Temenos Transact

Retail Accounts » Notice Account Validations

Available from: 202203
Temenos Transact is enhanced to validate posting restrictions in the notice
account at the time of capturing/modifying notices or when defining posting
restrictions on the account that has a notice in process, thereby keeping the
users informed if the restriction would affect the withdrawal.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Notice Account Validations

Arrangement Architecture and Fixed Deposits »

Notice for Redemption of Funds in Deposits
Available from: 202204
The Notice withdrawal feature in AA is now extended to Deposit products to
capture the notice request for redemption of funds.

l The Balance Availability and Notice Withdrawal property classes are

enabled for the Deposit product line.
l Banks can optionally record the reason for withdrawal of funds, at the time
of notice capture.
l Bank users can capture, modify, and cancel the notice request for partial
and full redemption of term deposits. A penalty charge can be collected for
the break of the term deposits without prior notice and/or when notice
conditions are not met.

Click here to understand the technical impact of this enhancement for

customisation and upgrades.

399
 Temenos Transact

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Notice Withdrawal in Accounts
Notice for Redemption of Funds in Deposits
Configuring Notice Withdrawal in Accounts
Configuring Notice for Redemption of Funds in Deposits
Notice Attributes in Balance Availability
Notice Withdrawal Transaction Class
CLOSURE.NOTICE Periodic Attribute Class
Processing a withdrawal notice in Accounts
Processing a notice for redemption of funds in Deposits
Creating, Modifying, or Cancelling a Notice
Notice Withdrawal

Retail Accounts and Fixed Deposits » Notice

Request Validations based on Locked Amount
Available from: 202204
Temenos Transact has been enhanced with a new validation API that checks if
a notice captured for withdrawal is affected due to the existing notices and the
locked amount.
It validates the available balance in the notice account and deposit while
capturing or modifying the notices for the withdrawal of funds, so that users are
informed if the withdrawal can get affected.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Notice Request Validations based on Locked Amount -

400
Temenos Transact

Accounts
Notice Request Validations based on Locked Amount -
Deposits
Illustrations For Notice Request Validations - Accounts
Illustrations For Notice Request Validations - Deposits

Retail Accounts and Fixed Deposits » User

Configurable Funds Availability Date
Available from: 202204
Transact is enhanced with a new rule in Activity Restriction condition to check if
the Notice Period is compromised when the user manually inputs an Available
Start Date.
The user configured action (an override or error) occurs when there is a notice
breach during the capture and change notice activities. A default override
warning is given when the system calculated date is modified.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

User Configurable Funds Availability Date - Accounts
User Configurable Funds Availability Date - Deposits
NOTICE.PERIOD Periodic Attribute Class
User Configurable Funds Availability Date – Illustrations in
Accounts
User Configurable Funds Availability Date – Illustrations in
Deposits

401
 Temenos Transact

Retail Accounts and Fixed Deposits » Automatic

Settlement of Funds on Notice Withdrawal
Available from: 202204
When the customer has issued a notice for withdrawal of funds in a notice
account or deposit, it is possible to automatically settle the notice funds either to
a Temenos Transact customer account or an external beneficiary (through
PAYMENT.ORDER), based on the settlement instructions configured for the
respective property.

Click here to understand the technical impact of this enhancement for

customisation and upgrades.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Automatic Settlement of Funds in Accounts
Automatic Settlement of Funds in Accounts - Configuration
Automatic Settlement of Funds in Accounts – Working with
Automatic Settlement of Funds in Deposits
Automatic Settlement of Funds in Deposits - Configuration
Automatic Settlement of Funds in Deposits – Working with

Arrangement Architecture, Retail Accounts and

Retail Deposits » Notice Validations for Cancel
and Cooling Period
Available from: 202204
The Activity Restriction property condition has a new attribute named No of

402
Temenos Transact

Cycles to define the number of times the review rule has to be evaluated. This
field is a part of the associated multi-value set along with the Frequency
attribute.

l The product qualifier rules can be defined for frequency-based monitoring

of an activity where the rule is run as per the defined frequency and the
number of cycles.

The system is enabled to define the rule end for a periodic attribute evaluation in
the AA.PERIODIC.ATTRIBUTE table using the Rule End field. The Cooling-off
option is available to define the Rule End as the cooling period.

l This field can be set only when the Rule Start field is defined as
Agreement/Start/Anniversary.
l The Period Type field should be blank when Rule End is defined.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Changes in Activity Restriction
Changes in Periodic Rules
Monitoring Initial Funding in Notice Accounts
Processing Partial Withdrawals during Cooling Period in
Deposits

Retail Accounts » Defining Charge

Capitalisation Date
Available from: 202204
For the interest posting in an account, if the interest accrual rule includes the last
day of accrual period, the interest is posted with value date as next calendar
date of capitalisation. For the account charges to be posted in a similar way, a
new property type namely VALUE.NEXT.DAY is introduced at the charge
property level.

403
 Temenos Transact

When the charge property is defined with property type as VALUE.NEXT.DAY,

the charge is captialised to the customer’s account with value date as the next
calendar date. It is to be noted that the income or expense is booked to the PL
on the same date of capitalisation.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Value Next Day Property Type
Changes in Charges Property Class
Charge Capitalisation Date
Changes in Liquidation of Interest and Charges

Arrangement Architecture » Synchronous

Simulation for API
Available from: 202204
The response time of the simulation that is executed through an API can be
improved by running it online instead of using a service. When the Synchronous
field is set to Yes in a record in the AA.SIMULATION.CAPTURE application,
the system does not handover the simulation to a service, instead, it uses the
inline simulation framework to process the simulation online.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Synchronous Simulation for API

Retail Lending » Overpayment in Mortgage

Loan

404
Temenos Transact

Available from: 202204

Overpayment allows the borrowers to pay an additional amount on top of the
agreed monthly installment with an option to define a cap amount up to which
the repayment can be done without incurring charges. The overpayment can be
made as a:

l Regular Overpayment - Borrower agrees with the bank to repay an

additional amount on top of the regular installment.
l Lumpsum Overpayment - Borrower makes an ad hoc payment. Lumpsum
payments can be made as and when the borrower affords.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Overpayment
Defining Overpayment Limit
Scheduling Info Bills

Product Phases and Mortgage Overpayment

Charges
Available from: 202204
Arrangement Architecture - Product Conditions Based on Product Phases
It is now possible to have the different conditions for the same interest and
charge property effective from different phases. The phases can be defined as a
specific date or a relative date at the product designer level. Thus, the banks or
financial institutions can create Products which have Product Phases and
Product Conditions associated with the Product Phases, at the Product
Designer level.

Retail Lending - Payment Order Payoff at Facility Level

It is now possible to initiate a payoff at the facility level. The payoff initiates the
closure of facility and all the arrangements under the facility by considering, the

405
 Temenos Transact

Early Repayment Charge (ERC) of the individual arrangement and charging the
same at the facility level.
Retail Lending - Role Based Home Page Information on Payoff
The user can now view the number of payoff requests initiated for a customer,
recorded in the new Payoff Request Initiated field in the single customer view
(SCV).
Retail Lending - Mortgage Early Repayment Charge
With Overpayment Limit and Early Repayment Charge ERC, it is now possible
to pre-define a cap amount on the excess repayment associated with a charge
that can be levied only if the repayment exceeds the cap amount. Further, with
ERC, it is now possible to define phases (that can be configured at Product
level) that control how the ERC has to be handled over the loan term. That is,
charges for each year can be different, for one year it can be fixed and for the
next year it can be a variable charge.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Product Conditions Based on Product Phases
Phase Based Interest Conditions
Phase Based Charge Conditions
Phase Based Overpayment Charges
Payoff at Facility level

Fixed Deposits » Posting Restrict Validations in

Notice Deposits
Available from: 202204
Temenos Transact is enhanced to validate posting restrictions in the notice
deposit at the time of capturing/modifying notices or when defining posting
restrictions on the deposit that has a notice in process, thereby keeping the
users informed if the restriction would affect the withdrawal.

406
Temenos Transact

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Notice Deposit Validations – Posting Restriction

Fixed Deposits » Adjustment of Funds

Availability Date in Notice Deposits
Available from: 202204
Banks can choose the funds availability date (Available Start Date) to be a
business or a non-business date for notice deposits, based on the value defined
in the new field in the Balance Availability Property Condition namely, Notice
Convention. The allowed values for this field are:

l Forward - The available start date moves forward to the next working day if
the resultant calculated date is a holiday.
l Backward - The available start date moves backward to the previous
working day if the resultant calculated date is a holiday.
l Blank or Calendar - This is the default option, that is, the funds availability
date can be a calendar date.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Capturing Notices
Adjustment of Funds Availability Date for Withdrawal

407
 Temenos Transact

Technology

Data Framework

Data Lifecycle Management » PostgreSQL

Available from: 202105
Data Lifecycle Management (DLM) supports ORACLE, MSSQL, DB2 and
NUODB database. This feature extends the DLM functionality to support
PostgreSQL database.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

PostgreSQL

Relational Replication » Enabling Tables in TDH

Available from: 202112
The RR.PARAM application is now enhanced to enable applications with a valid
STANDARD.SELECTION record. This allows tables that do not have PGM.FILE
record and template routine to be enabled from TDH.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

RR.PARAM Configuration

408
Temenos Transact

Relational Replication » Field Type Conversion

in RR.OVERRIDE.PARMETER
Available from: 202202
To avoid the ‘Invalid multi value’ error in DES, RR.OVERRIDE.PARAMETER
now allows the conversion of field type from single value to multi value or multi
value to sub value, for the required fields of the application.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Overriding STANDARD.SELECTION Values

Design Framework

Temenos Workbench V1 (UXP) » JWT

Authentication for Design Framework Packager
Available from: 202105
This feature enables authentication support with more security to Design
Framework Packager through JSON Web Tokens.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

JWT Authentication for Design Framework Packager

409
 Temenos Transact

Temenos Workbench » Automated Propagation

of Local Fields to APIs
Available from: 202106
Inheritance capability is now extended to support local fields propagation to API
version and API enquiry based on the propagation flags set.
This feature automatically propagates the local fields at run time in API versions
and API enquiries.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Automated Propagation of Local Fields to APIs
Automated Propagation of Local Fields - API Version
Automated Propagation of Local Fields - API Enquiry

Temenos Workbench V1 (UXP) » Managing

Bulk Record Transactions
Available from: 202108
Single transaction mode is now enhanced so that when the user selects Single
Transaction mode, the data record validation or deployment now displays two
modes of Transactions – NO Transaction mode and Single Transaction mode.
Records classified as NoTransactionTypes are validated or deployed first in
NO Transaction mode, all other records are validated or deployed in Single
Transaction mode by applying sequence per Phase/Chunks.
This avoids failure of package containing LOCAL.TABLE (LT),
LOCAL.REF.TABLE (LRT) and EB.TABLE.DEFINITION (ETD) during
deployment.

410
Temenos Transact

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Bulk and Company Management

Temenos Workbench » Workbench Profile

Setup
Available from: 202109
Temenos Workbench, the configuration tool for Temenos Banking Cloud, now
provides all the latest configuration features with new extensibility capabilities
that simultaneously controls the customizations through best practices.
To support standard and cloud-based implementation, Temenos Workbench
introduced a profile mechanism that facilitates any non-Temenos managed
SaaS client to select the Transact Standard or Transact SaaS profile to operate.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Workbench Profile

Temenos Workbench » Supporting Adapter

Framework Configuration Items
Available from: 202109

Adapter framework now provides standard adapter features as service to

Temenos Enterprise applications to interface with external applications that
don’t support event-based integration. A set of adapters are available in a
template format, which can be used to design interfaces. Adapter Service
provides various adapter end points to interface with external applications
through synchronous and asynchronous interfaces. To keep the business
microservice independently scalable, the Adapter service provides a scalable

411
 Temenos Transact

interface to meet the integration-related requirements. This feature supports the

configuration and packaging of the adapter framework configuration items.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Adapter Framework

Temenos Workbench » Rendering the

Configuration API Dynamically
Available from: 202109
Based on the profile selected, Temenos Workbench now provides the ability to
dynamically render an editor by defining the end points in the Configuration API
with GET/POST without query parameters that can be used for both UX and
packager configuration.
This feature helps the bank to configure a new menu entry in Workbench, which
is linked to Configuration API. Based on the Configuration API, editors are auto-
generated.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Rendering the Configuration API Dynamically

Temenos Workbench V1 (UXP) » Configuring

Keycloak Authentication Service
Available from: 202110
Temenos Packager is now enhanced with Keycloak authentication mechanism,
which is a standard authentication service implemented across all Temenos
products.

412
Temenos Transact

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Keycloak Authentication

Temenos Workbench V1 (UXP) » Supporting

Bootstrap Package API
Available from: 202111
A new API is introduced that allows to deploy the Bootstrap package, as it is not
ideal to insist on redeploying dsf-iris.war in Cloud operations. Bootstrap
API allows deployment of single or multiple Bootstrap packages in jar or zip
format.
Deployment of multiple Bootstrap packages is supported using a comma
separator operator and wildcard. By default, deployment of the Bootstrap
packages is incremental mode.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Supporting Bootstrap Package API

Temenos Packager » Deploy API V2

Available from: 202202
Deploy API is enhanced to capture response of package deployment in both
success and failure scenarios. While both V1 and V2 of the Deploy API
functions in the same way, V2 provides more details about the deployment in the
response.
Deploy API V2 captures the following details for both single and multi-package
deployments in the response.

413
 Temenos Transact

l Package information for every success deployment and

l Detailed error information is displayed for every failure scenario.

This feature is more helpful in failure scenarios as it captures detailed

information about the errors and traces the package with error, in case of multi-
package deployment.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Deploy API V2
Configuring Properties for Temenos Packager Installation

Data Packager » Importing Bulk Data Records

Available from: 202204

Temenos Data Packager allows the user to import bulk data records from CSV
file with the help of a new wizard Bulk Data Records Import from CSV in IDE
mode.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Bulk Data Records Import from CSV

Data Packager » Repo Save API

Available from: 202204
Repo Save API is introduced to save the package definition (single & multi) with
hash updated in both DSF repo and product repo (DS.DSF.PACKAGE for
transact), and this API doesn’t deploy the package.
A saved package list is returned in the response for both single and multi-
package.

414
Temenos Transact

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Repo Save API

Temenos Workbench V1 (UXP) » API Based

Data Structure
Available from: 202204
Temenos Packager is enhanced with ability to use API based data structures to
package complex structures or related data records, which the user can
download and import to IDE. In this method, the user can trigger an API to fetch
the records with or without defining the record ID in the input payload.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

API Based Data Structures

Extensibility Framework

IRIS R18 » Defaulting Value in Request Payload

for UXP Browser
Available from: 202201
UXPB supports rule decision through IRIS Resource Provider (RP) services,
which is now extended to default the value for a field in the request payload
based on the decision logic rules defined by the user. This facilitates the user to
modify or default a value in the UXPB request before it reaches Transact.

415
 Temenos Transact

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Regex Validation for Version Fields
Rules Validation for Version Fields
Rules Validation for UXPB Fields

Microservices » Virtual Table

Available from: 202201
Virtual Table Microservice also referred to as Data Add on microservice allows
users to define data models and services to support any new custom data
additions. Once these data are made available, they can be made accessible
through an API-based interface for Temenos product solutions. This
microservice is designed to allow users to access any data collections through
rest APIs.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Virtual Table

Microservices » Deploying VT in EKS and Azure

Serverless Environment
Available from: 202202

Virtual Table Microservice supports the users to configure and deploy this
service in Elastic Kubernetes Services (EKS) and Azure Serverless
Environment.

416
Temenos Transact

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Deploying Virtual Table in EKS and Azure Serverless
Environment

Microservices » Deploying VirtualTable in AWS

Serverless Environment
Available from: 202203
Virtual Table Microservice supports the users to configure and deploy this
service in Amazon Web Services Serverless Environment.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Deploying Virtual Table in AWS Serverless Environment

Adapter » Deploying ATM – TCP and IP Listener

Available from: 202203

TCP-IP Listener is a new adapter framework that provides the following

functionality:

l It replaces the existing TOCFEE component available in Transact.

l It is lightweight adapter service for cloud and on-premise based
deployment.
l It is independent of database and configuration MS and has a
customizable camel route.
l It has separate helm chart in the Adapter MS.
l Shell scripts supports the TCP and IP Listener to have easier Environment
Configurations.

417
 Temenos Transact

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Deploying ATM – TCP and IP Listener

Virtual Table » JSON Schema in Virtual Table

Configuration
Available from: 202204
Temenos Workbench now allows user to create virtual table by defining JSON
schemas for each operation that includes create, retrieve, update and delete.
Virtual Table Microservice allows the users to define data models and services
to support any new custom data model additions using workbench or design
APIs. Virtual Table Runtime APIs are used to insert, query, and delete records
for a given data model.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

JSON Schema in Virtual Table Configuration

Microservices » Data Extension Mapping using

JOLT Mapping Editor
Available from: 202204

Temenos Workbench now allows the user to search, create, edit and pack JOLT
mapping used for data extension of Microservices data model. The user can
fetch the list of the Data Extensions that are stored in Generic Configuration
Microservice to edit or add a new JOLT to them.
Data Extension JOLT Mapping allows users to define mapping between
Transact or Generic events and microservices entity to support any new data
field added as part of customization.

418
Temenos Transact

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Data Extension Mapping using JOLT Mapping Editor

Extending APIs » Validating and Defaulting

Transact API and UXP Extensions
Available from: 202204
Extending APIs now allow the user to do validation and defaulting outside the
Transact boundaries for both Transact APIs and UXP Browser operations. It
also allows the user to customize and use Drools to define the rules for their
validations and business specific logics where the drools rule evaluation is
executed outside of Transact.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Validating and Defaulting Transact API and UXP Extensions

Integration Framework

Integration Framework Designer » Customisable

Correlation ID in Integration Events
Available from: 202106
This feature allows the user to select a field, whose value will be added to the
JMS header as correlation ID and the same data populates in the event common
section of Integration Event. Therefore, the user can correlate the asynchronous
messages as the value is mapped from the request to Integration Event.

419
 Temenos Transact

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Customisable Correlation ID

Integration Framework Runtime » Additional

Modes in Event Delivery using Integration
Service
Available from: 202108
The following additional modes for event delivery are now available in
integration service. These additional modes provide flexibility to the user in
selecting various modes based on the required functionality.

l NO.BATCH.SORTED
l NO.BATCH.NO.PRIORITY
l NO.BATCH.SORTED.NO.PRIORITY
l INITIAL.LOAD

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Integration Service Parameter Table

Integration Framework Designer » Maintaining a

Stable Container Name in Integration Events
Available from: 202110
Integration Framework event is now enhanced to capture the group, subgroup
and textgroup container names after the first publish and uses the same name
when a flow is republished, ensuring the container names are not changed
when fields are added to the flow or removed from the flow. This facilitates the

420
Temenos Transact

customers using integration events not to change their stylesheets or any

mapping logic for each republish of the integration flow.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Transact Records

Inflow » Posting Inflow Requests to Topics

Available from: 202112
Inflow is now enhanced to support topics such as Azure Eventhub and Kafka.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Posting Inflow Requests to Topics

Data Event Streaming » Validating Metrics in

DES Using JMC
Available from: 202202
Data Event Streaming is enhanced to support the validation of monitoring
metrics using JMX metrics exposed by Temenos Monitoring library.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Validating Metrics in DES Using JMC

421
 Temenos Transact

Integration Framework Designer » Defining

Single Flow for a Product across Companies
Available from: 202203
To avoid the increase of events and flow definition, Integration designer is
enhanced to reuse single flow and event definition across companies. Based on
the client requirement, the company list can be modified without adding a new
event and flow, which reduces the number of definitions as one event.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Defining Single Flow for a Product across Companies

Integration Framework Runtime » Archival

Solution for Delivery Events
Available from: 202204
Integration Framework uses the table IF.DELIVERY.EVENTS.TABLE as a
store and forward table to hold the events till delivery. During event delivery, the
'Delivery' type event records are moved to IF.DELIVERY.EVENTS.TABLE
once the event is delivered to the queue regardless of the Post Delivery Act.
Integration Framework Runtime module is enhanced with the
IF.DELIVERY.EVENTS.TABLE for the reduction in the size of the records and
for avoiding the accumulation of large amount of records.
IF.DELIVERY.EVENTS.TABLE allows the system to maintain the processed
delivery type events separately.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Archival Solution for Delivery Events

422
Temenos Transact

Inflow » Representing Inflow with Grafana

Available from: 202204
Integration Framework uses Grafana, a monitoring tool to trace and visualize the
data flow. Grafana provides graphic representation to understand the data flow
and the utility to monitor success and failure events in both staging and
processed event in a specific time range.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Representing Inflow with Grafana

Data Event Streaming » Multiple Namespace

Support in EventHub
Available from: 202204
The standard subscription of the Azure event hub namespace is allowed to hold
only 10 topics. To overcome this, a new feature is introduced to support
read/write into multiple namespace. You can now configure multiple
namespaces in DES avoiding the limitation of topics.
You can set DES_STREAM_VENDOR =as eventhub-
multiplenamespace in .env file and start DES to create topics in different
namespaces and deliver the data in standard event hub subscription model.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Multiple Namespace Support in Eventhub

Interaction Framework

423
 Temenos Transact

IRIS R18 » IRIS Rules Engine

Available from: 202105
Rules for an API are now written and deployed in a dedicated Rules Engine
server. They are then configured in the Config Microservice against the API’s
operationId and domain. During Runtime, IRIS checks the API’s operationID and
domain, invokes the rules engine and validates the payload.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Implementing Rule Engine in IRIS R18 using Config
Microservice

IRIS R18 » Enrichment and Validation Support

Available from: 202106
In IRIS R18, a workbench is launched using Kony Visualiser and Fabric for ODS
and ADS for creating APIs. It requires additional validations and enrichments to
include in UI for more usability and to design the API.
IRIS R18 is now enhanced with new workbench that supports additional
enrichment rules and UI validations.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Enrichment and Validation Support

IRIS R18 » Local Reference Field Extensibility

Available from: 202106
While creating API through irf-work-bench, IRIS now displays all the local

424
Temenos Transact

reference fields from LOCAL.TABLE that are enabled for propagation along with
API core fields defined in Version of API.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Local Reference Field Extensibility

IRIS R18 » Additional Features and Support »

Process Workflow Support
Available from: 202107
IRIS now supports process workflow through APIs. The new functionality
creates an API based on the PW.PROCESS application. After this, the respective
procedures are triggered with a special header containing PW ID also called the
PAT ID. Further, the PAT ID is placed in the OFS request to identify it as a PW
request.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Process Workflow Support

IRIS R18 » Rules Engine Support for UXPB

Available from: 202108
The new feature allows you to define your own rules against a UXPB operation.
This will enable rules validation for UXPB before performing any operation in
Transact if rules are applicable to the specific resource.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

425
 Temenos Transact

Rules Engine Support for UXPB

IRIS R18 » API Timeout

Available from: 202108
IRIS now supports timeout of the API based on the SLA mapped against the
apiSlaMappings.json file where you can define SLA for an API during its
creation in the work bench and gets packed within the service jar. Each SLA is
defined with a timeout value in milliseconds in the Config MS.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

API Timeout

IRIS R18 » Sample Error Response for 400, 500

and Default for New Quantum Based IRIS
Workbench
Available from: 202108

In this release, you can map the fields of payload, response and fields of
business error response to any sample data. The solution uses the IRIS
endpoint to load the fields of an artefact to map the field to sample value in
workbench. Once the artefact is added and fields are mapped to the sample
data, workbench should be able to create inventory with sample data and send
the request to IRIS to generate the swagger and service xml. The generated
swagger json will have the sample data as example in definitions.

426
Temenos Transact

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Sample Error Response for 400, 500 and Default for New
Quantum Based IRIS Workbench

IRIS R18 » Authentication with Keycloak

Available from: 202109
In IRIS R18, a workbench designed using the Kony Visualiser and Fabric. The
login screen is integrated with Keycloak for authentication. JWT token will be
sent as part of the OFS request.
Now, the login screen is used to authenticate the user using Keycloak and
logout functionality is implemented. When an API is invoked with JWT token in
authorisation header, the same token is sent as part of the OFS request for
further authentication in Transact and with the new token.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Authentication with Keycloak

IRIS R18 » IRIS Logger - Metrics on Grafana

Dashboard
Available from: 202109
IRIS now supports to push the IRIS logs into the Grafana dashboard. You can
write it in a file or push it into the dashboard based on the simple configuration in
log4j2.properties file. This functionality enables to view the IRIS logs directly in a
more organised way in Grafana dashboard instead of viewing it on a log file.

427
 Temenos Transact

The topic related to this feature is given below:

IRIS Logger - Metrics on Grafana Dashboard

IRIS R18 » Resource Based Descriptions in

Vocabulary
Available from: 202109
The vocabulary description for a key can be defined based on the resource
given in the endpoint. IRIS now supports the user to define the vocabulary
description of a property in swagger based on the resource provided in the API
endpoint.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Resource Based Descriptions in Vocabulary

UXP Browser » Navigation Guide

Available from: 202110
The UXP Browser is enhanced to sort the enquiry columns in ascending or
descending order by clicking the column header. The user can view the sort
option by clicking the column header and sort the data in the enquiry table.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Sorting of Enquiries

428
Temenos Transact

IRIS R18 » Generation and Deployment of API

Artefacts from Config Microservices
Available from: 202110
In IRIS R18, a workbench is designed using the Kony Visualiser which
downloads the generated artefacts as a zip to the local file system. IRIS provides
a mechanism to generate the artefacts or load the inventory and swagger from
the config microservice.
Now, the workbench downloads the generated artefacts to config microservices
if configured. Otherwise, artefacts are downloaded to a local file system. IRIS
also has the capability to deploy the services and swagger files from the config
microservice if configured. The benefits of the enhancement are:

l Ability to store the generated artefacts from workbench to config

microservice.
l Ability to deploy the available services in config microservices.
l Ability to get the swagger or inventory json from config microservices.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Generation and Deployment of API Artefacts from Config
Microservices

IRIS R18 » Regex Engine

Available from: 202110
IRIS supports the regex validation of the API request payload based on Regex
configuration stored in the Config microservices.
Now, IRIS validates the request payload value against the Regex configured in
the RegexConfiguration record in Config microservices. If the validation is
successful, IRIS sends the transaction request to Transact. If the validation fails,
Regex Engine returns the decision object which contains the error codes and

429
 Temenos Transact

error details of the validation failure. IRIS then converts the transaction call into
an Validate call and sends it to Transact, and the result of both the Transact
response and Regex Engine response are sent to the client as a response with
400 status code. The API payload validation performed at the IRIS level is a
benefit.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Regex Engine

IRIS R18 » Rules Engine Support for UXPB

Available from: 202110
Mapping of the UXPB operation against rules is now standardized similar to
APIs where rules should be mapped against the operation ID instead of vice
versa.
Users can now define their own rules against a UXPB operation. This enables
rules validation at UXPB before performing any operation if rules are applicable
to that specific resource. Users can also build and deploy their external rules
and restrict the UXPB operation based on this rules validation.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Rules Engine Support for UXPB

IRIS R18 » Config MS Reversion and

Standardization
Available from: 202111
Configuration files and design time artifacts are stored and uploaded through the
API interface. The upgraded MS version supports the text data string payload.

430
Temenos Transact

Now, the new micro service V2.0.0 functionality supporting the text data string
payload on storing and fetching the data through the API interface, where
explicit encoding and decoding of the data is not required from the application
end.
The uploaded payload against the V1.0.0 API interface can also be retrieved
with the V2.0.0 API interface. Supporting upgraded V2.0.0 micro service API
interface is in IRIS R18.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Implementing Rule Engine in IRIS R18 using Config
Microservice
Regex Engine
API Timeout

IRIS R18 » Rules Engine Invocation Defaulting

Value
Available from: 202111
IRIS supports to default values for fields in the request payload during rules
evaluation, that is, the rule engine can set value for the request payload field,
and this new value will be sent to the Transact. IRIS has an existing functionality
in which it supports only the validation rules (true or false).
Now, IRIS supports defaulting capability, that is, the rules engine can update the
request payload value based on the condition written and this new value is sent
to the Transact through OFS. Rules are written and deployed in a dedicated
Rules Engine server.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Implementing Rule Engine in IRIS R18 using Config

431
 Temenos Transact

Microservice

Interaction Framework » IRIS Logger - Metrics

on Grafana Dashboard
Available from: 202112
The new functionality supports the capture of various IRIS metrics and transfers
the same into the Grafana dashboard. This also enables the user to view the
IRIS metrics directly in a more organized way in the Grafana dashboard.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

IRIS Logger - Metrics on Grafana Dashboard

IRIS R18 » Auto-defaulting of Field Values

Available from: 202201

The Generic Config microservice now allows the user to define and store a
default value for a field. When any of those defined fields have empty values in
the request payload, the system automatically defaults the corresponding
mapped values during runtime before proceeding with the Regex or rules
validation.
This feature helps the user to avoid inputting the same value repeatedly for
every API request.
If the field defined for auto defaulting has a value in the request payload, then
defaulting is avoided.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

432
Temenos Transact

Auto-defaulting of Field Values

IRIS R18 » Elimination of Inherited Fields in

Child API Response
Available from: 202201
IRIS now supports the deletion of the inherited fields from the child API
response. The user can replicate the fields from a parent API version to a child
API version by defining the name of the parent API in the Inherit Source
Version field in the child version. The user can now decide whether to retain a
particular field that is inherited by defining the Display Type field in the child
version. The inherited fields with Display Type set to Nodisplay will be
eliminated from the child API response.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Inheriting Version

IRIS R18 » Viewing Tracer Information in

Grafana
Available from: 202203

IRIS is enhanced to integrate with the TemnTracer common component to push

the captured tracing information of each configured span into Jaeger. Based on
the predefined configuration, the collected data can be projected in Grafana.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

433
 Temenos Transact

IRIS Tracer

IRIS R18 » Warmup Functionality in IRIS

Available from: 202203
All the predefined services are loaded in IRIS cache through an API after the
server starts.
To load all the predefined services without any API initiation during server
startup, IRIS is enhanced with additional JVM arguments that loads all the
predefined services automatically.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Warmup Functionality

IRIS R18 » Supporting Python Script in IRIS

Available from: 202203

IRIS support banks to extend the interaction framework to customise and script
their own validations and business specific logics separately during runtime
configuration with backward compatibility. It allows defining Python hooks rather
than changing the core framework. It provides flexibility to the banks to define
validation based on domain and operations associated with the API request.
Using Python scripts, both the request and response payload can be extended
for validation.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Supporting Python Script

434
Temenos Transact

IRIS R18 » Support for Generic Accounting

Interface
Available from: 202204
Various systems, part of the banking architecture, send requests to the account
system to validate the account involved in the transaction, perform funds check,
reserve funds, or book a transaction.
IRIS now provides more flexibility and accessibility in supporting payment
execution requests through Generic Accounting Interface (GAI), which allows
the consumers to send the requests through OFS interface using JMS queues.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

OFS Clearing

IRIS R18 » Python Scripting Support in UXPB

Available from: 202204

Banks can now use Python scripts to extend both request and response to have
customized validations. This allows banks to store it as part of separate Python
hooks rather than changing core framework. The customized Python hooks are
initial configuration process stored separately from core changes. This
functionality is supported in rules engine only for request payloads.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Python Scripting Support for UXPB

435
 Temenos Transact

UXP Browser » User Externalisation using

Keycloak IAM
Available from: 202204
Banks can now maintain and validate the user record at IAM server rather than
creating a user record at Transact level, when UXP browser is configured with
SSO setup along with the user externalization.

Click here to understand the installation and configuration updates for this
enhancement.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

User Externalisation using Keycloak IAM

Platform Framework

Microservices Framework » MS SQL Support

Available from: 202107
Microservices framework now supports MS SQL database that allows the usage
of multiple MS SQL server instances to be installed and operated on a single
machine.

Click here to understand the installation and configuration updates for this
enhancement.

436
Temenos Transact

The topic related to this feature is given below:

MS SQL Support

Adapter Microservice » Deploying Adapter

Microservice on Azure Kubernetes Service
(AKS) and On-Premise
Available from: 202110
Adapter Framework provides a standard feature to Temenos Enterprise
applications, to interface with external application that do not support event-
based integration. A set of adapters are available in a template format, which
can be used to design new interfaces. This feature supports the deployment and
configuration of Adapter Microservice on Azure Kubernetes Service and On-
premises environments.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Deploying Adapter Microservice on Azure Kubernetes Service
and On-Premise

Infrastructure » Automatic Inbox – Outbox Clean

up
Available from: 202111
Infrastructure is now enhanced with auto clean up procedure, which is available
in all the microservices.

437
 Temenos Transact

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Automatic Inbox – Outbox Clean up

Infrastructure » Distributed Logging

Available from: 202111
Microservice Framework is now enhanced to identify errors and events raised
from individual microservices after enabling the Logger monitoring. You can
refine the search to view only the required logs by using filters on microservice
name, function name or layer and the log levels.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Distributed Logging

Transact Email » Supporting PDF Attachments

Available from: 202111

Transact Email is now enhanced to support the bank to send the alerts and
statements to the customers using plain text password pdf attachments, which
secures the customer account information. The Email sent can be enriched with
enriched attachment using HTML. This feature allows the banks to switch
between Emails with or without attachment based on the requirement and can
customise the Email message sent to the customers.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Supporting PDF Attachments

438
Temenos Transact

Generic Configuration » Enabling Cache

Service
Available from: 202112
The Generic Configuration microservice is enhanced with a cache service that
stores and updates the configuration data for applications. This feature allows
other microservices to retrieve the application configuration data using the
ConfigClient library and helps to reduce the HTTP API calls.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Enabling Cache Service

Observability » Metrics
Available from: 202112
All kinds of Microservices consist of API, INGESTER, Scheduler & DB services.
Separate metrics are added to each service.
Temenos Transact is now enhanced to provide a support for metrics. This
enhancement enables the metrics in eight infra microservices (adapter,
callbackregister, traceability, serviceorchestrator, metering, eventstore,
genericconfig, entitlement) and sample microservices for verifying the
application in metrics in Grafana IU.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Enabling Observability using Metrics

439
 Temenos Transact

Infrastructure » Database Auto-upgrade

Available from: 202201
Microservices Database can now be upgraded without any manual intervention.
This is achieved by allowing application to become database-agnostic and
creating a tooling, which generates the database-specific installation scripts
from the database models (JPA entity classes /.entity). This feature allows the
infrastructure services to upgrade with no downtime of the microservice
database and restricts any backward compatibility changes in the database
model during development.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Database Auto-upgrade

Infrastructure » Distributed Tracing

Available from: 202202
Infrastructure microservice framework now supports the distributed API tracing in
Jaegar UI. Distributed tracing is a method to track requests that interact through
distributed cloud environments using a unique transaction identifier. This tracing
method helps the user to find accurate points of failure and reasons for bad
performance and provide breakdown of our operations to our database, APIs, or
other microservices.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Distributed Tracing
Observability

440
Temenos Transact

Infrastructure » Adherence of Business Event-

Names to BIAN Standards
Available from: 202203
This feature helps to adopt the externalisation of the Banking Industry
Architecture Network (BIAN) standards in events raised across Temenos. These
event names are expected to be fully compliant with the BIAN service domain
and operation names. The product domain name present in the event name
should be changed dynamically to the BIAN service domain name by receiving
it from the configuration microservice during runtime.
This protects the impacts in the product from future BIAN standard changes, as
the externalisation of the BIAN service mapping is performed outside the code
and transformation is done as a part of the event library runtime.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Adherence of Business Event-Names to BIAN Standards

Infrastructure » Reference Data APIs

Available from: 202203
Reference data APIs are introduced as part of Microservice Framework to
support respective business microservice for storing and retrieving reference
data with the help of two parameters (Type and Refcode) in APIs.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Reference Data APIs

441
 Temenos Transact

Trade Finance
Miscellaneous Deals » Swift 2021 - Revamp of
Category 7 MTs - Issuance of Guarantees and
Stand By LCs
Available from: 202107
SWIFT has revamped the Category 7 MTs related to guarantees and standby
L/Cs in 2021 for a better straight through process.

l New fields are introduced in Miscellaneous Deal (MD)to support direct

mapping of SWIFT message Tags (both mandatory and optional) as part of
changes in 760, 767, 768 and 769 messages respectively (both inward
and outward).
l MD now allows:
l Generation of newly introduced swift messages namely 761, 765,
775, 785,786 based on the event, as applicable.
l Generation of counter undertaking ,counter-counter undertaking and
issuing local undertaking that are applicable as per swift 2021 MT
standards.
l It also now supports advising the guarantee received to the beneficiary
through another bank with or without confirmation.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Swift Changes 2021 for Issuance of Guarantee - Introduction
Swift Changes 2021 for Issuance of Guarantee - Configuration
Swift Changes 2021 for Issuance of Guarantee – Working with
Tasks for Issue or Register Guarantees
Enquiries and Reports for Issue or Register Guarantees

442
Temenos Transact

Tasks for Multi-party Guarantee

Miscellaneous Deals » Standby Letter of Credit

– Confirmation, Presentation and
Reimbursement
Available from: 202107
As part of SWIFT 2021 changes to Miscellaneous Deals (MD), Standby Letter of
Credit (SBLC) and its related functionalities are introduced in MD.

l Standby guarantees are introduced in MD- and MT760-specific fields.

These fields are available exclusively for SBLC (for example, Introduction
of Confirmation Instructions fields, Available With field for Presentation).
l A set of associated fields, called the Presentation Register, is introduced
for registering documents presented under SBLC undertaking, handling
discrepancies: acceptance or rejection, presentor details and for recording
a second presentation after rejection. The bank can take up roles like
beneficiary bank, paying bank or advising bank under a contract. This
allows users to migrate their existing SBLC contracts under LC along with
documents received.
l MD supports reimbursement functions like adding a reimbursing bank
under an SBLC undertaking, receiving authorisation to reimburse on
behalf of issuing bank, making subsequent amendments to the same,
requesting for reimbursement of claim under contracts wherein
reimbursement authorisation has been received for other SBLC contract,
cancelling and reissuing reimbursements to another reimbursing bank by
the issuing bank.
l It allows the banks to add its own confirmation against an SBLC contract
received and advise the same through a second advising bank.
l It allows transfer of local undertaking contract in MD issued by the bank to
second beneficiary as per the terms of the undertaking received. This

443
 Temenos Transact

allows users to issue transferable SBLC contracts from the MD module

itself, instead of issuing the same from LC.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Standby Letter of Credit
Tasks for Standby Letter of Credit
Presentation under Standby Letter of Credit
Tasks for Presentation under Standby Letter of Credit
Reimbursement Processing under Standby Letter of Credit
Tasks for Reimbursement Processing under Standby Letter of
Credit

SWIFT 2021 - Maintenance of Demand

Guarantee / Standby Letter of Credit
undertaking
Available from: 202107
As mandated by SWIFT, MD supports the generation of MT765 demand of
payment or extension, and MT785 and MT786 for refusal and payment
respectively. Introduced a new flow for amendment cycle as part of changes in
MD, linking outward MT767 with inward MT787 and vice versa, basing changes
to MD.DEAL and applicable validations based on the same. MD module now
allows the generation of newly introduced SWIFT messages namely MT761,
MT765, MT775, MT785 and MT786 based on the event as applicable.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Swift 2021 Changes in Amendment Flow - Introduction

444
Temenos Transact

Swift 2021 Changes in Amendment Flow - Working with

Tasks for Amendment of Issued or Registered Guarantees
Enquiries and Reports for Amendment of Issued or Registered
Guarantees
Swift 2021 Changes in Acknowledgment Flow
Swift 2021 Changes in Registering Claim under Guarantee -
Introduction
Swift 2021 Changes in Registering Claim under Guarantee -
Working with
Tasks for Register Claim under Guarantee
Enquiries and Reports for Register Claim under Guarantee
Swift Changes 2021 for Pay or Reject of Claim
Tasks for Pay Reject Claim under Guarantee
Tasks for Margin or Provision
Tasks for Cancel/Reinstate Guarantee

Letters of Guarantees (MD) and Trade Finance

(LC) » Implementing SWIFT 2021 Changes in
MT103 and MT202 COV
Available from: 202109

The SWIFT 2021 release addresses the changes in MT103 and MT202 COV
messages, which are used in guarantees or standby letter of credit, and their
business flow that generates the message from Temenos Transact.
In this enhancement, fields validations for option of F for tag 59 are introduced in
the MD.DEAL to capture the details for the fields. Similarly in DRAWINGS
wherein the payment message is triggered, the 59F tag is introduced.

445
 Temenos Transact

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Sending MT103 and MT202 COV
Implementing SWIFT 2021 Changes in MT103 and MT202
COV

Letters of Guarantees (MD) » CSN Currency in

Miscellaneous Deal
Available from: 202111
The Miscellaneous Deal (MD) module is enhanced to support the introduction of
CSN currency to avoid conversion of currency during commission collection and
amortization. The new functionality supports the calculation and collection of
commission in local currency other than the currency mention in MD.DEAL. The
CSN Currency field in MD.DEAL can be updated as deal currency or local
currency to allow an option to take commission, raise accounting entries and
subsequent amortization to be generated in local currency and deal currency.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Time-based Commissions
Commission Rate Revision
Calculating Guarantee Commission based on Commission
Period
Claimed Commission
Amortisation or Accrual of Charges in MD.DEAL
Movement in Participation

446
Temenos Transact

Syndicated Lending » Risk-Free Rates (RFR)

Available from: 202111
The Syndicate Lending (SL) module is enhanced to support the amount
compounding calculation method and zero flooring functionalities for RFR
contracts. It also records the daily RFR rates for reconciliation purposes for RFR
contracts. The SL.LOANS application is enhanced to support manual migration
of individual IBOR contracts to RFR contracts. It also support bulk or automatic
migration of selected IBOR contracts to RFR contracts.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Risk-Free Rates in Syndicated Lending
Risk-Free Rates in SL.LOANS

Trade Finance » CSN Currency in Letter of

Credit
Available from: 202112
The Letter of Credit (LC) module is enhanced to support the introduction of CSN
currency to avoid the conversion of currency during commission collection and
amortization. The new functionality supports the calculation and collection of
commission in local currency other than the LC currency mentioned in
LETTER.OF.CREDIT. The CSN Currency field in LETTER.OF.CREDIT can
be updated as deal currency or local currency to allow an option to take
commission, raise accounting entries and subsequent amortization to be
generated in local currency and deal currency.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

447
 Temenos Transact

Charges and Commission

Defining Commission
Waiving Default Charges

Letters of Guarantees » Release of

Margin/Provision
Available from: 202112
The MD.DEAL application is enhanced to release the provision in provision
currency and an option to enter the exchange rate in case the provision release
account is in a currency other than the provision currency.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Understanding Release of Provision

Trade Finance » Adding Assignment Rate and

Assignment Spread in Export Drawings
Available from: 202204

Assignment of Proceeds feature in LETTER.OF.CREDIT is enhanced to allow

users to add assignment rate and assignment spread. The differential amount
due to rate spread from assignment is now included in exchange profit gain/loss
calculation for the Drawings.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

448
Temenos Transact

Adding Assignment Rate and Assignment Spread

449
 Temenos Transact

Treasury
Forex » Extension and Cancellation of Client FX
Forward Contracts
Available from: 202106
The Foreign Exchange (FX) module now supports partial or complete
cancellation and extension of an FX contract and rebooking of a new FX
contract with an extended maturity date.

Click here to understand the technical impact of this enhancement for

customisation and upgrades.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Post-trade Events
FX Post trade events (FOREX.BALANCES)
Tasks for Post Trade Events

Money Market » Risk-Free Rate Flooring in

Money Market
Available from: 202107
The MM.MONEY.MARKET application already has the capability to enable or
disable negative rates in contracts. It is now enhanced to provide Daily, Average
and Total options for Risk-Free Rate Flooring.

450
Temenos Transact

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Risk-Free Rate Flooring in Money Market

SWAP » Risk-Free Rate Flooring in SWAP

Available from: 202107
The SWAP application is now enhanced to set up various Risk-Free Rate floor
types (Daily, Average and Total) at Swap contract level for each transaction.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Risk-Free Rate Flooring in SWAP

FOREX » Partial Utilisation of FX Spot Contracts

Available from: 202107

The FOREX application is now enhanced to support utilisation of FX Spot

contracts, along with FX Forwards by external applications for the purpose of
hedging their currency exposures.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Partial Utilisation of FX Spot Contracts
Capturing Forex Spot Option Deal

451
 Temenos Transact

SWIFT 2021 Changes related to MT600

Available from: 202107
The Commodity Trade Confirmation (MT 600) is amended to align with the
changes made to MT 300 in SR 2019.
Transact FX has been enhanced to support the SWIFT 2021 changes for MT
600 confirmation message, to tighten the settlement and trade party fields, and to
promote a more structured use of the messages. This is achieved by:

l Enabling the Default OptionJ field in FX.PARAMETERS (introduced as part

of SWIFT 2019 changes) for defaulting Option J, to determine the
identifiers for tags with Option J of MT 600 confirmation also.
l Repurposing the fields of FX application (such as Cpy Corr Add, Intermed
Add) to identify settlement party of the contract which was earlier mapped
to Option D is now mapped to Option J, instead.
l Restricting the system to populate Option A when BIC is the only available
information and none of the other identifiers such as account number, LEI
code, tax ID or clearing code are available, given that the Default OptionJ
field is set to Yes.

Money Market » Amount Compounding of

Money Market Contracts using RFRs
Available from: 202108
As an alternative to rate compounding method for using RFRs in transactions
and calculating interest, amount compounding (or compounding the balance
instead of the rates) which is a more accurate method is available for calculating
interest in case of changing principal within a given interest period.
The MONEY.MARKET application now supports amount compounding of money
market contracts using daily RFRs.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

452
Temenos Transact

Calculation Methods for RFR Averaging

Amount Compounding of Money Market Contracts using RFRs

Swaps » Lookback and Lockout Convention for

RFR Swaps
Available from: 202109
To enable the hedging of cash products such as RFR loans and deposits, the
SWAP application is enhanced to support Lookback and Lockout market
conventions for RFR Swaps. It also supports processing of increase or decrease
in the notional principal for RFR Swaps.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

SWAP.TYPE

Layout of IRS Deal Capture screen

Forex » Continuous Linked Settlement for Forex

Transactions
Available from: 202201
The FOREX application supports trade-booking, amendment and post-trade
settlement functionalities for direct and indirect participants of Continuous
Linked Settlement (CLS). CLS eliminates settlement risk through a Payment vs
Payment (PvP) mechanism.

453
 Temenos Transact

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Configuring Continuous Linked Settlement

SWAPS » Payment Delay Conventions in RFR

SWAPS
Available from: 202204
The SWAPS module is enhanced to support the processing of delayed interest
payments and delivery messages in RFR swaps.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

SWAP.PARAMETER
Payment Delay

454
Installation and
Configuration
Notes
 Temenos Transact

Banking Framework

Delivery » SWIFT 2021 Rulebook Changes

Available from: 202107
To activate this functionality, the SWFT21 module code has to be installed. The
Curr Swift Rel is configured in SWIFT.PARAMETER as 2021.

Generic Accounting Interface » Incremental

Authorisations
Available from: 202108
The following new fields have been added to Temenos Transact applications:

Application Fields

RESERVATION.ID
AC.LOCKED.EVENTS
JOURNAL.ID

JOURNAL.ID
AC.INWARD.ENTRY
UPDATE.MODE

The following new columns have been added to FAMS tables:

Table Columns

ReservationId
Ms_ac_locked_events
JournalId

JournalId
Ms_ac_pending_request_queue
UpdateMode

JournalId
Ms_ac_request_archive
UpdateMode

456
Temenos Transact

Accounts » Processing Merchant Return

Transactions
Available from: 202111
The following fields have been added to Temenos Transact applications:

Application Fields

TRANSACTION.CODE
AC.LOCKED.EVENTS
MERCHANT.FLAG

TRANSACTION MERCHANT.FLAG

The following new columns have been added to FAMS tables:

Table Columns

MerchantFlag
Ms_ac_locked_events
TransactionCode

MerchantFlag
Ms_ac_pending_request_queue
TransactionCode

MerchantFlag
Ms_ac_request_archive
TransactionCode

Ms_transaction MerchantFlag

Generic Accounting Interface » Best Match for

Full Booking
Available from: 202111
The following data items have been added to Temenos Transact table:

Table Fields

PRTIAL.BOOKING
AC.ENTRY.PARAM
AMOUNT.TOLERANCE

The following fields have been added to Temenos Transact tables:

457
 Temenos Transact

Table Columns

AC.ENTRY.PARAM AMOUNT.TOLERANCE

PARTIAL.BOOKING
AC.INWARD.ENTRY MATCH.RES.STATUS
RELEASED.RESERVES

TRANSACTION MERCHANT.FLAG

Generic Accounting Interface » Generic

Accounting Interface Performance
Improvements
Available from: 202111
The following field has been added to Temenos Transact table:

Table Fields

AC.ENTRY.PARAM Attributes

Enquiries and Investigation

Available from: 202112
Temenos clients upgrading from a release prior to 202112 who already have the
DE license code will automatically receive the QA license code. New Temenos
clients will automatically receive this module when they license Temenos
Payments (PP) or SWIFT module (SF).

Delivery MX Translation » Translating MT210,

900, 910 Messages to ISO20022 CBPR+
Messages
Available from: 202201

458
Temenos Transact

Following are the configurations required:

l The latest TAFJ should be consumed for the new t24XmlOfsQueue.

l The name of the ESB component is DEMXTR_MTMXOutward-0.0.1-
SNAPSHOT.war, which must be deployed in the
Temenos\jboss\standalone\deployments path.

The technical characteristics for the Delivery MX Translation processing are

defined in the DEMXTR_MTMXOutward property file, for example, the queue
mechanism connectivity, ip, max connections and number of concurrent
consumers.

Cheques and Card Issue Management » Card

Management
Available from: 202202
The following Record is added to Temenos Transact tables:

Table Record

EB.OBJECT CARD.ISSUE

NOTE: EB.OBJECT definition of CARD.NO is not be supported by

CARD.ISSUE application and the local or client specific definition of
EB.OBJECT>CARD.NO must be migrated to EB.OBJECT>CARD.ISSUE to
continue to use the modified length for CARD.ISSUE application.

Generic Accounting Interface » Enhancing GAI

to prevent Technical Collision and Return Error
Code to the Payment System
Available from: 202204
The following records are added to Temenos Transact tables:

Table Record

459
 Temenos Transact

AC.ENTRY.PARAM SLEEP.TIME.ON.LOCK

AC.ENTRY.PARAM MAX.RETRY.NUMBER

Customer Output » Delivery MX Translation

Available from: 202204
Following are the configuration required:

l The latest TAFJ should be consumed for the new t24XmlOfsQueue.

l The name of the ESB component is DEMXTR_MTMXOutward-0.0.1-
SNAPSHOT.war, which must be deployed in the
Temenos\jboss\standalone\deployments path.

The technical characteristics for the Delivery MX Translation processing are

defined in the DEMXTR_MTMXOutward property file. For example, the queue
mechanism connectivity, ip, max connections, and number of concurrent
consumers.
The setup for the SWIFTXML.OUT service must be done locally. Read
SWIFTXML Service for more details
The Integration Framework queue must be configured locally, see following
sections

l Product Configuration – Extended MT messages - Integration Framework

Queue parameterisation
l Extended MT messages - Integration Framework Queue parameterisation

460
Temenos Transact

Corporate

Lending Facility » Enhanced Evidence

Management
Available from: 202108
The user has to enable the AA.PROPERTY record of the Evidence Property
Class for forward dated conditions.

461
 Temenos Transact

Islamic Banking

Islamic Financing » Direct Purchase of Asset

from Seller – Ad hoc Vendor
Available from: 202112
The following installation should be performed to initiate the direct purchase of
an asset from a seller:

l The Resale Settle Cat field in the IS.PARAMETER table has to be

configured with the Resale Wash Account Category (Valid Internal
account category).
l A Resale Wash Account is formed based on the category parameterised in
this field and gets populated in IS.CONTRACT, when there is no Transact
account available for the seller.

Islamic Deposits and PDS » Payment of Special

HIBA Profit Amount for Mudaraba
Deposits/Accounts
Available from: 202112
The following tables should be configured for Special Hiba Payments:
ID.SYSTEM.PARAMETER

l The FT.TXN.TYPE.CONDITION (FTTC) record mentioned in the

ID.SYSTEM.PARAMETER in the Spl Hiba Txn Type field has to be used.
This record is also used while raising adjustment entries for fixed profit
deposits.
l The Txn Code Dr configured in the FTTC record mentioned above, has to
be mapped in the Activity Mapping product condition record for the related
AA Product. (Already provided as part of model bank setup).

462
Temenos Transact

ID.POOL.PARAMETER

l Configure the Spl Hiba Adj Pl Categ, Spl Hiba Income Categ and Spl Hiba
Expense Categ fields in the ID.POOL.PARAMETER table, to raise profit
adjustment entries for fixed profit deposits. These field values should hold
valid PL categories related to the income/expense/adjustments of Special
Hiba.

463
 Temenos Transact

Technology

Interaction Framework

UXP Browser » User Externalisation using

Keycloak IAM
Available from: 202204
To setup and configure an UXP Browser using keycloak, go to Keycloak for
Single Sign-on (SSO) in UXP Browser and follow the steps mentioned in the
topic.

Platform Framework

Microservices Framework » MS SQL Support

Available from: 202107
SSMS 18.9.1 is the latest general availability (GA) version. If you have a
previous GA version of SSMS 18 installed, installing SSMS 18.9.1 upgrades it to
18.9.1.

l Release number: 18.9.1

l Build number: 15.0.18384.0
l Release date: April 20, 2021

The following are the sample screen captures of MS SQL database with
metering service.

464
Temenos Transact

465
Technical Notes
 Temenos Transact

Application Framework

Security Management System » Using Keycloak

for Identity Management
Available from: 202105
Keycloak integration is not supported for Legacy Browser.
This functionality is available from R21 and above releases.

System Core » COMO Log Information

Available from: 202202
Transact now supports a new common attribute (variable)
BF$MSG.LOG.LEVEL, which can hold one of the following values, to
categorize the messages logged to COMO.

l DEBUG
l INFO
l WARN
l ERROR

The underlying mechanism to log information to COMO remains as is and all

jBC codes continue to invoke the existing API (OCOMO). However, the level of
the message should exclusively be defined, before the call to OCOMO failing
which the default level is automatically set to DEBUG.

The TAFJTrace.properties file allows to define the default logging level for
COMO. By default, the level will be set to INFO.

467
Temenos Transact

468
 Temenos Transact

Banking Framework

Generic Accounting Interface » Incremental

Authorisations
Available from: 202108
The getOneReservation provider API has been changed to allow the user to
request a specific incremental reservation by specifying the Journal ID in the
query. If no Journal ID is supplied, all the incremental reservations associated
with the given reservation ID will be returned. Reservation ID and Journal ID are
returned in the body.
The getReservations provider API has been changed to return the Reservation
ID and Journal ID in the body for each reservation.

Collateral » Margin Valuation through Credit

Policy Structure
Available from: 202110

The CO.VALUATION.PARAMETER application has been moved from the

Collateral (CO) module to the Margin Valuation (MV) module. Any local
processing referring CO.VALUATION.PARAMETER from the CO module (in
case of componentised format) has to be changed to access it from the MV
module.

Accounts » Processing Merchant Return

Transactions
Available from: 202111
The getOneReservation provider API has been changed to return the

469
Temenos Transact

Transaction Code along with the Merchant Flag when the user requests the
details of a reservation to be retrieved.
The getReservations provider API has been changed to return the Transaction
Code and Merchant Flag in the body for each reservation.

Enquiries and Investigation

Available from: 202112
L3 routines accessing the EB.QUERIES.ANSWERS application in an
incorporated way should be changed to access from QA instead of DE.

Cheques and Card Issue Management » Card

Management
Available from: 202202
New versions are created for the below IRIS APIs:

holdings-cards-service-v2.0.0

l createCardIssue (POST)
l updateCardIssue (PUT)
l deleteCardIssue (DELETE)
l getCardIssues (GET)

reference-cards-service-v1.0.0

l getCardTypes(GET)

470
 Temenos Transact

Corporate

Lending Facility » Enhanced Evidence

Management
Available from: 202108
For evaluating evidences, the following setup should be in place.

l The complex data element can be defined as an algebraic expression

between data elements and numbers. The allowed operations are +, -, *
and /.
l The routine based calculation for a data element can be performed by
defining a routine in the Routine field in the AA.DATA.ELEMENTS
application.
l The Notice Days field defined in the Evidence Property Class takes
precedence over the notice days defined in the
EV.EVIDENCE.REQUIREMENT application.

471
Temenos Transact

Islamic Banking

Islamic Deposits and PDS » Reversal of PDS

Distribution
Available from: 202112
During reversal of PDS distribution,

l On triggering the reverse action in the ID.PDS.ACTION table (Action set

as Reverse Distribution), a REVERSE record gets created in the
ID.PDS.ACTION.STATUS table to track the status of reversal.
l The status of the reversed record is marked as COMPLETE in
ID.PDS.ACTION.STATUS once redistribution gets over. This record
moves to the ID.REVERSE.DISTRIB.HIST history table post a COB
after completing the redistribution. This table has the history of all reversed
PDS distributions.
l Upon re-distribution, the records of ID.DEPOSIT.BALANCES and
ID.ACCOUNT.BALANCES (for the reversed distribution) move to the
ID.DEPOSIT.BALANCES.HIST and ID.ACCOUNT.BALANCES.HIST
history tables respectively.

Islamic Deposits » Calculating Shareholder

Equity Amount using Hook Routine
Available from: 202202
The shareholder equity amount is calculated by creating a hook routine and
attaching it to the SH.RECALC.RTN field in ID.POOL.PARAMETER based on
requirement of the bank.
The SH.RECALC.RTN field is enabled to attach only jBC routine and the hook
routine must be a valid entry in EB.API. The arrangement reference number
and the simulation reference can be retrieved in the hook routine by using the

472
 Temenos Transact

common variables given below:

arrangementRef = AA.Framework.getArrId() ;* Arrangement Reference

controlList = EB.Service.getControlList() ;* Current control list
pdsActionId = FIELD(controlList<1>,'-', 1) ;* Simulation Reference

The six parameters in hook routine are divided as follows:

l Three incoming
l Two outgoing
l One reserved for future use

The below table describes the arguments used in hook routine.

Arguments Description

Holds the array values of total balances and total

Argument 1 weighted balances of accounts or deposits participated
in the pool calculation

Holds the total calculated balances of the pool, includes

Argument1[1]
accounts or deposits balances

Holds the total balances of shareholder accounts

Argument1[2]
configured in the pool parameter

Holds the array values of total account balances,

Argument 2 account weighted balances, account excluded balances
calculated during the PDS simulation

Holds the average balance of accounts participated in

Argument2[1]
the simulation calculation

Holds the weighted average balance of accounts

Argument2[2]
participated in the simulation calculation

Holds the excluded balances of the accounts

Argument2[3]
participated in the simulation calculation

Holds the array values of total deposit balances, deposit

Argument 3 weighted balances, deposit excluded balances and early
matured deposit balances

Holds the average balance of deposits participated in

Argument3[1]
the simulation calculation

Holds the weighted average balance of deposits

Argument3[2]
participated in the simulation calculation

473
Temenos Transact

Holds the excluded balances of the accounts

Argument2[3]
participated in the simulation calculation

Indicates the outgoing argument from the local routine.

The shareholder equity amount calculated by the routine
can be returned based upon the configuration setup in
simulation calculation (using the Sh Add Excl Acct Bal,
Sh Add Wt Deposit Bal, Sh Add Early Mat Bal, Sh Add
Wak Dep Bal in the fields in ID.PDS.ACTION). The
balances are added into the returned shareholder equity
Argument 4 amount and used for PDS simulation calculation.

Example1: If Argument 4 is 1000 and Argument 5

contains 0, then the balances of ID.PDS.ACTION >
Sh Add Excl Acct Bal, Sh Add Wt Deposit Bal, Sh Add
Early Mat Bal, Sh Add Wak Dep Bal are added to 1000
and considered in the PDS simulation calculation.

Indicates the outgoing argument used to return the total

shareholder equity amount. This amount is considered
in the PDS simulation calculation. It is suggested to
return either Argument 4 (or) Argument 5 as shareholder
equity amount based on the requirement. Argument 5
takes the precedence when both Argument 4 and
Argument 5 are passed through the routine

Example1: If Argument 4 is 0 and Argument 5 contains

3000 then 3000 is considered as shareholder equity
Argument 5
amount in the PDS simulation calculation

Example2: If Argument 4 is 1000 and Argument 5

contains 500 then the system considers total
shareholder Amount as 500

Example3: If Argument 4 is NULL and Argument 5

contains 0 then system considers total shareholder
amount as 0

Example4: If Argument 4 is 1000 and Argument 5

contains NULL then the system considers total
shareholder amount as 1000

Argument 6 Indicates the argument reserved for future use

474
 Temenos Transact

Retail

Arrangement Architecture » Non Customer

Facing Charges
Available from: 202107
To enable the Non-customer type charges feature new events are released. To
find the updated AC.EVENTS, click here.

Arrangement Architecture and Retail Lending »

Advance Repayments in Loan
Available from: 202110
Read the AC.EVENTS section for more information on the events to be
configured for the Advance payment using the Advance Settle Date field setup.

Arrangement Architecture » Credit Check,

Automatic and Customer-Initiated Position
Transfer in Multi-Currency Arrangements
Available from: 202111
The following events must be configured in AC.EVENTS for Automatic and
Customer Initiated Position Transfer:

l ACCOUNT-CR.MOVEMENT-PAY-INT
l ACCOUNT-DR.MOVEMENT-DUE-INT

Read the AC.EVENTS section for more information.

475
Temenos Transact

Arrangement Architecture » Capture Historical

Bills and Historical Transaction Balance
Available from: 202111
The following events must be configured in AC.EVENTS to process back dated
schedules.

l ACCOUNT-CREDIT-PAY-HIS
l ACCOUNT-DEBIT-DUE-HIS
l INTEREST-CAPTURE.BILL-DUE-HIS
l INTEREST-CAPTURE.BILL-PAY-HIS

Read the AC.EVENTS section for more information.

Arrangement Architecture and Fixed Deposits »

Notice for Redemption of Funds
Available from: 202204

The following events must be configured in AC.EVENTS to process notice

functionality for withdrawal of funds:

l ACCOUNT-DUE.NOTICE-PAY
l ACCOUNT-PAY-PAY-NOTICE
l ACCOUNT-EXPIRE.NOTICE-PAY-NOTICE
l ACCOUNT-CHANGE.NOTICE-PAY

Read the AC.EVENTS section for more information.

Retail Accounts and Fixed Deposits » Automatic

Settlement of Funds on Notice Withdrawal
Available from: 202204

476
 Temenos Transact

The SETTLEMENT-ADVANCE.PAY-PAY-CUR event must be configured in

AC.EVENTS for automatic settlement of funds using PO through
SUSPPAYMENT. Read the AC.EVENTS section for more information.

477
Temenos Transact

Treasury

Forex » Extension and Cancellation of Client FX

Forward Contracts
Available from:202106
To calculate the cancellation rate, the Canc Rate Rou field is introduced in
FX.TRANSACTION.TYPE. The FX.GET.CANC.RATE API can be attached to
this field to enable the default calculation. A custom API can also be attached to
this field to calculate the rate as required.
To derive the cancellation profit and loss, FX.GET.CANC.PL API can be
attached to the Charge Routine field on the FT.COMMISSION.TYPE record. A
custom API can also be attached to this field to calculate PL.

478
Extensibility APIs
 Temenos Transact

Java Extensibility

Hoo-
Package Class Method name Description k*/
API

system Session getExternalUserId Returns the Id of the external user. API

This hook enables the implementer to update records for any table
atm AtmMessageLifecycle updateRecord Hook
after the ATM request has been processed.

account- This Interface enables the implementer post updates to records

AccountingEntry postUpdateRequest Hook
ing asynchronously during the accounting phase of a transaction.

account- gen- This interface enables the implementer to generate an Integration

AccountingEntry Hook
ing erateStatementEntryEvent event for a Statement Entry.

Gets the customer commission condition for the

rates Charge getCommissionCondition LETTER.OF.CREDIT, LC.AMENDMENTS or DRAWINGS applic- API
ations.

Gets the customer charge condition for the FUNDS.TRANSFER

rates Charge getFundsTransferCondition API
application.

Gets the customer charge condition for the BL.BILL, TELLER,

rates Charge getChargeCondition LETTER.OF.CREDIT, LC.AMENDMENTS or DRAWINGS applic- API
ations.

480
Temenos Transact

Hoo-
Package Class Method name Description k*/
API

This method enables implementer to pass customerCondition para-

rates Charge calculateCharges meter while calculates the 'charge' amount in both local and deal API
currency for many types of transaction such as loans, deposits etc.

This method enables implementer to pass customerCondition para-

rates Charge calculateTax meter while calculates the 'tax' amount in both local and deal cur- API
rency for many types of transaction such as loans, deposits etc.

This method enables implementer to pass customerCondition para-

meter while calculates the 'commission' amount in both local and
rates Charge calculateCommission API
deal currency for many types of transaction such as loans, deposits
etc.

This interface enables the implementer to evaluate a settlement

account- for processing by updating the settlement details, setting an error
TransactionRecycler evaluateSettlement Hook
ing status or handing off settlement for processing against other
accounts.

This interface enables the implementer to process a settlement by

providing FUNDS.TRANSFER(s) or PAYMENT.ORDER(s) and
account- updating the SETTLEMENT.STATUS, alternatively settlement
TransactionRecycler processSettlement Hook
ing can be achieved by providing a SettlementHandoff within the Set-
tlementResponse to process the settlement against other
accounts.

To convert the given value and return the converted value while
system DataMapper convertFieldValue Hook
mapping data from one record to another.

481
 Temenos Transact

Hoo-
Package Class Method name Description k*/
API

Returns information about the given BIC from the table

party BIC getBicInformation API
RD.CENTRAL.BANK.DIR or DE.BIC.

Returns the BIC (Business Identifier Code) corresponding to the

account IBAN getBic API
given IBAN if available.

Returns an IbanInformation object with calculated and looked up

account IBAN getIbanInformation values relating to the given IBAN (International Bank Account Num- API
ber).

atm AtmMessageLifecycle getCharge Enables the implementer to calculate and return the ATM charge. Hook

Enables the developer to get the source from which the payment
payments PaymentLifecycle getSource Hook
message originated and is invoked for channels other than SWIFT.

Enables the developer to get the source from which the payment
payments PaymentLifecycle getSwiftSource Hook
message originated and is invoked for the SWIFT channel.

Provides java hook feature for all the request types from the
payments Message updateFieldValue Hook
external system.

Returns a client connection object giving IP address, channel and

system Session getClientConnection API
hostname (ie TSS$CLIENTIP).

Enables the implementer to return a TableCriteria that is used to

system ServiceLifecycle getTableCriteria Hook
control the selection of ids from a table.

system DataFormattingEngine getHeaderData Enables the implementer to return a string that is used as the Hook

482
Temenos Transact

Hoo-
Package Class Method name Description k*/
API

header for the extracted file.

Enables the implementer to return a string that is used as the

system DataFormattingEngine getTrailerData Hook
trailer for the extracted file.

Returns and locks the contractBalancesRecord for the account

object, for the duration of the current transaction. This method is to
be used only within a transaction boundary and throws an excep-
party Account lockContractBalancesRecord API
tion when called outside of a transaction boundary. The lock is
released at the end of the transaction. If the account is for a syn-
dicated or club loan, multi-currency processing occurs.

party Account getContractBalancesRecord Returns the contractBalancesRecord for the account object. API

Returns the usable balance of an account incorporating the bal-

party Account getAvailableBalance ance type, limit and locked amounts. This method supports High API
Volume Transaction (HVT) accounts.

Enables the implementer to return a converted field value for the

transaction report. This interface is invoked from the authorise
contract Account convertReportFieldValue method of enabled applications within the transaction lifecycle. It is Hook
also invoked from the TX.TXN.BASE.UPDATE method at the
local processing stage of the transaction report.

Gets the narrative which will be updated in the statement lines of HOOK
payments PaymentLifecycle getStatementNarrative
POR.POSTING.AND.CONFIRMATION table.

483
 Temenos Transact

Hoo-
Package Class Method name Description k*/
API

Determines the request type used by the transaction recycler to

HOOK
payments PaymentLifecycle getRequestType determine which entries should be stored for recycling, when the
payment occurs after the cut-off time.

Determines whether a charge type defined in the

PaymentOrderLifecycl HOOK
payments applyChargeType PAYMENT.ORDER.PRODUCT table is included for the charge cal-
e
culation.

PaymentOrderLifecycl Changes a payment order product id for the payment order pro- HOOK
payments setProductId
e cess.

PaymentOrderLifecycl HOOK
payments validatePaymentOrderRecord Validates payment order record.
e

HOOK
payments Message updatePaymentObject Updates the entire payment object.

Deprecated. Use Pay- HOOK

payments PaymentOrderHook isChargeApplied
mentOrderLifecycle.applyChargeType instead.

Deprecated. Use PaymentOrderLifecycle.setProductId HOOK

payments PaymentOrderHook setPaymentOrderProduct
instead.

Deprecated. Use PaymentOrderLifecycle.setProductId HOOK

payments PaymentOrderHook getPaymentOrderProductId
instead.

Deprecated. Use Pay- HOOK

payments PaymentOrderHook validateRecord
mentOrderLifecycle.validatePaymentOrderRecord

484
Temenos Transact

Hoo-
Package Class Method name Description k*/
API

instead.

Deprecated. Use Pay- HOOK

payments PostingSchemeAPIHook getStatementNarrative
mentLifecycle.getStatementNarrative instead.

Deprecated. Use PaymentLifecycle.getRequestType HOOK

payments BalanceCheckApiHook recyclerLookup
instead.

HOOK
contract Calculation calculateTaxAmount Deprecated. Use Calculation.getTaxAmount instead.

Enables the implementer to calculate and return the tax amount to HOOK
contract Calculation getTaxAmount
be applied for the transaction.

Enables the implementer to validate an inward clearing entry return-

HOOK
clearing InwardEntry validateEntry ing a validation response containing an override or error where
applicable.

Enables the implementer to return a list of ids identifying the HOOK

system DataExporter getIds
records to be processed and extracted for the specified table.

Enables the implementer to extract data from the application HOOK

system DataExporter getRows
record to one or more rows of data for export.

Enables the implementer to return a list of custom field values to

HOOK
system DataExporter getCustomFields be appended to the row which has been extracted from the applic-
ation record.

485
 Temenos Transact

Hoo-
Package Class Method name Description k*/
API

Enables the implementer to filter records from the data extract by HOOK
system DataExporter excludeId
excluding them.

Enables the implementer to transfer the entire data extract from HOOK
system DataExporter transferDataExtract
dataExtractPath to the desired location.

Enables the implementer to set the values of the provided custom

HOOK
system DataExporter setCustomFields fields that are appended to the data export for the application
record.

Enables the implementer to filter either the record Id or the entire

HOOK
system DataExporter getFilterCriteria transaction from data export processing, by returning the appro-
priate filter criteria.

Validates whether the bank can receive a given message type

system Delivery getBankRmaStatus according to the SWIFT Relationship Management Application API
(RMA).

Validates whether the given message type requires a receiving

system Delivery getMessageRmaStatus organization to have RMA capability in order to process the mes- API
sage.

Validates whether the given message type can be sent to the bank.
system Delivery getSwiftRmaStatus API

*Hooks are placeholders in Transact where routines can be attached to an application. For example, version, enquiry, delivery and so on.

486
Wealth Suite
 Wealth Suite

Wealth Suite

Channels and Channels Packaging » Monitoring

Past and Upcoming Transactions
Available from: 202106
This functionality allows the user to monitor the past and upcoming transactions
by providing search criteria in Wealth Suite Channels. It enables user to:

l View the past transactions available in the dashboard.

l View the upcoming transactions available in the dashboard.
l Create and maintain past transaction views by providing appropriate filter
criteria.
l Create and maintain upcoming transaction views by providing appropriate
filter criteria.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

PM Dashboard - Monitoring Past and Upcoming Transactions
PM Dashboard - Transaction Monitoring
PM Dashboard - Expected Transaction Monitoring
PM Dashboard – Configuration of Transaction and Expected
Transaction Monitoring
Functions Enabling the Channels – PM Menu Items
Formats
Channels Related Screens
Channels Packaging Parameters

488
Wealth Suite

Script Language Reference Guide and

Functional Instruments » Supporting Concurrent
Dividends
Available from: 202106
This functionality allows user to store concurrent and overlapping dividends
records and also enabling the financial functions to consume those dividends.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

INSTR_FLOW - Arguments
Income Event Payment Table

Channels » Viewing Price History Table

Available from: 202106

This functionality allows the user to view the price history for an instrument as a
table in addition to being able to view the price history for an instrument as a
graph.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Viewing Price History Table

489
 Wealth Suite

Channels and Portfolio Management » Enabling

Cash Management Plan in Portfolios to Support
Cash Management Strategies
Available from: 202110
Wealth Suite offers a new financial plan referred as cash management plan to
support the cash management requirements of the managers and advisors. The
Front Office – Portfolio Management (FO PM) is enhanced with additional
functionalities to support the cash management strategies for the portfolios.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Cash Management Plan
Creating Cash Management Plan

Channels and Channels Packaging » Viewing

Reconciliation Differences in Position
Comparison Dashboard
Available from: 202110

Channels is now enhanced with a new dashboard named Position Comparison,

which allows the user to:

l View the list of positions, which have reconciliation differences for a

selected date range.
l Search for positions based on search criteria like instrument, portfolio code
and type of error.
l Add reason or comment for the reconciliation differences for a selected
portfolio.

490
Wealth Suite

Click here to understand the installation and configuration updates for this
enhancement.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Viewing Position Comparison
Position Comparison

Channels and Channels Packaging »

Introducing Tactical Model Allocation in Strategy
Available from: 202202
The Strategy feature is now enhanced with the Tactical Model Allocation (TMA)
functionality in model portfolios, which allows the user to:

l Manage a non-overlay portfolio when the TMA model is linked.

l Exclude a specific market segment when the market structure is selected
as part of the model portfolio.
l Realign the portfolio based on a specific model portfolio.
l Restrict to link a model portfolio that has the same market structure as
investment profile.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

TMA in Channels
Realign of Portfolios
TMA in Channels Packaging

491
 Wealth Suite

Channels and Channels Packaging » Searching

and Realigning Model Portfolios in Strategy
Available from: 202202
The Strategy feature is enhanced to allow the users to search and realign
portfolios that are directly linked with Model Portfolios or linked through an
Investment Profile strategy.

The topics related to this feature are given below:

Realigning Portfolios Linked Directly or Indirectly with Model
Portfolio
Model Portfolio
CONTAINS_SUB_MODEL Function

492
Installation and
Configuration
Notes
 Wealth Suite

Wealth Suite

Channels and Channels Packaging » Viewing

Reconciliation Differences in Position
Comparison Dashboard
Available from: 202110
The user has to perform the following prerequisite tasks to use the Host
Comparison Reconciliation functionality:

1. The user has to perform setup in aaa.install.cfg file and

pass.properties.file.
2. Add the PCK_GL_HC_VALO function, and format it to the function security
and format profile respectively for the advisor.
3. Update the hc_bo_load.ctl (control file) and host_comp_batch.properties
file in Hostcomp folder.
4. Create a BO.dat file or generate it from Back Office (BO).
Read System management guide - Oracle for more details on host comparison
and the setup.

494
Temenos Banking
Capabilities
 Temenos Banking Capabilities

Temenos Banking Capabilities

Temenos Enterprise Pricing

Available from: 202204
Temenos Enterprise Pricing (TEP) provides a centralized framework for a bank
to streamline product creation and distribution across channels and lines of
business, as well as combine products and/or services and manage, maintain
and monitor the pricing among them in order to offer various options to their
customers. TEP allows the banks to manage their products and pricing using a
common framework for all the Product Types. TEP as a framework,

l Operates with any core banking and front-end application (product

definition environment for a bank) focusing on business needs rather than
technical concerns, providing a wizard-like approach.
l Allows the bank to fully configure products and their pricing for different
customer categories and package those products.
l Follows the four-eye principle, that is, the maker-checker concept, which
ensures that any product definition/amendment becomes effective only
after approval.

The pricing capabilities of TEP include:

Capability Description

Supports configuration and servicing of fees/cashback, either periodically or

Individual product
when an activity takes place, and interest rates for the bank’s products
pricing
irrespective of the core banking system that services these products.

Allows definition of non-product specific fees for:

l Transactions (financial activities) Withdrawals, deposits, payment

Transaction and
orders and so on.
Service Fees
l Services (non-financial activities) - Statement printing or reprinting
and so on, which can be overwritten at the product level, if required.

Allows configuration of adjustments on product pricing, depending on the

Regional Pricing
region where the product is offered.

496
Temenos Banking Capabilities

Enables users to package products, regardless of which core system is

servicing each product, together and provide incremental or substitutional
Packages pricing and benefits. Package pricing can be defined by considering the
aggregated balances and activities of all arrangements/contracts constituting
the package.

Allows configuration of pricing benefits on fees, cash backs, and interest

Customer Segment
rates, for any or all products across the enterprise, depending on the segment
Pricing
the customer belongs to.

Allows configuration of loyalty tiers (for example, silver, gold, or platinum),

where pricing benefits on fees, cash backs, and interest rates may apply for a
Loyalty Plan specific product or all products across the enterprise. The loyalty tier of
customers gets automatically reviewed periodically to assess
upgrade/downgrade.

Enables users to define enterprise-wide pricing, considering the aggregated

Household Pricing
balances and activities across the household.

The topic related to this feature is given below:

Temenos Enterprise Pricing

497